2021 Nissan Qashqai Owner's Manual and Maintenance Information

2021 QASHQAI OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Foreword

This manual was prepared to help you READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY WARNING understand the operation and mainte- Before driving your vehicle, read your nance of your vehicle so that you may Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. familiarity with controls and maintenance Operating, servicing and main- Please read through this manual before requirements, assisting you in the safe taining a passenger vehicle or operating your vehicle. operation of your vehicle. off-highway motor vehicle can A separate Warranty Information Book- let explains details about the warranties expose you to chemicals in- covering your vehicle. Additionally, a WARNING cluding engine exhaust, carbon separate Customer Care/Lemon Law monoxide, phthalates, and Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION resolve any concerns you may have REMINDERS! lead, which are known to the with your vehicle, as well as clarify your Follow these important driving rules State of California to cause rights under your state’s lemon law. to help ensure a safe and comforta- cancer and birth defects or In addition to factory installed options, ble trip for you and your passengers! your vehicle may also be equipped with other reproductive harm. To . NEVER drive under the influence additional accessories installed by NISSAN of alcohol or drugs. or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. minimize exposure, avoid . It is important that you familiarize your- ALWAYS observe posted speed breathing exhaust, do not idle self with all disclosures, warnings, cau- limits and never drive too fast the engine except as neces- tions and instructions concerning proper for conditions. sary, service your vehicle in a use of such accessories prior to operating . ALWAYS give your full attention to the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recom- driving and avoid using vehicle well-ventilated area and wear mended you see a NISSAN dealer for features or taking other actions gloves or wash your hands details concerning the particular acces- that could distract you. frequently when servicing your sories with which your vehicle is . ALWAYS use your seat belts and equipped. appropriate child restraint sys- vehicle. For more information Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle tems. Pre-teen children should go to www.P65Warnings.ca. best. When you require any service or be seated in the rear seat. gov/passenger-vehicle. have any questions, we will be glad to . ALWAYS provide information assist you with the extensive resources about the proper use of vehicle available to us. safety features to all occupants MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI- WHEN READING THE MANUAL of the vehicle. CLE This manual includes information for all . ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man- features and equipment available on ual for important safety informa- This vehicle should not be modified. this model. Features and equipment in tion. Modification could affect its perfor- your vehicle may vary depending on mance, safety or durability, and may model, trim level, options selected, or- even violate governmental regula- der, date of production, region or avail- On-pavement and off-road tions. In addition, damage or perfor- ability. Therefore, you may find driving mance problems resulting from information about features or equip- modification may not be covered un- ment that are not included or installed This vehicle will handle and maneuver der NISSAN warranties. on your vehicle. differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of All information, specifications and illustra- gravity. As with other vehicles with tions in this manual are those in effect at features of this type, failure to operate WARNING the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the this vehicle correctly may result in loss right to change specifications, perfor- of control or an accident. Be sure to Installing an aftermarket On-Board mance, design or component suppliers read “Avoiding collision and rollover” Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that without notice and without obligation. and “Driving safety precautions” in the uses the port during normal driving, From time to time, NISSAN may update “5. Starting and driving” section of this for example remote insurance com- or revise this manual to provide Owners manual. pany monitoring, remote vehicle di- with the most accurate information cur- agnostics, telematics or engine rently available. Please carefully read and reprogramming, may cause interfer- retain with this manual all revision up- ence or damage to vehicle systems. dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure We do not recommend or endorse you have access to accurate and up-to- the use of any aftermarket OBD date information regarding your vehicle. plug-in devices, unless specifically Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Man- approved by NISSAN. The vehicle uals and any updates can also be found in warranty may not cover damage the Owner section of the NISSAN website caused by any aftermarket plug-in at https://owners.nissanusa.com/now- device. ners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you have questions concerning any information in your Owner’s Manual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSAN those above call attention to an item in CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this the illustration. Owner’s Manual for contact information. CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI- IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT SORY THIS MANUAL Some vehicle parts, such as lithium You will see various symbols in this batteries, may contain perchlorate ma- manual. They are used in the following terial. The following advisory is pro- ways: vided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca. WARNING gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.” © 2020 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. This is used to indicate the presence All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a of a hazard that could cause death or SIC0697 serious personal injury. To avoid or retrieval system, or transmitted in any reduce the risk, the procedures must If you see the symbol above, it means “Do form, or by any means, electronic, me- be followed precisely. not do this” or “Do not let this happen”. chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written per- mission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

CAUTION If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow This is used to indicate the presence points to the front of the vehicle. of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or Arrows in an illustration that are similar to reduce the risk, the procedures must those above indicate movement or ac- be followed carefully. tion.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

NISSAN CARES ... Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs. However, if there is something that your You can write to NISSAN with the infor- If you prefer, visit us at: NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or mation at: www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) you would like to provide NISSAN directly For U.S. customers or with comments or questions, please con- Nissan North America, Inc. www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers) tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart- Consumer Affairs Department ment using our toll-free number: P.O. Box 685003 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN For U.S. customers Franklin, TN 37068-5003 and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN 1-800-NISSAN-1 or via e-mail at: vehicle. (1-800-647-7261) nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa. For Canadian customers com 1-800-387-0122 For Canadian customers The Consumer Affairs Department will Nissan Canada Inc. ask for the following information: 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 . Your name, address, and telephone or via e-mail at: number . information.centre@nissancana- Vehicle identification number (at- da.com tached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver’s side) . Date of purchase . Current odometer reading . Your NISSAN dealer’s name . Your comments or questions OR

Table of Illustrated table of contents 0 Contents Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4 Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Do-it-yourself 8

Maintenance and schedules 9

Technical and consumer information 10

Index 11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Instrument panel ...... 0-7 System (SRS)...... 0-2 Meters and gauges ...... 0-8 Exterior front ...... 0-3 Engine compartment ...... 0-9 Exterior rear ...... 0-4 MR20DD engine model ...... 0-9 Passenger compartment ...... 0-5 Warning and indicator lights ...... 0-10 Cockpit ...... 0-6 SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

— Child restraints (P.1-21) 11. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system (for rear seats) (P.1-24) 12. Child restraint anchor point (for top tether strap) (P.1-37) 13. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (P.1-42)

WAA0116X

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags 6. Driver and front passenger supplemental (P.1-42) knee air bags (P.1-42) 2. Occupant classification sensors (weight 7. Front seats (P.1-4) sensors) (P.1-42) 8. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- 3. Seat belts (P.1-12) mental air bags (P.1-42) 4. Head restraints (P.1-8) 9. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-60) 5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and 10. Rear seats (P.1-7) rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-42) 0-2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT

— Flat tire (P.6-3) — Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P.2-14, P.5-5) 11. Outside mirrors (P.3-33) 12. Side view camera* (P.4-10) 13. Doors — Keys (P.3-2) — Door locks (P.3-5) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11) — Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7) — Security system (P.2-45) — Remote engine start* (P.3-23) *: if so equipped

WAA0115X

1. Hood (P.3-25) 5. Power windows (P.2-76) 2. Windshield wiper and washer 6. Side turn signal light* (P.2-58) — Switch operation (P.2-48) 7. Front view camera* (P.4-10) — Window washer fluid (P.8-10) 8. Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-52) 3. Front camera* (P.2-43, P.5-35, P.5-40, 9. Fog lights* (P.2-59) P.5-64, P.5-97) 10. Tires 4. Moonroof* (P.2-78) — Wheels and tires (P.8-29, P.10-7)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3 EXTERIOR REAR

8. Rear combination light (P.8-25) 9. Fuel-filler door (P.3-28) — Fuel information (P.10-3) 10. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-7) *: if so equipped

WAA0053X

1. Rear window defroster (P.2-51) 6. Rear sonar 2. Rear window wiper and washer — Rear Sonar System (RSS) (P.5-136) — Switch operation (P.2-50) — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P.5-116) — Window washer fluid (P.8-10) 7. Liftgate (P.3-26) 3. High-mounted stop light (P.8-25) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11) 4. Antenna (P.4-34) — Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7) 5. Roof rack* (P.2-75) — Rear view camera* (P.4-2, P.4-10)

0-4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

— Power door lock switch (P.3-6) — Outside rearview mirror remote control switch (driver’s side) (P.3-33) 10. Front cup holders (P.2-69) 11. Heated seat switch* (P.2-60) 12. Console box (P.2-71) — Power outlet (P.2-65) — USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector (P.2-66) 13. Cargo area — Storage* (P.2-69) — Luggage hooks (P.2-73) — Parcel shelf* (P.2-73) — Spare tire* (P.6-3) — Emergency tire puncture repair kit* (P.6-3) — Cargo light (P.2-83) *: if so equipped **: Refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).

JVC1067X

1. Inside mirror (P.3-32) 5. Emergency Call (SOS) button* (P.2-67) — HomeLink® Universal Transceiver* 6. Sun visors (P.3-31) (P.2-83) 7. Room light (P.2-82) 2. Sunglasses holder (P.2-72) 8. Rear armrest* (P.1-8) 3. Map lights (P.2-81) — Rear cup holders (P.2-69) — Microphone** 9. Door armrest 4. Moonroof switch* (P.2-78) — Power window switch (P.2-76)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5 COCKPIT

— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (P.5-40) — Cruise control switches* (P.5-62) — ProPILOT assist* (P.5-64) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- tem** — Voice Recognition system switch** — Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Shift lever — Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) (P.5-20) — Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-25) 10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch (P.2-62) 11. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-59) 12. Parking brake (Pedal type) (P.5-27) 13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch* (P.2-63) 14. Steering assist switch* (models with Pro- PILOT assist) (P.2-62, P.5-64) or Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist) (P.2-61, P.5-40) 15. SPORT mode switch* (P.5-32) 16. ECO switch (P.5-32) WAA0118X 17. Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) (P.5-14) 1. Instrument brightness control (P.2-9) — Vehicle information display control 18. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent 2. TRIP RESET switch (P.2-6) (P.2-20) Key system) (P.5-12) 3. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-52)/ 5. Steering wheel (P.3-30) 19. Parking brake (Switch type) (P.5-27) Fog light switch* (P.2-59) — Horn (P.2-59) 20. Automatic brake hold switch* (P.5-29) 4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 6. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-48) *: if so equipped side) 7. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2) **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- — Audio control** 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right er’s Manual (if so equipped). side) 0-6 Illustrated table of contents INSTRUMENT PANEL

9. Steering wheel lock lever (P.3-30) 10. Driver’s front-impact air bag (P.1-42)/Horn (P.2-59) 11. Driver supplemental knee air bag (P.1-42) 12. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-26) 13. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection port** 14. Power outlet (P.2-65) 15. Defroster switch (P.2-51) 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air bag (P.1-42) 17. Glove box (P.2-71) *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0119X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-25) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- 2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)/Clock (P.2-42) tem** 3. Center ventilator (P.4-25) 5. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-42) 4. Audio system** or navigation system** 6. Fuse box cover (P.8-20) — RearView Monitor* (P.4-2) 7. Fuel-filler door release handle (P.3-28) — Intelligent Around View® Monitor* (P.4-10) 8. Hood release handle (P.3-25)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7 METERS AND GAUGES

JVC0581X

1. Tachometer (P.2-7) 2. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-10) 3. Vehicle information display (P.2-19) — Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6) 4. Speedometer (P.2-6) 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7) 6. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)

0-8 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WAA0211X MR20DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6) 1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-5) 8. Battery (P.8-11) 2. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6) 9. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-18) 3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-9) *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model 4. Air cleaner (P.8-15) 5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-10) 6. Drive belt (P.8-13) Illustrated table of contents 0-9 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Yellow Other Red light Name Page Name Page Name Page light light All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK Automatic brake hold indi- Brake warning light 2-11 indicator light (if so 2-13 cator light (green) (if so 2-17 equipped) equipped) Automatic brake hold indi- Charge warning light 2-12 Anti-lock Braking System 2-13 cator light (white) (if so 2-17 (ABS) warning light equipped) Electronic parking brake 2-12 2-18 indicator light (if so Automatic Emergency Exterior light indicator equipped) 2-14 Braking (AEB) system Front fog light indicator warning light 2-18 Master warning light 2-12 light (if so equipped) Electric power steering 2-14 High beam assist indicator 2-18 Seat belt warning light and 2-12 warning light light chime Electronic parking brake High beam indicator light 2-18 Security indicator light 2-13 warning light (if so 2-14 equipped) Turn signal/hazard indica- 2-18 Supplemental air bag 2-13 tor lights warning light Low tire pressure warning 2-14 light Master warning light 2-16

Malfunction Indicator Light 2-16 (MIL) Rear Automatic Braking 2-17 (RAB) system warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control 2-17 (VDC) off indicator light Vehicle Dynamic Control 2-17 (VDC) warning light

0-10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seats ...... 1-3 Child restraints ...... 1-21 Front seats ...... 1-4 Precautions on child restraints ...... 1-22 Rear seats ...... 1-7 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Armrest (if so equipped) ...... 1-8 (LATCH) system ...... 1-24 Head restraints/headrests ...... 1-8 Rear-facing child restraint installation Adjustable head using LATCH ...... 1-26 restraint/headrest components ...... 1-9 Rear-facing child restraint installation using Non-adjustable head the seat belts ...... 1-28 restraint/headrest components ...... 1-9 Forward-facing child restraint installation Remove ...... 1-10 using LATCH ...... 1-31 Install...... 1-10 Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts...... 1-34 Adjust...... 1-10 Booster seats...... 1-38 Seat belts ...... 1-12 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ...... 1-42 Precautions on seat belt usage ...... 1-12 Precautions on SRS ...... 1-42 Seat belt warning light and chime ...... 1-14 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Pregnant women ...... 1-15 (front seats) ...... 1-48 Injured persons ...... 1-15 Driver and front passenger supplemental Three-point type seat belt with retractor ...... 1-15 knee air bag...... 1-57 Seat belt extenders ...... 1-18 Front and rear outboard seat-mounted Seat belt maintenance ...... 1-18 side-impact supplemental air bag and roof- Child safety ...... 1-19 mounted curtain side-impact and rollover Infants ...... 1-19 supplemental air bag systems ...... 1-59 Small children ...... 1-20 Seat belts with pretensioners (front and Larger children ...... 1-20 rear outboard seats) ...... 1-60 Supplemental air bag warning labels ...... 1-61 Repair and replacement procedure ...... 1-63 Supplemental air bag warning light ...... 1-62 SEATS

. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. . Do not adjust the driver’s seat SSS0133 while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The well back and upright in the seat seat may move suddenly and WARNING with both feet on the floor and could cause loss of control of adjust the seat properly. See the vehicle. . Do not ride in a moving vehicle “Precautions on seat belt usage” . The seatback should not be re- when the seatback is reclined. (P.1-12). clined any more than needed for This can be dangerous. The . After adjustment, gently rock in comfort. Seat belts are most ef- shoulder belt will not be against the seat to make sure it is se- fective when the passenger sits your body. In an accident, you curely locked. well back and straight up in the could be thrown into it and re- . seat. If the seatback is reclined, ceive neck or other serious inju- Do not leave children unattended the risk of sliding under the lap ries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could belt and being injured is in- the lap belt and receive serious unknowingly activate switches creased. internal injuries. or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious . For the most effective protection accidents. when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/ or damage.

JVR0332X FRONT SEATS The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of Front manual seat adjustment different sizes to help obtain the proper Forward and backward: seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).) 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is 2. Slide the seat to the desired position. parked. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in position. Reclining: 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . 2. Tilt the seatback to the desired position. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seatback in position.

1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front power seat adjustment Operating tips: . The power seat motor has an auto- reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during the seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reacti- vate the switch. . To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate the power seats for a long period of time when the engine is not running. See “Memory Seat” (P.3-34).

JVR0333X

Seat lifter (if so equipped): Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 JVR0334X JVR0119X

Forward and backward: Seat lifter (if so equipped): Move forward or backward the adjusting Move the switch as shown to adjust the switch to the desired position. seat height until the desired position is achieved. Reclining: Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to the desired position. The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).) The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system straints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop. . Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any cargo is on the rear seats. . Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. . When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain SSS1053 JVR0467X they are completely secured in the latched position. If they are Lumbar support (if so equipped): REAR SEATS not completely secured, passen- The lumbar support feature provides low- Folding gers may be injured in an acci- er back support to the driver. dent or sudden stop. 1. Pull up the lever and fold the seatback Push the switch as shown to adjust the flat. seat lumbar area until the desired position is achieved. 2. To return the seats to a seating position, push up on the seatback until it latches in place.

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper re- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints/headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the head re- JVR0327X straint/headrest. Do not use the seat JVR0530X Rear seats if the head restraint/headrest has The illustration shows the seating posi- ARMREST (if so equipped) been removed. If the head restraint/ tions equipped with head restraint/head- Pull the armrest down as shown. headrest was removed, reinstall and rest. properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses Indicates the seating position is the seating position. Failure to follow equipped with a head restraint. these instructions can reduce the Indicates the seating position is effectiveness of the head restraint/ equipped with a headrest. headrest. This may increase the risk + Indicates the seating position is not of serious injury or death in a colli- equipped with a head restraint or head- sion. rest. . Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable. . Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment 1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system position. . The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame. . Proper Adjustment: — For the adjustable type, align the head restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/headrest. — If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position. SSS0992 JVR0203X . If the head restraint/headrest has been removed, ensure that it is re- ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE- installed and locked in place before HEADREST COMPONENTS STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS riding in that designated seating position. 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Multiple notches 2. Single notch 3. Lock knob 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks 4. Stalks

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 SSS1037 SSS1038 SSS0997 REMOVE INSTALL ADJUST Use the following procedure to remove 1. Align the head restraint/headrest For adjustable head restraint/headrest the head restraint/headrest. stalks with the holes in the seat. Make Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the 1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to sure that the head restraint/headrest center is level with the center of your ears. the highest position. is facing the correct direction. The If your ear position is still higher than the stalk with the adjustment notch 2. Push and hold the lock knob. recommended alignment, place the head must be installed in the hole with the restraint/headrest at the highest posi- 3. Remove the head restraint/headrest lock knob . tion. from the seat. 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push 4. Store the head restraint/headrest the head restraint/headrest down. properly in a secure place so it is not 3. Properly adjust the head restraint/ loose in the vehicle. headrest before an occupant uses 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head the seating position. restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system JVR0259X SSS0993 SSS0994

For non-adjustable head restraint/ Raise Lower headrest To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull To lower, push and hold the lock knob Make sure the head restraint/headrest is it up. and push the head restraint/headrest positioned so the lock knob is engaged in down. the notch before riding in that designated Make sure the head restraint/headrest is seating position. positioned so the lock knob is engaged in Make sure the head restraint/headrest is the notch before riding in that designated positioned so the lock knob is engaged in seating position. the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 SEAT BELTS

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat SSS0136 belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0134

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Be sure the seat belt tongue is WARNING securely fastened to the proper buckle. . Every person who drives or rides . Do not wear the seat belt inside in this vehicle should use a seat out or twisted. Doing so may belt at all times. Children should reduce its effectiveness. be properly restrained in the rear . seat and, if appropriate, in a child Do not allow more than one restraint. person to use the same seat belt. . . The seat belt should be properly Never carry more people in the adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to vehicle than there are seat belts. do so may reduce the effective- . If the seat belt warning light ness of the entire restraint sys- glows continuously while the tem and increase the chance or ignition is turned ON with all SSS0016 severity of injury in an accident. doors closed and all seat belts Serious injury or death can occur fastened, it may indicate a mal- if the seat belt is not worn prop- function in the system. Have the erly. system checked. It is recom- . Always route the shoulder belt mended you visit a NISSAN dealer over your shoulder and across for this service. your chest. Never put the belt . No changes should be made to behind your back, under your the seat belt system. For exam- arm or across your neck. The belt ple, do not modify the seat belt, should be away from your face add material, or install devices and neck, but not falling off your that may change the seat belt shoulder. routing or tension. Doing so may . Position the lap belt as low and affect the operation of the seat snug as possible AROUND THE belt system. Modifying or tam- HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt pering with the seat belt system SSS0014 worn too high could increase the may result in serious personal risk of internal injuries in an injury. accident. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 . Once a seat belt pretensioner has ignition switch is placed in the ON activated, it cannot be reused and position. must be replaced together with . The front passenger’s seat belt is not the retractor. It is recommended fastened and objects or external force you visit a NISSAN dealer for this on the passenger seat change the service. seat belt reminder classification to “occupied”. . All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hard- The seat belt warning light will flash ware, should be inspected after under the conditions shown above until any collision. It is recommended the necessary seat belt is securely fas- you visit a NISSAN dealer for this tened. service. NISSAN recommends that A warning chime will sound for approxi- all seat belt assemblies in use mately 95 seconds or until one of the during a collision be replaced following conditions is met: JVR0575X unless the collision was minor . The unbuckled front passenger’s seat and the belts show no damage SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT AND belt is securely fastened. and continue to operate properly. CHIME . The seat belt reminder function in the Seat belt assemblies not in use front passenger seat no longer de- The driver and front passenger seats are during a collision should also be tects that the front passenger seat is equipped with an enhanced seat belt inspected and replaced if either occupied. reminder function. If your vehicle is damage or improper operation is . noted. equipped with an enhanced seat belt The ignition switch is turned off. . reminder function, a visual and audible The below situations could result in the All child restraints and attaching seat belt warning light being illuminated hardware should be inspected alert will operate if a driver or front passenger seat belt is unbuckled at and the chime sounding, even with no after any collision. Always follow occupant present in the passenger seat: the restraint manufacturer’s in- speeds of approximately 10 MPH (15 . spection instructions and repla- km/h) or more under the following con- Heavy objects placed on the seat. cement recommendations. The ditions: . Someone pushing or pulling on the child restraints should be re- . If the driver seat belt is not fastened. front passenger seat. placed if they are damaged. . The front passenger’s seat belt is not . An object placed under the front fastened and the seat is occupied by a passenger seat. passenger for 7 seconds after the 1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . An object placed between the seat THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT becomes wrapped around a cushion and center console or be- WITH RETRACTOR child’s neck with the ALR mode tween the seat cushion and the door. activated, the child can be ser- . An object hanging on the seat or iously injured or killed if the seat placed in the seatback pocket (If so WARNING belt retracts and becomes tight. equipped). This can occur even if the vehicle . A child restraint or other object press- . Every person who drives or rides is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt ing against the rear of the seatback. in this vehicle should use a seat to release the child. If the seat PREGNANT WOMEN belt at all times. Children should belt can not be unbuckled or is be in the rear seats and in an already unbuckled, release the NISSAN recommends that pregnant wo- appropriate restraint. child by cutting the seat belt with men use seat belts. The seat belt should . a suitable tool (such as a knife or be worn snug, and always position the lap Do not ride in a moving vehicle scissors) to release the seat belt. belt as low as possible around the hips, when the seatback is reclined. not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over This can be dangerous. The your shoulder and across your chest. shoulder belt will not be against Fastening the seat belts your body. In an accident, you Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your 1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-3).) abdominal area. Contact your doctor for could be thrown into it and re- specific recommendations. ceive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under INJURED PERSONS the lap belt and receive serious NISSAN recommends that injured persons internal injuries. use seat belts, depending on the injury. . For the most effective protection Check with your doctor for specific re- when the vehicle is in motion, the commendations. seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly. . Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts. The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, see “Child restraints” (P.1-21).

JVR0572X JVR0573X The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During nor- 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the 3. Position the lap belt portion low and mal seat belt use by an occupant, the retractor and insert the tongue into snug on the hips as shown. ALR mode should not be activated. If it the buckle until you hear and feel 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward is activated, it may cause uncomforta- the latch engage. the retractor to take up extra slack . ble seat belt tension. . The retractor is designed to lock Be sure the shoulder belt is routed during a sudden stop or on im- over your shoulder and across your WARNING pact. A slow pulling motion per- chest. mits the belt to move and allows The three-point seat belts in the front you some freedom of movement When fastening the seat belts, be passenger seat and the rear seating in the seat. certain that seatbacks are comple- positions have two modes of operation: . If the seat belt cannot be pulled tely secured in the latched position. . from its fully retracted position, Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) If they are not completely secured, firmly pull the belt and release it. . Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) passengers may be injured in an Then smoothly pull the belt out of The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) accident or sudden stop. the retractor. mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat. 1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement. If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt operation.

JVR0574X SSS0351A

Unfastening the seat belts Shoulder belt height adjustment To unfasten the seat belt, push the (for front seats) button on the buckle . The seat belt The shoulder belt anchor height should automatically retracts. be adjusted to the position best for you. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1- Checking seat belt operation 12).) Seat belt retractors are designed to lock To adjust, pull the adjustment button , seat belt movement by two separate and then move the shoulder belt anchor methods: to the desired position , so that the belt . When the belt is pulled quickly from passes over the center of the shoulder. the retractor. The belt should be away from your face . When the vehicle slows down rapidly. and neck, but not falling off of your To increase your confidence in the seat shoulder. Release the adjustment button belts, check the operation as follows: to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position. The range of height adjustment of the Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 shoulder belt may vary depending on the . If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt model. WARNING guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the WARNING . It is recommended that only shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry NISSAN seat belt extenders, made cloth. . Periodically check to see that the . by the same company which After adjustment, release the ad- made the original equipment seat seat belt and the metal components, justment button and try to move belts, be used with NISSAN seat such as buckles, tongues, retractors, the shoulder belt anchor up and belts. flexible wires and anchors, work prop- down to make sure it is securely . erly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts fixed in position. Adults and children who can use or other damage on the webbing is the standard seat belt should not . found, the entire seat belt assembly The shoulder belt anchor height use an extender. Such unneces- should be replaced. should be adjusted to the posi- sary use could result in serious tion best for you. Failure to do so personal injury in the event of an may reduce the effectiveness of accident. the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of . Never use seat belt extenders to injury in an accident. install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously in- SEAT BELT EXTENDERS jured or killed in a collision or a If, because of body size or driving position, sudden stop. it is not possible to properly fit the lap/ shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased. . To clean the seat belt webbing, apply The extender adds approximately 8 in a mild soap solution or any solution (200 mm) of length and may be used for recommended for cleaning upholstery either the driver or front passenger seat- or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and ing position. It is recommended you visit a allow the seat belts to dry in the NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur- shade. Do not allow the seat belts to chasing an extender if an extender is retract until they are completely dry. required. 1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY

There are three basic types of child All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or WARNING restraint systems: territories require the use of approved . Rear-facing child restraint child restraints for infants and small children. See “Child restraints” (P.1-21). Do not allow children to play with the . Forward-facing child restraint seat belts. Most seating positions are . Booster seat A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower equipped with Automatic Locking The proper restraint depends on the Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If child’s size. Generally, infants up to about or with the vehicle seat belt. See “Child the seat belt becomes wrapped 1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should restraints” (P.1-21) for more information. around a child’s neck with the ALR be placed in rear-facing child restraints. mode activated, the child can be Forward-facing child restraints are avail- NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens seriously injured or killed if the seat able for children who outgrow rear-facing and children be restrained in the rear belt retracts and becomes tight. This child restraints and are at least 1 year old. seat. Studies show that children are can occur even if the vehicle is Booster seats are used to help position a safer when properly restrained in the parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who rear seat than in the front seat. release the child. If the seat belt can can no longer use a forward-facing child This is especially important because not be unbuckled or is already un- restraint. your vehicle has a supplemental re- buckled, release the child by cutting straint system (Air bag system) for the the seat belt with a suitable tool front passenger. See “Supplemental (such as a knife or scissors) to WARNING Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-42). release the seat belt. Infants and children need special INFANTS Children need adults to help protect protection. The vehicle’s seat belts Infants up to at least 1 year old should be them. may not fit them properly. The placed in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recommends that infants be They need to be properly restrained. shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may placed in child restraints that comply with In addition to the general information in not fit over their small hip bones. In Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards this manual, child safety information is an accident, an improperly fitting or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- available from many other sources, in- seat belt could cause serious or fatal dards. You should choose a child restraint cluding doctors, teachers, government injury. Always use appropriate child that fits your vehicle and always follow traffic safety offices, and community or- restraints. the manufacturer’s instructions for instal- ganizations. Every child is different, so be lation and use. sure to learn the best way to transport your child. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 SMALL CHILDREN obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt . Is the child able to use the properly Children that are over 1 year old and to fit properly, the booster seat should adjusted head restraint/headrest? . weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain raise the child so that the shoulder belt is Will the child be able to stay in position in a rear-facing child restraint as long as properly positioned across the chest and for the entire ride? possible up to the height or weight limit the top, middle portion of the shoulder. of the child restraint. Children who out- The shoulder belt should not cross the grow the height or weight limit of the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward- across the lower hips or upper thighs, not facing child restraint with a harness. Refer the abdomen. to the manufacturer’s instructions for A booster seat can only be used in minimum and maximum weight and seating positions that have a three-point height recommendations. NISSAN recom- type seat belt. The booster seat should fit mends that small children be placed in the vehicle seat and have a label certify- child restraints that comply with Federal ing that it complies with Federal Motor Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana- Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. should choose a child restraint that fits A booster seat should be used until the your vehicle and always follow the man- child can pass the seat belt fit test below: ufacturer’s instructions for installation . Are the child’s back and hips against and use. the vehicle seatback? LARGER CHILDREN . Is the child able to sit without slouch- Children should remain in a forward- ing? facing child restraint with a harness until . Do the child’s knees bend easily over they reach the maximum height or the front edge of the seat with feet flat weight limit allowed by the child restraint on the floor? manufacturer. . Can the child safely wear the seat belt Once a child outgrows the height or (lap belt low and snug across the hips weight limit of the harness-equipped and shoulder belt across mid-chest forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN and shoulder)? recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to 1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINTS

seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision.

JVR0473X SSS0099 If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt. NOTE: Laws in some communities may follow different guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling. WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on SSS0100 any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area. The child could be Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE- seat than in the front seat. If will not be properly installed STRAINTS you must install a forward- using the damaged ancho- facing child restraint in the rage, and a child could be front seat, see “Forward-fa- seriously injured or killed in a WARNING cing child restraint installation collision. using the seat belts” (P.1-34). . Failure to follow the warnings — Never use the anchor points and instructions for proper use — Even with the NISSAN Ad- for adult seat belts or har- and installation of child restraints vanced Air Bag System, never nesses. install a rear-facing child re- could result in serious injury or — A child restraint with a top straint in the front seat. An death of a child or other passen- tether strap should not be inflating air bag could ser- gers in a sudden stop or collision: used in the front passenger iously injure or kill a child. A seat. — The child restraint must be rear-facing child restraint used and installed properly. must only be used in the rear — Keep seatbacks as upright as Always follow all of the child seat. possible after fitting the child restraint manufacturer’s in- restraint. structions for installation and — Be sure to purchase a child use. restraint that will fit the child — Infants and children should and vehicle. Some child re- always be placed in an appro- — Infants and children should straints may not fit properly priate child restraint while in never be held on anyone’s in your vehicle. the vehicle. lap. Even the strongest adult . cannot resist the forces of a — Child restraint anchorages are When the child restraint is not in collision. designed to withstand only use, keep it secured with the those loads imposed by cor- LATCH system or a seat belt. In a — Do not put a seat belt around rectly fitted child restraints. sudden stop or collision, loose both a child and another pas- Under no circumstances are objects can injure occupants or senger. they to be used to attach damage the vehicle. — NISSAN recommends that all adult seat belts, or other child restraints be installed in items or equipment to the the rear seat. Studies show vehicle. Doing so could da- that children are safer when mage the child restraint an- properly restrained in the rear chorages. The child restraint 1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Check the child restraint in your law requires the top tether strap on CAUTION vehicle to be sure it is compatible with forward-facing child restraints be se- the vehicle’s seat and seat belt sys- cured to the designated anchor point A child restraint in a closed vehicle tem. on the vehicle. . can become very hot. Check the If the child restraint is compatible with seating surface and buckles before your vehicle, place your child in the placing a child in the child restraint. child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. This vehicle is equipped with a universal Choose a child restraint that is de- child restraint anchor system, referred to signed for your child’s height and as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and weight. Always follow all recom- Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child mended procedures. restraints include rigid or webbing- . mounted attachments that can be con- If the combined weight of the child nected to these anchors. and child restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), you may use either the For details, see “Lower Anchors and LATCH anchors or the seat belt to Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) system” install the child restraint (not both at (P.1-24). the same time). If you do not have a LATCH compatible . If the combined weight of the child child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can and child restraint is greater than 65 be used. lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt Several manufacturers offer child re- (not the lower anchors) to install the straints for infants and small children of child restraint. various sizes. When selecting any child . Be sure to follow the child restraint restraint, keep the following points in manufacturer’s instructions for instal- mind: lation. . Choose only a restraint with a label All U.S. states and Canadian provinces certifying that it complies with Federal or territories require that infants and Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or small children be restrained in an ap- Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- proved child restraint at all times while dard 213. the vehicle is being operated. Canadian Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 restraint manufacturer’s instructions for . Inspect the lower anchors by in- installation. serting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure CAUTION there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. Store the loose LATCH covers (for The child restraint will not be example, in the console box) where secured properly if the lower they will not get damaged to avoid anchors are obstructed. losing them. (See “Console box” (P.2- . 71).) Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted LATCH lower anchor child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to JVR0555X attach adult seat belts, or other LATCH system anchor location WARNING items or equipment to the vehi- Lower Anchors and Tethers for cle. Doing so could damage the CHildren (LATCH) SYSTEM Failure to follow the warnings and child restraint anchorages. The instructions for proper use and in- child restraint will not be properly Your vehicle is equipped with special stallation of child restraints could installed using the damaged an- anchor points that are used with LATCH result in serious injury or death of a chorage, and a child could be system compatible child restraints. This child or other passengers in a sud- seriously injured or killed in a system may also be referred to as the den stop or collision: collision. ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a . Attach LATCH system compatible vehicle seat belt to secure the child child restraints only at the loca- LATCH lower anchor location restraint unless the combined weight of tions shown in the illustration. The LATCH lower anchor points are the child and child restraint exceeds 65 . Do not secure a child restraint in provided to install child restraints in the lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the the center rear seating position rear outboard seating positions only. Do child and child restraint is greater than 65 using the LATCH lower anchors. not attempt to install a child restraint in lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt The child restraint will not be the center seating position using the (not the lower anchors) to install the child secured properly. LATCH lower anchors. restraint. Be sure to follow the child 1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0643 SSS0644 LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid attachment Installing child restraint LATCH When installing a child restraint, carefully lower anchor attachments read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child LATCH compatible child restraints include restraint. two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating posi- JVR0556X tions in your vehicle. With this system, you LATCH lower anchor cover removal do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to The LATCH lower anchor points are secure the child restraint. Check your located under covers labelled ISOFIX at child restraint for a label stating that it is the bottom of the rear outboard seat compatible with LATCH. This information cushions. To access a LATCH lower an- may also be in the instructions provided chor point, insert your finger into the by the child restraint manufacturer. cover and pull the cover off.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 Top tether anchor collision.

WARNING Anchor points are located on the back side of the seatbacks. Properly secure cargo and do not If a child restraint has a top tether strap, it allow it to contact the top tether must be used when installing with the strap when it is attached to the top LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat tether anchor. Cargo that is not belts. properly secured or cargo that con- If you have any questions when instal- tacts the top tether strap may da- ling a top tether strap child restraint on mage the top tether strap during a the rear seat, it is recommended you collision. If the parcel shelf (if so visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. equipped) contacts the top tether REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT strap when it is attached to the top WAB0058X tether anchor, remove the parcel INSTALLATION USING LATCH shelf from the vehicle or secure it Top tether anchor point locations Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the on the cargo floor below its attach- “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec- ment location. If the parcel shelf is tions before installing a child restraint. not removed, it may damage the top WARNING Do not use the lower anchors if the tether strap during a collision. Your combined weight of the child and the child could be seriously injured or Child restraint anchorages are de- child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If killed in a collision if the child re- signed to withstand only those loads the combined weight of the child and the straint top tether strap is damaged. imposed by correctly fitted child child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 restraints. Under no circumstances kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the are they to be used to attach adult lower anchors) to install the child re- seat belts, or other items or equip- straint. Be sure to follow the child re- ment to the vehicle. Doing so could straint manufacturer’s instructions for damage the child restraint an- installation. chorages. The child restraint will not Follow these steps to install a rear-facing be properly installed using the da- child restraint using the LATCH system: maged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a 1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0648 SSS0649 Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 in all types of vehicles. 5. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 4. REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto- SSS0639 SSS0650 matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4 be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode 3. For child restraints that are equipped 4. After attaching the child restraint, test will result in the child restraint not with webbing-mounted attachments, it before you place the child in it. Push being properly secured. The restraint remove any additional slack from the it from side to side while holding the could tip over or be loose and cause anchor attachments. Press downward child restraint near the LATCH attach- injury to a child in a sudden stop or and rearward firmly in the center of ment path. The child restraint should collision. the child restraint with your hand to not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), compress the vehicle seat cushion from side to side. Try to tug it forward and seatback while tightening the and check to see if the LATCH attach- webbing of the anchor attachments. ment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit

1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0100 SSS0654 Rear-facing — step 1 Rear-facing — step 2 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the 2. Route the seat belt tongue through “Child safety” (P.1-19) and “Child restraints” the child restraint and insert it into the (P.1-21) before installing a child restraint. buckle until you hear and feel the Do not use the lower anchors if the latch engage. Be sure to follow the combined weight of the child and the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If tions for belt routing. the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats: Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 SSS0655 SSS0656 SSS0657 Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4 Rear-facing — step 5 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up 5. Remove any additional slack from the fully extended. At this time, the seat on the shoulder belt to remove any seat belt; press downward and rear- belt retractor is in the Automatic slack in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint to compress the vehicle seat restraint mode). It reverts to the cushion and seatback while pulling up Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) on the seat belt. mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- STRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the SSS0658 child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If SSS0645 Rear-facing — step 6 the combined weight of the child and the Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2 6. After attaching the child restraint, test child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- it before you place the child in it. Push kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the tachments to the LATCH lower an- it from side to side while holding the lower anchors) to install the child re- chors. Check to make sure the LATCH child restraint near the seat belt path. straint. Be sure to follow the child re- attachment is properly attached to The child restraint should not move straint manufacturer’s instructions for the lower anchors. more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to installation. If the child restraint is equipped with a side. Try to tug it forward and check to Follow these steps to install a forward- top tether strap, route the top tether see if the belt holds the restraint in facing child restraint using the LATCH strap and secure the tether strap to place. If the restraint is not secure, system: the tether anchor point. See “Installing tighten the seat belt as necessary, or 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. top tether strap” (P.1-33). Do not install put the restraint in another seat and child restraints that require the use of test it again. You may need to try a Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. a top tether strap in seating positions different child restraint. Not all child that do not have a top tether anchor. restraints fit in all types of vehicles. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 child restraint.

SSS0646 SSS0647 Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Forward-facing — step 4 3. The back of the child restraint should 4. For child restraints that are equipped be secured against the vehicle seat- with webbing-mounted attachments, back. remove any additional slack from the If necessary, adjust or remove the anchor attachments. Press downward head restraint to obtain the correct and rearward firmly in the center of child restraint fit. If the head restraint the child restraint with your knee to is removed, store it in a secure place. compress the vehicle seat cushion Be sure to reinstall the head re- and seatback while tightening the straint when the child restraint is webbing of the anchor attachments. removed. See “Head restraints/head- 5. Tighten the tether strap according to rests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjust- the manufacturer’s instructions to ment information. remove any slack. If the seating position does not have a head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different 1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.

SSS0638 WAB0058X Forward-facing — step 6 6. After attaching the child restraint, test Installing top tether strap it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach- WARNING ment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), Child restraint anchorages are de- from side to side. Try to tug it forward signed to withstand only those loads and check to see if the LATCH attach- imposed by correctly fitted child ment holds the restraint in place. If the restraints. Under no circumstances restraint is not secure, tighten the are they to be used to attach adult LATCH attachment as necessary, or seat belts, or other items or equip- put the restraint in another seat and ment to the vehicle. Doing so could test it again. You may need to try a damage the child restraint an- different child restraint. Not all child chorages. The child restraint will not restraints fit in all types of vehicles. be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 collision. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE The child restraint top tether strap must SEAT BELTS be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments. WARNING First, secure the child restraint with the The three-point seat belt with Auto- LATCH lower anchors (rear outboard matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must seating positions only). be used when installing a child re- 1. Remove the head restraint and store it straint. Failure to use the ALR mode in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall will result in the child restraint not the head restraint when the child being properly secured. The restraint restraint is removed. could tip over or be loose and cause See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) injury to a child in a sudden stop or SSS0640 for head restraint adjustment, re- collision. Also, it can change the Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1 moval and installation information. operation of the front passenger air Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the 2. Position the top tether strap as bag. See “Front passenger air bag “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec- shown. and status light” (P.1-50). tions before installing a child restraint. 3. Secure the top tether strap to the Do not use the lower anchors if the tether anchor point as shown. combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint the combined weight of the child and the installation procedure steps in this child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 section before tightening the tether kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the strap. lower anchors) to install the child re- If you have any questions when instal- straint. Be sure to follow the child re- ling a top tether strap, it is recom- straint manufacturer’s instructions for mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer installation. for this service. Follow these steps to install a forward- facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front 1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system passenger seat: 1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in a forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and, therefore, must not be used in the front seat. 2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat- SSS0360B SSS0651 back. Forward-facing — step 3 Forward-facing — step 4 If necessary, adjust or remove the 3. Route the seat belt tongue through 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is head restraint to obtain the correct the child restraint and insert it into the fully extended. At this time, the seat child restraint fit. If the head restraint buckle until you hear and feel the belt retractor is in the Automatic is removed, store it in a secure place. latch engage. Be sure to follow the Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child Be sure to reinstall the head re- child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- restraint mode). It reverts to Emer- straint when the child restraint is tions for belt routing. gency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode removed. See “Head restraints/head- when the seat belt is fully retracted. rests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjust- If the child restraint is equipped with a ment, removal and installation top tether strap, route the top tether information. strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat If the seating position does not have installation only). See “Installing top an adjustable head restraint and it is tether strap” (P.1-37). Do not install interfering with the proper child re- child restraints that require the use straint fit, try another seating position of a top tether strap in seating posi- or a different child restraint. tions that do not have a top tether anchor.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 SSS0652 SSS0653 SSS0641 Forward-facing — step 5 Forward-facing — step 6 Forward-facing — step 8 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up 6. Remove any additional slack from the 8. After attaching the child restraint, test on the shoulder belt to remove any seat belt; press downward and rear- it before you place the child in it. Push slack in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child it from side to side while holding the restraint with your knee to compress child restraint near the seat belt path. the vehicle seat cushion and seatback The child restraint should not move while pulling up on the seat belt. more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to 7. Tighten the tether strap according to side. Try to tug it forward and check to the manufacturer’s instructions to see if the belt holds the restraint in remove any slack. place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. 9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If 1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

SSS0676 WAB0058X Forward-facing — step 10 10. If the child restraint is installed in the Installing top tether strap front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light WARNING should illuminate. If this light is not illuminated, see “Front passenger air Child restraint anchorages are de- bag and status light” (P.1-50). Move signed to withstand only those loads the child restraint to another seating imposed by correctly fitted child position. Have the system checked. It restraints. Under no circumstances is recommended you visit a NISSAN are they to be used to attach adult dealer for this service. seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could After the child restraint is removed and damage the child restraint an- the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR chorages. The child restraint will not mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 . collision. BOOSTER SEATS Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the Precautions on booster seats vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts. WARNING First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt. If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child 1. Remove the head restraint and store it being injured or killed in a sudden in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall stop or collision greatly increases: the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. . Make sure the shoulder portion of See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) the belt is away from the child’s for head restraint adjustment, re- face and neck and the lap portion moval and installation information. of the belt does not cross the stomach. 2. Position the top tether strap as . shown. Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the 3. Secure the top tether strap to the child’s arm. tether anchor point as shown. . A booster seat must only be 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installed in a seating position that installation procedure steps in this has a lap/shoulder belt. section before tightening the tether strap. Booster seats of various sizes are offered If you have any questions when instal- by several manufacturers. When selecting ling a top tether strap, it is recom- any booster seat, keep the following mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for points in mind: this service. . Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. 1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Make sure the child’s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the child’s ears. For example, if a low back booster seat is chosen, the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of the child’s ears, a high back booster seat should be used. . If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various LRS0453 adjustments to be sure the booster LRS0464 seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended pro- All U.S. states and Canadian provinces cedures. or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat.

LRS0455

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos- ter seats” sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint. SSS0640 LRS0454 Front passenger position Follow these steps to install a booster 1. If you must install a booster seat in seat in the rear seat or in the front the front seat, move the seat to the 3. The booster seat should be positioned passenger seat: rearmost position. on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. If necessary, adjust or remove the Only place it in a forward-facing head restraint to obtain the correct direction. Always follow the booster booster seat fit. If the head restraint is seat manufacturer’s instructions. removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed. See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information. If the seating position does not have a head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat. 1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a SSS0676 seat belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-12). 7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” (P.1-50).

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

PRECAUTIONS ON SRS front passenger in certain side impact pant seated a suitable distance away collisions. The side air bag is designed to from the steering wheel, instrument pa- This SRS section contains important in- inflate on the side where the vehicle is nel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts” formation concerning the following sys- impacted. (P.1-12) for instructions and precautions tems: on seat belt usage.) . Rear outboard seat-mounted side-im- Driver and front passenger supple- pact supplemental air bag system: This The supplemental air bags operate only mental front-impact air bag (NISSAN system can help cushion the impact force when the ignition switch is in the ON or Advanced Air Bag System) to the chest area of the rear outboard START position. . Driver and front passenger supple- seat passengers in certain side-impact After the ignition is placed in the ON mental knee air bag collisions. The side air bags are designed . position, the supplemental air bag Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- to inflate on the side where the vehicle is warning light illuminates. The supple- plemental air bag impacted. mental air bag warning light will turn . Rear outboard seat-mounted side- Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and off after about 7 seconds if the systems impact supplemental air bag rollover supplemental air bag system: are operational. . Roof-mounted curtain side-impact This system can help cushion the impact and rollover supplemental air bag force to the heads of occupants in front . Seat belt with pretensioner (front and and rear outboard seating positions in rear outboard seats) certain side impact or rollover collisions. Supplemental front-impact air bag sys- In a side-impact, the curtain air bags are tem: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys- designed to inflate on the side where the tem can help cushion the impact force to vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the the head and chest of the driver and front curtain air bags on both sides are de- passenger in certain frontal collisions. signed to inflate. Under both side-impact and rollover situations, the curtain air Driver and front passenger supplemen- bags will remain inflated for a short tal knee air bag system: This system can period of time. help cushion the impact force to the driver’s and front passenger’s knees in These supplemental restraint systems are certain collisions. designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver, passenger Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- and rear outboard seat belts and are not plemental air bag system: This system a substitute for them. Seat belts should can help cushion the impact force to the always be correctly worn and the occu- chest and pelvic area of the driver and 1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. . The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag will not inflate if the front passenger SSS0131 air bag status light is lit. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” (P.1-50). . The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive ser- SSS0132 ious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 against the seatback and as far- injured if the front air bag in- away as practical from the steer- flates. ing wheel or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts. . The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Ad- vanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. SSS0007 . The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag OFF under some conditions. These sensors are only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” (P.1-50). . Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them in- SSS0006 side the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are 1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. . Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly SSS0008 SSS0099 restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible. . Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See “Child restraints” (P.1-21) for details.

SSS0009 SSS0100

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45 SSS0059A SSS0140 SSS0159 Do not lean against doors or windows. WARNING

Front and rear outboard seat- mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags: . The side air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts SSS0162 to help reduce the risk or severity SSS0188A of injury in various kinds of accidents. 1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . The curtain air bags ordinarily will properly restrained. Some exam- not inflate in the event of a front ples of dangerous riding posi- impact, rear impact, or lower tions are shown in the severity side collision. Always illustrations. wear your seat belts to help . Do not use seat covers on the reduce the risk or severity of front and rear seatbacks. They injury in various kinds of acci- may interfere with side air bag dents. inflation. . The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bags on the side of the seatback of the front and rear seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations. . When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47 10. Front door pressure sensors (driver’s side shown; front passenger side similar) 11. Lap outer pretensioners 12. Seat belt with pretensioners (front seats) 13. Satellite sensors 14. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules 15. Seat belt with pretensioners (rear outboard seats) NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS- TEM (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passenger’s Advanced Air Bag system, please observe the following items. . Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket. WAB0046X . Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seat- 1. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod- mental air bag modules back, head restraint or in the ules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bags) 6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and seatback pocket. 2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) rollover supplemental air bag inflators . Make sure nothing is pressing 3. Occupant classification sensors (weight 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and against the rear of the seatback, sensors) rollover supplemental air bag modules such as a child restraint installed 4. Occupant classification system control 8. Crash zone sensor unit in the rear seat or an object 9. Driver and front passenger supplemental stored on the floor. 5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- knee air bags 1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Make sure that there is no object bag and front passenger knee air The driver supplemental front-impact air placed under the front passenger bag may deploy in a collision. bag is located in the center of the seat. Also the front passenger air bag steering wheel. The passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in . Make sure that there is no object status light may not illuminate. See “Child restraints” (P.1-21) for the instrument panel above the glove placed between the seat cushion box. The front air bags are designed to and center console or between information about installing and using child restraints. inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, the seat cushion and the door. although they may inflate if the forces in . . Be sure that the front passenger Confirm the operating condition another type of collision are similar to seat does not contact the rear with the front passenger air bag those of a higher severity frontal impact. seat, instrument panel, etc., or the status light. They may not inflate in certain frontal head restraint does not contact . If you notice that the front pas- collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is the roof. senger air bag status light is not not always an indication of proper front . Do not position the front passen- operating as described in this air bag operation. ger seat so it contacts the rear section, it is recommended you The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has seat. If the front seat does con- visit a NISSAN dealer to check the dual stage air bag inflators. The system tact the rear seat, the air bag passenger seat Advanced Air Bag monitors information from the Air bag system may determine a sensor System. Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen- malfunction has occurred and the . Until you have confirmed with sors and the occupant classification sen- front passenger air bag status your dealer that your passenger sors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is light may illuminate and the sup- seat Advanced Air Bag is working based on the severity of a collision and plemental air bag warning light properly, position the occupants seat belt usage for the driver. For the may flash. in the rear seating positions. front passenger, the occupant classifica- . If a forward facing child restraint tion sensors are also monitored. Based on is installed in the front passenger This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN information from the sensors, only one seat, do not position the front Advanced Air Bag System for the driver front air bag may inflate in a crash, passenger seat so the child re- and front passenger seats. This system is depending on the crash severity and straint contacts the instrument designed to meet certification require- whether the front occupants are belted panel. If the child restraint does ments under U.S. regulations. It is also or unbelted. Additionally, the front pas- contact the instrument panel, the permitted in Canada. All of the informa- senger air bag and front passenger knee system may determine the seat is tion, cautions and warnings in this air bag may be automatically turned OFF occupied and the passenger air manual apply and must be followed. under some conditions, depending on the information provided by the occupant Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49 classification sensors. If the front passenger’s knee air bags, do not provide ger air bag and front passenger knee air restraint to the lower body. bag are OFF, the front passenger air bag Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat status light will be illuminated. (See “Front belts should be correctly worn and the passenger air bag and status light” (P.1- driver and passenger seated upright as 50) for further details.) One front air bag far as practical away from the steering inflating does not indicate improper per- wheel or instrument panel. The front air formance of the system. bags inflate quickly in order to help If you have any questions about your air protect the front occupants. Because of bag system, it is recommended you visit a this, the force of the front air bag inflating NISSAN dealer to obtain information can increase the risk of injury if the about the system. If you are considering occupant is too close to, or is against, modification of your vehicle due to a the air bag module during inflation. disability, you may also contact NISSAN. The front air bags deflate quickly after a Contact information is contained in the collision. SSS0676 front of this Owner’s Manual. Front passenger air bag status light The front air bags operate only when When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud the ignition switch is in the ON position. Front passenger air bag and status noise may be heard, followed by release light of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and After the ignition is placed in the ON does not indicate a fire. Care should be position, the supplemental air bag taken not to inhale it, as it may cause warning light illuminates. The supple- WARNING irritation and choking. Those with a mental air bag warning light will turn history of a breathing condition should off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational. The front passenger air bag and get fresh air promptly. front passenger knee air bag are Front air bags, along with the use of seat designed to automatically turn OFF belts, help to cushion the impact force on under some conditions. Read this the head and chest of the front occu- section carefully to learn how it pants. They can help save lives and operates. Proper use of the seat, reduce serious injuries. However, an in- seat belt and child restraints is ne- flating front air bag may cause facial cessary for most effective protec- abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags, tion. Failure to follow all other than the driver’s and front passen- instructions in this manual concern- 1-50 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ing the use of seats, seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51 Status light: The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is located on the instrument panel. After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminate depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows: FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND PASSENGER AIR BAG CONDITION DESCRIPTION FRONT PASSENGER KNEE AIR BAG INDICATOR LIGHT ( ) STATUS Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED Bag or Child or Child Restraint or Nobody/Somebody ON (illuminated) INHIBITED Small Adult in front passenger seat Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED In addition to the above, certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight. For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this occupant classification sensor system, please refer to “Normal operation” (P.1-54) and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-55) in this section.

1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger air bag: and front passenger knee air bag to be If the front passenger seat is not occu- The front passenger air bag is designed automatically turned OFF. For small pied, the passenger air bag and front to automatically turn OFF when the adults it may be turned OFF, however, if passenger knee air bag are designed not vehicle is operated under some condi- the occupant does not sit in the seat to inflate in a crash. However, heavy tions as described below as permitted by properly (for example, by not sitting up- objects placed on the seat could result U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or in air bag inflation, because of the object bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The by otherwise being out of position), this being detected by the occupant classifi- driver air bag and other air bags in your could cause the sensors to turn the air cation sensors. Other conditions could vehicle are not part of this system. bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and also result in air bag inflation, such as if a wearing the seat belt properly for the child is standing on the seat, or if two The purpose of the regulation is to help most effective protection by the seat belt children are on the seat, contrary to the reduce the risk of injury or death from an and supplemental air bag. instructions in this manual. Always be inflating air bag to certain front passen- NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and sure that you and all vehicle occupants ger seat occupants, such as children, by are seated and restrained properly. requiring the air bag to be automatically children be properly restrained in a rear turned OFF. seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap- Using the front passenger air bag status propriate child restraints and booster light, you can monitor when the front The occupant classification sensors seats be properly installed in a rear seat. passenger air bag and front passenger (weight sensors) are on the seat cushion If this is not possible, the occupant knee air bag are automatically turned frame under the front passenger seat and classification sensors are designed to OFF. are designed to detect an occupant and operate as described above to turn the If an adult occupant is in the seat but the objects on the seat. For example, if a child front passenger air bag and front pas- is in the front passenger seat, the Ad- front passenger air bag status light is senger knee air bag OFF for specified illuminated (indicating that the front pas- vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn child restraints. Failing to properly secure the passenger air bag OFF in accordance senger air bag and front passenger knee child restraints and to use the Automatic air bag are OFF), it could be that the with the regulations. Also, if a child Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child re- restraint of the type specified in the person is a small adult, or is not sitting on straint mode) may allow the restraint to the seat properly. regulations is on the seat, the occupant tip or move in an accident or sudden stop. classification sensors can detect it and This can also result in the passenger air If a child restraint must be used in the cause the air bag to turn OFF. bag and front passenger knee air bag front seat, the front passenger air bag Front passenger seat adult occupants inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. status light may or may not be illumi- who are properly seated and using the (See “Child restraints” (P.1-21) for proper nated, depending on the size of the child seat belt as outlined in this manual use and installation.) and the type of child restraint being used. should not cause the passenger air bag If the front passenger air bag status light Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53 is not illuminated (indicating that the air illuminate. Have the system checked. It is Steps: bag might inflate in a crash), it could be recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer 1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See that the child restraint or seat belt is not for this service. “Seats” (P.1-3).) Sit upright, leaning being used properly. Make sure that the Normal operation: against the seatback, and centered child restraint is installed properly, the In order for the occupant classification on the seat cushion with your feet seat belt is used properly and the occu- comfortably extended to the floor. pant is positioned properly. If the front sensor system to classify the front pas- passenger air bag status light is not senger based on weight, please follow the 2. Make sure there are no objects on illuminated, reposition the occupant or precautions and steps outlined below: your lap. child restraint in a rear seat. Precautions: 3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).) Front passenger If the front passenger air bag status light . Make sure that there are no objects will not illuminate even though you be- seat belt buckle status is monitored weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on by the occupant classification system, lieve that the child restraint, the seat belts the seat or placed in the seatback and the occupant are properly positioned, and is used as an input to determine pocket. occupancy status. So, it is highly it is recommended that you take your . Make sure that a child restraint or vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN recommended that the front passen- other object is not pressing against ger fasten their seat belt. dealer can check the system status by the rear of the seatback. using a special tool. However, until you . 4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds have confirmed with your dealer that Make sure that a rear passenger is not allowing the system to classify the your air bag is working properly, reposi- pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger before the vehicle is tion the occupant or child restraint in a front passenger seat. put into motion. . rear seat. Make sure that the front passenger seat or seatback is not forced back 5. Ensure proper classification by check- The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System against an object on the seat or floor ing the front passenger air bag status and front passenger air bag status light behind it. light. will take a few seconds to register a . NOTE: change in the passenger seat status. This Make sure that there is no object is normal system operation and does not placed under the front passenger This vehicle’s occupant classification indicate a malfunction. seat. sensor system locks the classification . Make sure that the front passenger during driving so it is important that If a malfunction occurs in the front seat head restraint does not contact you confirm that the front passenger is passenger air bag system, the supple- the roof when adjusting the front properly classified prior to driving. Also, mental air bag warning light , located passenger seat. the occupant classification sensor sys- in the meters and gauges area, will tem may recalculate the weight of the 1-54 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system occupant under some conditions (both behind it. . The child restraint is not properly while driving and when stopped), so the . An object placed under the front installed, as outlined. (See “Child re- front passenger seat occupant should passenger seat. straints” (P.1-21).) continue to remain seated as outlined . An object placed between the seat . An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) above. cushion and center console or be- hanging on the seat or placed in the Troubleshooting: tween the seat cushion and the door. seatback pocket. If you think the front passenger air bag If the vehicle is moving, please come to a . A child restraint or other object press- status light is incorrect: stop when it is safe to do so. Check and ing against the rear of the seatback. 1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying correct any of the above conditions. . A rear passenger pushing or pulling the front passenger seat: Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. on the back of the front passenger . Occupant is a small adult — the front NOTE: seat. . passenger air bag status light is func- A system check will be performed dur- Forcing the front seat or seatback tioning as intended. The front passen- ing which the front passenger air bag against an object on the seat or floor ger air bag and front passenger knee status light will remain lit for about 7 behind it. . air bag are suppressed. seconds initially. An object placed under the front passenger seat. However, if the occupant is not a small If the light is still ON after this, the person . An object placed between the seat adult, then this may be due to the should be advised not to ride in the front cushion and center console. following conditions that may be interfer- passenger seat and it is recommended . ing with the weight sensors: that the vehicle should be checked by a The front passenger seat head re- . Occupant is not sitting upright, lean- NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. straint contacting the roof. ing against the seatback, and cen- 2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child If the vehicle is moving, please come to a tered on the seat cushion with his/her or child restraint occupying the front stop when it is safe to do so. Check and feet comfortably extended to the passenger seat. correct any of the above conditions. floor. This may be due to the following condi- Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. . A child restraint or other object press- tions that may be interfering with the NOTE: weight sensors: ing against the rear of the seatback. A system check will be performed dur- . . A rear passenger pushing or pulling Small adult or child is not sitting ing which the front passenger air bag on the back of the front passenger upright, leaning against the seatback, status light will remain lit for about 7 seat. and centered on the seat cushion with seconds initially. . Forcing the front seat or seatback his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor. If the light is still OFF after this, the small against an object on the seat or floor adult, child or child restraint should be Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55 repositioned in the rear seat and it is eration of the air bag system and and the instrument panel assem- recommended that the vehicle should be result in serious personal injury. bly by placing material over the checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as . steering wheel pad and above the possible. Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the instrument panel or by installing 3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger seat. This can damage the seat or additional trim material around and no objects on the front passenger the air bag system. seat, the vehicle should be checked as occupant classification sensors. soon as possible. It is recommended you This can also affect the operation . Removing or modifying the front visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. of the air bag system and result in passenger seat may affect the serious personal injury. function of the air bag system Other supplemental front-impact . Immediately after inflation, sev- and result in serious personal air bag precautions eral front air bag system compo- injury. nents will be hot. Do not touch . Modifying or tampering with the WARNING them; you may severely burn front passenger seat may result yourself. in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front . Do not place any objects on the . No unauthorized changes should seats by placing material on the steering wheel pad or on the be made to any components or seat cushion or by installing ad- instrument panel. Also, do not wiring of the supplemental air ditional trim material, such as place any objects between any bag system. This is to prevent seat covers, on the seat that is occupant and the steering wheel accidental inflation of the supple- not specifically designed to as- or instrument panel. Such objects mental air bag or damage to the sure proper air bag operation. may become dangerous projec- supplemental air bag system. Additionally, do not stow any tiles and cause injury if the front . Do not make unauthorized objects under the front passen- air bags inflate. changes to your vehicle’s electri- ger seat or the seat cushion and . Do not place objects with sharp cal system, suspension system or seatback. Such objects may inter- edges on the seat. Also, do not front end structure. This could fere with the proper operation of place heavy objects on the seat affect proper operation of the the occupant classification sen- that will leave permanent impres- front air bag system. sors. sions in the seat. Such objects . Tampering with the front air bag . No unauthorized changes should can damage the seat or occupant system may result in serious per- be made to any components or classification sensors (weight sonal injury. Tampering includes wiring of the seat belt system. sensors). This can affect the op- changes to the steering wheel This may affect the front air bag 1-56 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury. . It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the front air bag. It is also recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthor- ized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system. WAB0047X WAB0048X Driver’s side Passenger’s side . A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a quali- DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not fied repair facility. A cracked SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG always an indication of proper knee air bag operation. windshield could affect the func- The knee air bag is located in the knee tion of the supplemental air bag bolster, on the driver’s and passenger’s When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly system. sides. All of the information, cautions loud noise may be heard, followed by and warnings in this manual apply and release of smoke. This smoke is not *The SRS wiring harness connectors are must be followed. The knee air bag is harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care yellow and orange for easy identifica- designed to inflate in higher severity should be taken not to inhale it, as it may tion. frontal collisions, although it may inflate cause irritation and choking. Those with a if the forces in another type of collision history of a breathing condition should When selling your vehicle, we request that get fresh air promptly. you inform the buyer about the front air are similar to those of a higher severity bag system and guide the buyer to the frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain The knee air bag helps to cushion the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- collisions. impact force on the knees of the driver ual. and passenger. It can help reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating knee air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57 The knee air bag provides restraint to the . Right after inflation, the knee air ment and probing devices should lower body. bag system components will be not be used on the knee air bag The knee air bag inflates quickly in order hot. Do not touch them; you may system. to help protect the occupants. Because of severely burn yourself. this, the force of the knee air bag inflating . No unauthorized changes should *The SRS wiring harness or connectors can increase the risk of injury if the be made to any components or are yellow or orange for easy identifica- occupant is too close to, or is against, wiring of the knee air bag system. tion. this air bag module during inflation. The This is to preventdamageto or When selling your vehicle, we request that knee air bag will deflate quickly after the accidental inflation of the knee you inform the buyer about the knee air collision is over OR the knee air bag will air bag system. bag system and guide the buyer to the remain inflated for a short time. . Do not make unauthorized appropriate sections in this manual. The knee air bag operates only when changes to your vehicle’s electri- the ignition switch is placed in the ON cal system or suspension system. position. This could affect proper opera- After placing the ignition switch in the tion of the knee air bag system. ON position, the supplemental air bag . Tampering with the knee air bag warning light illuminates. The supple- system may result in serious per- mental air bag warning light will turn sonal injury. For example, do not off after about 7 seconds if the system change the driver or passenger is operational. knee bolster or install additional trim material around the knee air WARNING bag. . It is recommended that you visit a . Do not place any objects between NISSAN dealer for work on and the knee bolster and the driver’s around the knee air bag. It is also or passenger’s seat. Such objects recommended that you visit a may become dangerous projec- NISSAN dealer for installation of tiles and cause injury if a knee air electrical equipment. The SRS bag inflates. wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Un- authorized electrical test equip-

1-58 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system collision are similar to those of a higher curtain air bag may cause abrasions or severity side impact. They are designed to other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air inflate on the side where the vehicle is bags do not provide restraint to the lower impacted. They may not inflate in certain body. side collisions. The seat belts should be correctly worn Curtain air bags are also designed to and the driver, front passenger and rear inflate in certain types of rollover colli- outboard occupants seated upright as far sions or near rollovers. As a result, certain as practical away from the side air bags. vehicle movements (for example, during Rear seat passengers should be seated as severe off-roading) may cause the curtain far away as practical from the door air bags to inflate. finishers and side roof rails. The side air Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in always an indication of proper side air order to help protect the occupants. bag and curtain air bag operation. Because of this, the force of the side air WAB0049X bags and curtain air bags inflating can When the side air bags and curtain air increase the risk of injury if the occupant FRONT AND REAR OUTBOARD bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be is too close to, or is against, these air bag SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUP- heard, followed by release of smoke. This modules during inflation. The side air bag smoke is not harmful and does not will deflate quickly after the collision is PLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF- indicate a fire. Care should be taken not MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT over. The curtain air bag will remain to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and inflated for a short time. AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL choking. Those with a history of a breath- AIR BAG SYSTEMS ing condition should get fresh air The side air bags and curtain air bags promptly. operate only when the ignition switch is The side air bags are located in the in the ON position. outside of the seatback of the front and Side air bags, along with the use of seat rear seats. The curtain air bags are belts, help to cushion the impact force on After placing the ignition switch in the located in the side roof rails. All of the the chest and pelvic area of the front and ON position, the supplemental air bag information, cautions and warnings in rear outboard occupants. Curtain air warning light illuminates. The supple- this manual apply and must be fol- bags help to cushion the impact force to mental air bag warning light will turn lowed. The side air bags and curtain air the head of occupants in the front and off after about 7 seconds if the systems bags are designed to inflate in higher rear outboard seating positions. They can are operational. severity side collisions, although they may help save lives and reduce serious injuries. inflate if the forces in another type of However, an inflating side air bag or Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59 . Tampering with the side air bag you inform the buyer about the side air WARNING system may result in serious per- bag and curtain air bag systems and sonal injury. For example, do not guide the buyer to the appropriate sec- . Do not place any objects near the change the front and rear seats tions in this Owner’s Manual. seatback of the front and rear by placing material near the seat- SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS seats. Also, do not place any backs or by installing additional (front and rear outboard seats) objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) trim material, such as seat covers, between the front and rear door around the side air bag. finishers and the front and rear . Removing or modifying the front WARNING seats. Such objects may become and rear passenger seat may dangerous projectiles and cause affect the function of the air bag . The pretensioners cannot be re- injury if a side air bag inflates. system and result in serious per- used after activation. They must . Right after inflation, several side sonal injury. be replaced together with the air bag and curtain air bag sys- . It is recommended you visit a retractor and buckle as a unit. tem components will be hot. Do NISSAN dealer for work on and . If the vehicle becomes involved in not touch them; you may severely around the side air bag and a collision but a pretensioner is burn yourself. curtain air bag. It is also recom- not activated, be sure to have the . No unauthorized changes should mended you visit a NISSAN dealer pretensioner system checked be made to any components or for installation of electrical equip- and, if necessary, repaired. It is wiring of the side air bag and ment. The Supplemental Re- recommended you visit a NISSAN curtain air bag systems. This is to straint System (SRS) wiring dealer for this service. prevent damage to or accidental harnesses* should not be modi- . No unauthorized changes should inflation of the side air bag and fied or disconnected. Unauthor- be made to any components or curtain air bag systems. ized electrical test equipment wiring of the pretensioner sys- . Do not make unauthorized and probing devices should not tem. This is to prevent damage to changes to your vehicle’s electri- be used on the side air bag or or accidental activation of the cal system, suspension system or curtain air bag systems. pretensioners. Tampering with side panel. This could affect prop- the pretensioner system may re- er operation of the side air bag *The SRS wiring harness connectors are sult in serious personal injury. and curtain air bag systems. yellow and orange for easy identifica- . It is recommended you visit a tion. NISSAN dealer for work on and When selling your vehicle, we request that around the pretensioner system. 1-60 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system It is also recommended you visit a to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and NISSAN dealer for installation of choking. Those with a history of a breath- electrical equipment. Unauthor- ing condition should get fresh air ized electrical test equipment promptly. and probing devices should not After pretensioner activation, load limiters be used on the pretensioner sys- allow the seat belt to release webbing (if tem. necessary) to reduce forces against the . If you need to dispose of a pre- chest. tensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is The supplemental air bag warning light recommended you visit a NISSAN is used to indicate malfunctions in dealer for this service. Correct the pretensioner system. See “Supple- pretensioner disposal procedures mental air bag warning light” (P.1-62). If are set forth in the appropriate the operation of the supplemental air bag NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect warning light indicates there is a mal- disposal procedures could cause function, have the system checked. It is SSS1020 personal injury. recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING for this service. LABELS The pretensioner system may activate When selling your vehicle, we request that with the supplemental air bag system in you inform the buyer about the preten- Warning labels about the supplemental certain types of collisions. Working with sioner system and guide the buyer to the front-impact air bag system are placed in the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- the vehicle as shown in the illustration. seat belt when the vehicle becomes ual. SRS air bag involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front and rear out- The warning labels are located on the board seat occupants. surface of the sun visors. The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor. These seat belts are used WARNING the same way as conventional seat belts. When a pretensioner activates, smoke is Do not use a rear-facing child re- released and a loud noise may be heard. straint on a seat protected by an air The smoke is not harmful and does not bag in front of it. If the air bag indicate a fire. Care should be taken not Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61 . deploys, it may cause serious injury The supplemental air bag warning or death. light remains on after approximately 7 seconds. . The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently. . The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all. Under these conditions, the air bag and/ or pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SPA1097 WARNING

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning LIGHT light is on, it could mean that the The supplemental air bag warning light, front air bag, knee air bag, side air displaying in the instrument panel, bag, curtain air bag and/or preten- monitors the circuits for the air bag sioner systems will not operate in an systems, pretensioners and all related accident. To help avoid injury to wiring. yourself or others, have your vehicle When the ignition switch is in the ON checked as soon as possible. It is position, the supplemental air bag warn- recommended you visit a NISSAN ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds dealer for this service. and then turns off. This means the system is operational. If any of the following conditions occur, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems need servicing:

1-62 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO- and pretensioner should be re- if no air bags deploy as a result of CEDURE placed. It is recommended you the impact. Failure to verify prop- The front air bags, knee air bags, side air visit a NISSAN dealer for this er OCS function may result in an bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners service. However, the air bag improper air bag deployment re- are designed to activate on a one-time- modules and pretensioner sys- sulting in injury or death. only basis. As a reminder, unless it is tem cannot be repaired. damaged, the supplemental air bag . The front air bag, knee air bag, warning light will remain illuminated after side air bag and curtain air bag inflation has occurred. These systems systems, and pretensioner sys- should be repaired and/or replaced as tem should be inspected if there soon as possible. It is recommended you is any damage to the front end or visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. side portion of the vehicle. It is When maintenance work is required on recommended you visit a NISSAN the vehicle, the front air bags, knee air dealer for this service. bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and . If you need to dispose of a sup- pretensioners and related parts should be plemental air bag or pretensioner pointed out to the person performing the or scrap the vehicle, it is recom- maintenance. The ignition switch should mended you visit a NISSAN deal- always be in the LOCK position when er. Correct supplemental air bag working under the hood or inside the and pretensioner system dispo- vehicle. sal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Man- ual. Incorrect disposal procedures WARNING could cause personal injury. . . If there is an impact to your Once a front air bag, knee air bag, vehicle from any direction, your side air bag or curtain air bag has Occupant Classification Sensor inflated, the air bag module will (OCS) should be checked to verify not function again and must be it is still functioning correctly. It is replaced. Additionally, the acti- recommended that you visit a vated pretensioners must also NISSAN dealer for this service. be replaced. The air bag module The OCS should be checked even Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63 MEMO

1-64 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ...... 2-3 Clock and outside air temperature ...... 2-42 Instrument panel ...... 2-4 Traffic Sign Recognition (if so equipped) ...... 2-43 Meters and gauges ...... 2-5 Security systems ...... 2-45 Speedometer and odometer ...... 2-6 Vehicle Security System ...... 2-45 Tachometer ...... 2-7 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ...... 2-47 Engine coolant temperature gauge ...... 2-7 Wiper and washer switch...... 2-48 Fuel gauge...... 2-8 Windshield wiper and washer operation ...... 2-49 Instrument brightness control ...... 2-9 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 2-50 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Rear window and outside mirror position indicator (if so equipped) ...... 2-9 defroster switch...... 2-51 Warning lights, indicator lights and Headlight and turn signal switch ...... 2-52 audible reminders ...... 2-10 Headlight switch ...... 2-52 Checking lights ...... 2-11 Turn signal switch ...... 2-58 Warning/indicator lights (red)...... 2-11 Fog light switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-59 Warning/indicator lights (yellow) ...... 2-13 Horn ...... 2-59 Warning/indicator lights (other) ...... 2-17 Heated steering wheel (if so equipped)...... 2-59 Audible reminders ...... 2-18 Heated seats (if so equipped) ...... 2-60 Vehicle information display ...... 2-19 Dynamic driver assistance switch How to use the vehicle (models without ProPILOT assist) ...... 2-61 information display ...... 2-20 Steering assist switch (models with Startup display ...... 2-20 ProPILOT assist) ...... 2-62 Settings ...... 2-21 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ...... 2-62 Vehicle information display warnings Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-63 and indicators...... 2-31 Rear door alert...... 2-63 Trip computer...... 2-40 ECO mode switch ...... 2-64 Power outlet ...... 2-65 Interior lights ...... 2-80 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Interior light switch ...... 2-81 charging connector ...... 2-66 Console light (if so equipped)...... 2-81 Emergency Call (SOS) button (if Map lights ...... 2-81 so equipped) ...... 2-67 Room light ...... 2-82 Emergency support ...... 2-67 Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) ...... 2-82 Storage ...... 2-69 Cargo light ...... 2-83 Cup holders ...... 2-69 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if Soft bottle holders ...... 2-70 so equipped) ...... 2-83 Flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) ...... 2-70 Programming HomeLink® ...... 2-84 Glove box ...... 2-71 Programming HomeLink® for Canadian Console box...... 2-71 customers and gate openers ...... 2-85 Sunglasses holder ...... 2-72 Operating the HomeLink® Card holder (driver’s side) ...... 2-72 Universal Transceiver ...... 2-85 Luggage hooks ...... 2-73 Programming troubleshooting ...... 2-86 Parcel shelf (if so equipped) ...... 2-73 Clearing the programmed information...... 2-86 Roof rack (if so equipped) ...... 2-75 Reprogramming a single Windows...... 2-76 HomeLink® button ...... 2-86 Power windows ...... 2-76 If your vehicle is stolen ...... 2-86 Moonroof (if so equipped) ...... 2-78 Power moonroof ...... 2-78 COCKPIT

— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) — Cruise control switches* — ProPILOT assist* — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- tem** — Voice Recognition system switch** — Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Shift lever — Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) — Manual Transmission (MT) 10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch 11. Heated steering wheel switch* 12. Parking brake (Pedal type) 13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch* 14. Steering assist switch* (models with Pro- PILOT assist) or Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist) 15. SPORT mode switch* 16. ECO switch 17. Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) 18. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent WAA0118X Key system) 1. Instrument brightness control — Vehicle information display control 19. Parking brake (Switch type) 2. TRIP RESET switch 5. Steering wheel 20. Automatic brake hold switch* 3. Headlight and turn signal switch/Fog light — Horn *: if so equipped switch* 6. Wiper and washer switch **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- 4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 7. Hazard indicator flasher switch er’s Manual (if so equipped). side) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right — Audio control** side)

Instruments and controls 2-3 INSTRUMENT PANEL

11. Driver supplemental knee air bag 12. Heater/air conditioner control 13. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection port** 14. Power outlet 15. Defroster switch 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air bag 17. Glove box *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0119X

1. Side ventilator tem** 2. Meters and gauges/Clock 5. Front passenger supplemental air bag 3. Center ventilator 6. Fuse box cover 4. Audio system** or navigation system** 7. Fuel-filler door release handle — RearView Monitor* 8. Hood release handle — Intelligent Around View® Monitor* 9. Steering wheel lock lever — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- 10. Driver’s front-impact air bag /Horn 2-4 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens. . Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.

JVC0581X

1. Tachometer The needle indicators may move 2. Warning/indicator lights slightly after the ignition switch is 3. Vehicle information display placed in the OFF or LOCK position. This — Odometer/twin trip odometer is not a malfunction. 4. Speedometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. Fuel gauge

Instruments and controls 2-5 . If the amount of fuel added is small, the display just before the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” position may continue to be displayed. . When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display. Odometer/Twin trip odometer: After the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position from ON position, the distance to empty and odometer/ twin trip odometer stays on for 30 JVI1006X JVI1603X seconds. With the ignition switch in OFF Speedometer position, when you open any door then Distance to empty (dte — km or close all doors, the odometer/twin trip SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER odometer stays on for 30 seconds. mile)/Odometer Speedometer The odometer/twin trip odometer is dis- Distance to empty (dte — km or mile): The speedometer indicates vehicle speed played in the vehicle information display in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers The distance to empty (dte) provides when the ignition switch is in the ON per hour (km/h). you with an estimation of the distance position. that can be driven before refueling. The The odometer displays the total dis- dte is constantly being calculated, based tance the vehicle has been driven. on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and The twin trip odometer displays the the actual fuel consumption. distance of individual trips. The display is updated every 30 seconds. Changing display: The dte mode includes a low range Push the TRIP RESET switch (located on warning feature. If the fuel level is low, the instrument panel) to change the dis- the warning is displayed on the screen. play as follows: When the fuel level drops even lower, the ODO ? TRIP A ? TRIP B ? ODO dte display will change to “———”. 2-6 Instruments and controls Resetting twin trip odometer: Push the TRIP RESET switch for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero.

JVI0951X JVI0820X TACHOMETER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE The tachometer indicates engine speed in GAUGE revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev The engine coolant temperature gauge the engine into the red zone . indicates the engine coolant temperature. CAUTION The engine coolant temperature is normal when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration. When engine speed approaches the red zone, shift to a higher gear or The engine coolant temperature will vary reduce engine speed. Operating the with the outside air temperature and engine in the red zone may cause driving conditions. serious engine damage.

Instruments and controls 2-7 Refuel before the gauge reads the CAUTION empty (0) position. There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank . If the gauge indicates the engine when the fuel gauge reads the empty (0) coolant temperature is near the position. hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature. CAUTION . If the gauge is over the normal . range, stop the vehicle as soon as If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the safely possible and let the engine malfunction indicator light idle. (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few . If the engine is overheated, con- driving trips, the light should tinued operation of the vehicle JVI0640X turn off. If the light remains on may seriously damage the en- after a few driving trips, have the gine. (See “If your vehicle over- FUEL GAUGE vehicle inspected. It is recom- heats” (P.6-16) for immediate The fuel gauge indicates the approximate mended you visit a NISSAN dealer action required.) fuel level in the tank when the ignition for this service. switch is in the ON position. . For additional information, see The gauge may move slightly during “Malfunction Indicator Light braking, turning, accelerating, or going (MIL)” (P.2-16). up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank. The low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the gauge reads 0 (empty). The arrow, , indicates the location of the fuel-filler door.

2-8 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON- TROL The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the vehicle information display switches to the brightness adjustment mode. Push the + side of the switch to brighten the meter panel lights. The bar moves to the + side. Push the - side of the switch to dim the lights. The bar moves to the − side. JVI0644X The vehicle information display returns to the normal display when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICA- TOR (if so equipped) The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator indicates the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

JVI0661M

Instruments and controls 2-9 WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Warning indicator light (red) Warning indicator light (yellow) Warning indicator light (other) All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator Automatic brake hold indicator light light (if so equipped) (green) (if so equipped) Brake warning light Automatic brake hold indicator light Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn- (white) (if so equipped) ing light Charge warning light Exterior light indicator Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Front fog light indicator light (if so Electronic parking brake indicator system warning light equipped) light (if so equipped) Electric power steering warning light High beam assist indicator light

Master warning light High beam indicator light Electronic parking brake warning light (if so equipped) Seat belt warning light and chime Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Security indicator light Low tire pressure warning light

Supplemental air bag warning light Master warning light

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light

2-10 Instruments and controls CHECKING LIGHTS Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning or Brake warning light With all doors closed, apply the parking indicator: brake, fasten the seat belts and place the This light functions for both the parking When the parking brake is released and ignition switch in the ON position without brake and the foot brake systems. the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both starting the engine. The following lights (if Parking brake indicator (models not the brake warning light and the Anti-lock so equipped) will come on: equipped with electronic parking brake Braking System (ABS) warning light illu- , , or (red), PARK or , system): minate, it may indicate the ABS is not , functioning properly. Have the brake When the ignition switch is in the ON system checked, and if necessary re- The following lights (if so equipped) come position, the light illuminates when the paired. It is recommended you visit a on briefly and then go off: parking brake is applied. NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Anti- , , , , , or , , Low brake fluid warning light: lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” or (red). When the ignition switch is placed in the (P.2-13).) If any light does not come on or operates ON position, the brake warning light in a way other than described, it may illuminates, and then turns off (models WARNING indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a equipped with electronic parking brake system malfunction. It is recommended system). If the light illuminates while the . you have the system checked by a engine is running with the parking brake Your brake system may not be NISSAN dealer. not applied, stop the vehicle and perform working properly if the warning the following: light is on. Driving could be dan- WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red) gerous. If you judge it to be safe, See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). 1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake drive carefully to the nearest fluid is necessary, add fluid and have service station for repairs. Other- the system checked. It is recom- wise, have your vehicle towed mended you have this service per- because driving it could be dan- formed by a NISSAN dealer. (See gerous. “Brake and clutch fluid” (P.8-9).) . Pressing the brake pedal with the 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have engine stopped and/or low brake the warning system checked. It is fluid level may increase your recommended you have this service stopping distance and braking performed by a NISSAN dealer. will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

Instruments and controls 2-11 . If the brake fluid level is below the or Electronic parking Master warning light minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive brake indicator light (if so When the ignition switch is in the ON until the brake system has been equipped) position, the master warning light illumi- checked. It is recommended you The electronic parking brake indicator nates if a warning message appears in visit a NISSAN dealer for this light indicates that the electronic parking the vehicle information display. service. brake system is operating. See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the electronic parking brake Seat belt warning light and Charge warning light indicator light illuminates. When the en- chime If the light illuminates while the engine is gine is started and the parking brake is The light and chime remind you to fasten running, it may indicate the charging released, the warning light turns off. the driver and front passenger seat belts. system is not functioning properly. Turn If the parking brake is not fully released, the engine off and check the alternator The light illuminates whenever the igni- the electronic parking brake indicator tion switch is placed in the ON position, belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or light remains on. Be sure that the electro- if the light remains on, have your vehicle and will remain illuminated until the front nic parking brake indicator light has seat belts are fastened. serviced immediately. It is recommended turned off before driving. (See “Parking you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. brake” (P.5-27).) When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH (15 km/h), the light will blink unless the If the electronic parking brake indicator front seat belts are securely fastened. CAUTION light illuminates or flashes while the electronic parking brake warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the or (yellow) illuminates, it may ON position, the chime will sound for Do not continue driving if the alter- indicate that the electronic parking brake about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat nator belt is loose, broken or miss- system is not functioning properly. Have belt is securely fastened. ing. the system checked, and if necessary When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH repaired. It is recommended you visit a (15 km/h), the chime will sound unless the NISSAN dealer for this service. front seat belts are securely fastened. The chime will continue to sound for about 95 seconds until the front seat belts are fastened. For additional information, refer to “Seat

2-12 Instruments and controls belt warning light and chime” (P.1-14). . The supplemental air bag warning WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (yel- light flashes intermittently. low) . The supplemental air bag warning Security indicator light See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). light does not illuminate at all. The light blinks when the ignition switch It is recommended you visit a NISSAN is in the OFF or LOCK position. This All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK function indicates the security system dealer for these services. equipped on the vehicle is operational. Unless checked and repaired, the Supple- indicator light (if so equipped) When the ignition switch is in the ON If the security system is malfunctioning, mental Restraint Systems and/or the position, the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK this light will remain on while the ignition pretensioners may not function properly. indicator light illuminates and then turns switch is in the ON position. For additional For additional information, see “Supple- off. information, see “Security systems” (P.2- mental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-42). 45). When selecting LOCK mode while the engine is running, the LOCK indicator WARNING light illuminates. (See “Intelligent 4x4” Supplemental air bag warning (P.5-123).) light If the supplemental air bag warning After placing the ignition switch in the ON light is on, it could mean that the or START position, the supplemental air front air bag, side air bag, curtain air CAUTION bag warning light will illuminate. The bag and/or pretensioner systems supplemental air bag warning light will will not operate in an accident. To Do not drive on dry hard surface turn off after about 7 seconds if the help avoid injury to yourself or roads in the LOCK mode. supplemental front air bag and supple- others, have your vehicle checked. It mental side air bag, curtain air bag is recommended you visit a NISSAN systems and/or pretensioner seat belt dealer for this service. or Anti-lock Braking Sys- are operational. tem (ABS) warning light If any of the following conditions occur, When the ignition switch is in the ON the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air position, the Anti-lock Braking System bag and pretensioner systems need ser- (ABS) warning light illuminates and then vicing. turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera- . The supplemental air bag warning tional. light remains on after approximately If the ABS warning light illuminates while 7 seconds. Instruments and controls 2-13 the engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning Electric power steering warn- or Electronic parking properly. Have the system checked. It is ing light brake warning light (if so equipped) recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is in the ON The electronic parking brake warning for this service. position, the electric power steering light functions for the electronic parking If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti- warning light illuminates. After starting brake system. If the warning light illumi- lock function is turned off. The brake the engine, the electric power steering nates, it may indicate that the electronic system then operates normally, but with- warning light turns off. This indicates the parking brake system is not functioning out anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake sys- electric power steering is operational. properly. Have the brake system checked, tem” (P.5-129).) If the electric power steering warning and, if necessary, repaired. It is recom- light illuminates while the engine is run- mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for Automatic Emergency Braking ning, it may indicate the electric power this service. (AEB) system warning light steering is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the system Low tire pressure warning When the ignition switch is in the ON checked. It is recommended that you visit light position, the AEB system warning light a NISSAN dealer for this service. illuminates. After starting the engine, the Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire warning light turns off. When the electric power steering warning Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that light illuminates with the engine running, This light illuminates when the AEB with monitors the tire pressure of all tires the power assist to the steering will cease except the spare tire (if so equipped). pedestrian detection system is set to OFF operation but you will still have control of The low tire pressure warning light warns on the vehicle information display. the vehicle. At this time, greater steering of low tire pressure or indicates that the If the light illuminates when the AEB with efforts are required to operate the steer- TPMS is not functioning properly. pedestrian detection system is ON, it may ing wheel, especially in sharp turns and at indicate that the system is unavailable. low speeds. After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, this light illuminates for See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (See “Electric power steering” (P.5-128).) with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- about 1 second and turns off. 97) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- Low tire pressure warning: ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-107). If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the warning light will illuminate. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning also appears in the vehicle information display. 2-14 Instruments and controls When the low tire pressure warning light low tire pressure warning light illuminates tire pressure warning light OFF. If illuminates, you should stop and adjust to indicate a TPMS malfunction. the light still illuminates while the tire pressure to the recommended For additional information, see “Tire Pres- driving after adjusting the tire COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5). pressure, a tire may be flat or Loading Information label. The low tire the TPMS may be malfunctioning. pressure warning light does not automa- If you have a flat tire, replace it tically turn off when the tire pressure is WARNING with a spare tire (if so equipped) adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the or repair it using the emergency recommended pressure, the vehicle must . If the light does not illuminate tire puncture repair kit (if so be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 with the ignition switch placed in equipped) as soon as possible. If km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the ON position, have the vehicle no tire is flat and all tires are the low tire pressure warning light. Use a checked. It is recommended you properly inflated, it is recom- tire pressure gauge to check the tire visit a NISSAN dealer for this mended you consult a NISSAN pressure. service as soon as possible. dealer. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning . If the light illuminates while driv- . Since the spare tire (if so is active as long as the low tire pressure ing, avoid sudden steering man- equipped) is not equipped with warning light remains illuminated. euvers or abrupt braking, reduce the TPMS, when a spare tire is For additional information, see “Vehicle vehicle speed, pull off the road to mounted or a wheel is replaced, information display” (P.2-19), “Tire Pres- a safe location and stop the the TPMS will not function and sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- the low tire pressure warning and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System ing with under-inflated tires may light will flash for approximately (TPMS)” (P.6-3). permanently damage the tires 1 minute. The light will remain on and increase the likelihood of tire after 1 minute. Have your tires TPMS malfunction: failure. Serious vehicle damage replaced and/or TPMS system If the TPMS is not functioning properly, could occur and may lead to an reset as soon as possible. It is the low tire pressure warning light will accident and could result in ser- recommended you visit a NISSAN flash for approximately 1 minute when the ious personal injury. Check the dealer for these services. ignition switch is placed in the ON posi- tire pressure for all four tires. . tion. The light will remain on after the 1 Replacing tires with those not Adjust the tire pressure to the originally specified by NISSAN minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended COLD tire pressure recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer could affect the proper operation shown on the Tire and Loading of the TPMS. for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low - Information label to turn the low Add Air” warning does not appear if the Instruments and controls 2-15 . Malfunction indicator light on steady CAUTION Malfunction Indicator Light — An emission control system and/or (MIL) CVT malfunction has been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE . The TPMS is not a substitute for If the malfunction indicator light comes the regular tire pressure check. on steady or blinks while the engine is FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display. If the Be sure to check the tire pressure running, it may indicate a potential emis- fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tight- regularly. sion control and/or Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) malfunction. en or install the cap and continue to . If the vehicle is being driven at drive the vehicle. The light should The malfunction indicator light may also speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 turn off after a few driving trips. If the illuminate steady if the fuel-filler cap is km/h), the TPMS may not operate light does not turn off after a few loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs out correctly. driving trips, have the vehicle in- of fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler . Be sure to install the specified spected. It is recommended you visit cap is installed and closed tightly, and size of tires to the four wheels a NISSAN dealer for this service. You that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons correctly. do not need to have your vehicle (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. towed to the dealer. After a few driving trips, the light . Malfunction indicator light blinking — Master warning light should turn off if no other potential An engine misfire has been detected emission control system malfunction ex- which may damage the emission When the ignition switch is in the ON ists. position, the master warning light illumi- control system. nates if a warning message appears in If this indicator light remains on for 20 To reduce or avoid emission control the vehicle information display. seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds system damage: when the engine is not running, it indi- See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). 1) Do not drive at speeds above 45 cates that the vehicle is not ready for an MPH (72 km/h). emission control system inspection/ 2) Avoid hard acceleration or decel- maintenance test. (See “Readiness for eration. Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.10- 19).) 3) Avoid steep uphill grades. 4) If possible, reduce the amount of Operation: cargo being hauled or towed. The malfunction indicator light will come The malfunction indicator light may on in one of two ways: stop blinking and remain on. Have the vehicle inspected. It is re- 2-16 Instruments and controls commended you visit a NISSAN dealer recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. You do not need to Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) for this service. If a malfunction occurs in have your vehicle towed to the dealer. off indicator light the system, the VDC system function will When the ignition switch is in the ON be canceled but the vehicle is still drive- position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control able. For additional information, see “Ve- CAUTION (VDC) off indicator light illuminates and hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5- then turns off. 131) of this manual. Continued vehicle operation without The light comes on when the Vehicle WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS having the emission control system Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch is and/or CVT system checked and (other) pushed to OFF. This indicates that the repaired as necessary could lead to See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). VDC system and traction control system poor driveability, reduced fuel econ- are not operating. omy, and possible damage to the Automatic brake hold indica- emission control system. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) tor light (green) (if so equipped) warning light The automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates while the automatic Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) When the ignition switch is in the ON brake hold system is operating. (See system warning light position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29).) (VDC) warning light illuminates and then This light comes on when the ignition turns off. switch is placed in the ON position. It Automatic brake hold indica- turns off after the engine is started. The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system or the tor light (white) (if so equipped) This light illuminates when the RAB sys- traction control system is operating, thus The automatic brake hold indicator light tem is turned off in the vehicle informa- alerting the driver that the vehicle is (white) illuminates when the automatic tion display. nearing its traction limits. The road sur- brake hold system is on standby. (See If the light illuminates when the RAB face may be slippery. “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29).) system is on, it may indicate that the If the VDC warning light illuminates while system is unavailable. For additional in- the VDC system is on, this light alerts the formation, see “Rear Automatic Braking driver to the fact that the VDC system’s (RAB)” (P.5-116). fail-safe mode is operating, for example the VDC system may not be functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is Instruments and controls 2-17 Light reminder chime Exterior light indicator High beam indicator light The light reminder chime will sound when This indicator illuminates when the head- This light illuminates when the headlight the driver side door is opened with the light switch is turned to the AUTO, or high beam is on and goes out when the headlight switch in the or posi- position and the front parking lights, low beam is selected. tion, and the ignition switch is in the ACC, rear combination lights, license plate OFF or LOCK position. lights or headlights are on. The indicator Turn signal/hazard indicator turns off when these lights are turned off. Turn the light switch to the OFF (if so lights equipped) or the AUTO position when you The light flashes when the turn signal leave the vehicle. Front fog light indicator light switch lever or hazard switch is turned on. (if so equipped) Driving aid chimes (if so equipped) AUDIBLE REMINDERS The front fog light indicator light illumi- An audible alert/chime may be heard if nates when the front fog lights are on. Door lock warning chime any of the following systems are active: (See “Fog light switch” (P.2-59).) Models with Intelligent Key system: . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection When the chime sounds, be sure to check . High beam assist indicator both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. Intelligent Forward Collision Warning light (See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-17).) (I-FCW) . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) This indicator light illuminates when the Models without Intelligent Key system: headlights come on while the headlight . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) A chime sounds if the driver’s side door is switch is in the AUTO position or . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) opened while the key is left in the ignition position (Type B) with the high beam . switch and the ignition switch is in the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) selected. This indicates that the high OFF or LOCK position. Be sure to remove . ProPILOT Assist beam assist system is operational. (See the key and carry it with you when you . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) “High beam assist” (P.2-55).) leave the vehicle. . Rear Sonar System (RSS) For additional information, refer to the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.

2-18 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

NISSAN Intelligent Key® door buz- Parking brake reminder chime zer (if so equipped) The parking brake reminder chime will The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if sound if the vehicle is driven at more than any one of the following improper opera- 4 MPH (7 km/h) (models not equipped tions is found. with electronic parking brake) or 2 MPH (4 km/h) (models equipped with electronic . The Intelligent Key is left inside the parking brake) with the parking brake vehicle when locking the doors. . applied. Stop the vehicle and release the The Intelligent Key is left outside the parking brake. vehicle when operating the vehicle. When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11). JVI0641X Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear The vehicle information display is warnings. When a brake pad requires located between the tachometer and replacement, it will make a high pitched the speedometer, and it displays the scraping sound when the vehicle is in warnings and information. The following motion. This scraping sound will first items are also displayed if the vehicle is occur only when the brake pedal is equipped with them: depressed. After more wear of the brake . Vehicle settings pad, the sound will always be heard even . Trip computer information if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have . Driver Assistance the brakes checked as soon as possible if . Cruise control system information the warning sound is heard. . ProPILOT Assist . Intelligent Key operation information . Audio information . Navigation - turn by turn

Instruments and controls 2-19 . Indicators and warnings STARTUP DISPLAY . Tire pressure information When the ignition switch is placed in the . Chassis Control ON position, the vehicle information dis- . Other information play may display the following screens if the vehicle is equipped with them: . Home . Drive Computer — Average Speed-Trip (Distance & Time)-Fuel Economy . Compass or Navigation . Audio . ProPILOT Assist . Driving Aids . JVI1566X Tire Pressures . 4x4–i HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFOR- . Chassis Control MATION DISPLAY . Warnings The vehicle information display can be . Settings changed using the buttons OK , , Warnings will only display if there are any , and located on the present. For more information on warn- steering wheel. ings and indicators, see “Vehicle informa- OK - change or select an item in the tion display warnings and indicators” (P.2- vehicle information display 31). - navigate through the items in vehi- To control what items display in the cle information display vehicle information display, see “Settings” - go back to the previous menu (P.2-21). - change from one display screen to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy)

2-20 Instruments and controls SETTINGS played in the “Driving Aids” menu, use the assist” (P.5-64), “Automatic Emergency The setting mode allows you to change buttons to select and the OK to Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection the information displayed in the vehicle change a menu item: system” (P.5-97), “Rear Automatic Braking information display: . Steering Assist (if so equipped) (RAB)” (P.5-116), “Lane Departure Warning Allows user to turn the Steering Assist (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane Interven- . Driver Assistance tion (I-LI)” (P.5-86), and “Blind Spot Warn- . Clock ON/OFF. . ing (BSW)” (P.5-46). . Meter Settings Emergency Brake — Front Parking Aids (if so equipped): . Vehicle Settings . Allows user to turn the Automatic To change the status or turn on or off any Maintenance Emergency Braking (AEB) with pe- of the systems displayed in the “Parking . Alarm (if so equipped) destrian detection system and In- Aids” menu, use the buttons to . Tire Pressures telligent Forward Collision Warning select and the OK to change a menu . Unit (I-FCW) system ON/OFF item: . Language — Rear . Moving Object (if so equipped) . Factory Reset Allows user to turn the Rear Auto- Press the OK to turn the Moving matic Braking (RAB) system ON/ Object Detection (MOD) ON/OFF. Driver Assistance OFF. . Cross Traffic . Lane To change the status, warnings or turn on Press the OK to turn the Rear Cross or off any of the systems/warnings dis- — Warning (LDW) Traffic Alert (RCTA) ON/OFF. played in the “Driver Assistance” menu, Allows user to turn the Lane De- . use the buttons to select and the parture Warning (LDW) system ON/ Rear Sensor (if so equipped) OK to change a menu item: OFF. Allows user to turn the rear sensor ON/OFF. . Driving Aids — Prevention (LDP) . Display (if so equipped) . Parking Aids (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Intelligent . Lane Intervention (I-LI) system ON/ Allows user to turn the Rear Sonar Chassis Control (if so equipped) OFF. System (RSS) display ON/OFF. . Driver Attention (if so equipped) . Blind Spot . Volume (if so equipped) . Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped) — Warning (BSW) Allows user to select sensor volume Driving Aids: Allows user to turn the Blind Spot (High, Med. or Low). To change the status, warnings or turn on Warning (BSW) system ON/OFF. . Range (if so equipped) or off any of the systems/warnings dis- For additional information, see “ProPILOT Allows user to select the sensor range Instruments and controls 2-21 (Far, Mid. or Near). Recognition” (P.2-43). tion can be changed. For additional information, see “Moving Clock 1. Use the buttons until “Body Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-21), “Rear Color” is selected, and press OK . Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-54) and Allows user to adjust the clock settings 2. Select the body color using the “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-136). and time within the vehicle information display. Adjustments that can be made buttons and press OK . Chassis Control: include automatically setting the time, ECO Mode Settings: To change the status, warnings or turn on 12H/24H format, Daylight Savings Time, This setting allows the customer to or off any of the systems/warnings dis- time zone, and manually setting the time change the ECO mode system settings. played in the “Chassis Control” menu. (depending on the vehicle’s equipment). Use the buttons until “ECO Mode Use the buttons to select and the The clock may also be set within the Settings” is selected, and press OK . OK to change a menu item: center display. For additional information, - ECO Indicator . Trace Control refer to the separate NissanConnect® — See “Intelligent Trace Control” (P.5- Owner’s Manual. This setting allows the customer to en- 133) for more information. able/disable the ambient ECO indicator in Meter Settings the vehicle information display. . Engine Brake (if so equipped) The meter settings allows the customer — See “Intelligent Engine Brake (Con- 1. Use the buttons to select “ECO to choose from the various meter selec- Indicator”. tinuously Variable Transmission tions. (CVT) models)” (P.5-134) for more 2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the information. The meter settings can be changed using ambient ECO in the vehicle informa- the and the OK buttons. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF. tion display. Main Menu Selection: - DISP Mode Driver Attention (if so equipped) : The items that display when the ignition This menu allows the customer to turn switch is placed in the ON position can be the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) on or enabled/disabled. To change the items off. See “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” that are displayed, use the to scroll (P.5-94). and the OK to select a menu item. Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped): Body Color: This menu allows the customer to turn The color of the vehicle that displays in the Traffic Sign Recognition on or off. For the vehicle information display when the additional information, see “Traffic Sign ignition switch is placed in the ON posi- 2-22 Instruments and controls ECO Drive Report: Vehicle Settings - Display The vehicle settings allows the customer This setting allows the customer to en- to change settings for the following able/disable the ECO Drive Report in the settings. vehicle information display. . Lighting 1. Use the buttons to select “Dis- . Turn indicator play”. . Locking 2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the . Wipers ECO management display in the vehi- . Driving Position (if so equipped) cle information display. . Rear Door Alert - View History . Remote start (if so equipped) This setting allows the customer to reset The vehicle settings can be changed WAC0086X the past history of the fuel economy and using the , and the OK buttons. the best fuel economy. Lighting: This setting allows the customer to en- Welcome Effect: able/disable the ECO pedal guide func- The “Lighting” menu has the following tion. You can choose whether or not to display options: the welcome screen when the ignition . Welcome Light 1. Use the buttons to select “DISP switch is placed in the ON position. You Mode”. The welcome lighting can be set to be can also choose the following items to ON or OFF. From the “Lighting” menu, 2. Press the OK to select “Pedal” or define how the welcome screen looks: select “Welcome Light”. Use the OK “Inst.FE.”. . Dial Effect to turn this feature ON or OFF. For detailed information, see “ECO mode . Display Effect . Auto Room Lamp system” (P.5-32). Select “Welcome Effect” using the The interior light timer can be set to buttons and press the OK to select be ON or OFF. From the “Lighting” this menu. Use the buttons to menu, select “Auto Room Lamp”. Use navigate between the menu options and the OK to turn this feature ON or press the OK to turn each function ON/ OFF. OFF. . Light Sensitivity The sensitivity of the Intelligent Auto

Instruments and controls 2-23 Headlight can be adjusted. From the . Selective Unlock Wipers: “Lighting” menu, select “Light Sensitiv- When this item is turned on, and the . Speed Dependent ity”. Use the buttons and the OK door handle request switch on the The “Speed Dependent” feature can be to select the required sensitivity. driver’s or front passenger’s side door activated or deactivated. From the The following options are available: is pushed, only the corresponding “Wipers” menu, select “Speed Depen- — Turn on earliest door is unlocked. All the doors can dent”. Use the OK to turn this — Turn on earlier be unlocked if the door handle re- feature ON or OFF. quest switch is pushed again within 1 — Turn on standard . Reverse Link minute. When this item is turned to off, — Turn on later The “Reverse Link” wiper feature can . all the doors will be unlocked when Light Off Delay the door handle request switch is be set to be ON or OFF. From the The duration of the automatic head- pushed once. From the “Locking” “Wipers” menu, select “Reverse Link”. lights can be changed from 0 to 180 menu, select “Selective Unlock”. Use Use the OK to turn this feature ON seconds. From the “Lighting” menu, the OK to activate or deactivate this or OFF. select “Light Off Delay”. Use the OK function. . Drip wipe to change the duration. . Auto Door Unlock The “Drip wipe” feature can be set to Turn indicator: The “Auto Door Unlock” feature allows be ON or OFF. From the “Wipers” menu, the customer to customize the auto select “Drip wipe”. Use the OK to turn The “3 Flash Pass” overtaking feature can this feature ON or OFF. be set to be ON or OFF. From the “Turn door unlock options. indicator” menu, select “3 Flash Pass”. Use — Ignition OFF Driving Position (if so equipped): the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF. — Shift to Park (for Continuously Vari- . Exit Seat Slide Locking: able Transmission (CVT) models) When this item is turned on, this — Off feature will move the driver’s seat There are the following options in the . “Locking” menu: Answer Bk. Horn (if so equipped) backward for an easy exit when the ignition switch is turned off and the . When the answer back horn is on, the I–Key Door Lock (if so equipped) horn will chirp and the hazard indica- driver’s door is opened. After getting When this item is turned on, the tors will flash twice when locking the into the vehicle and placing the igni- request switch on the door is acti- vehicle with the Intelligent Key or tion switch in the ON position, the vated. From the “Locking” menu, select remote keyless entry function. driver’s seat will move to the previous “I-Key Door Lock”. Use the OK to set position. See “Memory Seat” (P.3- activate or deactivate this function. 34).

2-24 Instruments and controls Rear Door Alert: Maintenance tire replacement indicator for a cer- . Horn & Alert The maintenance mode allows you to set tain driving distance does not mean When selected, the alert is displayed alerts for the reminding of maintenance your tires will last that long. Use the and the horn sounds. intervals. To change an item: tire replacement indicator as a guide . Alert Only Select “Maintenance” using the switch only and always perform regular tire When selected, only the alert is dis- and press OK . checks. Failure to perform regular played. tire checks, including tire pressure Oil and Filter: checks could result in tire failure. . OFF This indicator appears when the custo- Serious vehicle damage could occur When selected, no alert or horn will be mer set distance comes for changing the and may lead to a collision, which active. engine oil and filter. You can set or reset could result in serious personal in- For additional information, refer to “Rear the distance for checking or replacing jury or death. door alert” (P.2-63). these items. For scheduled maintenance Remote start (if so equipped): items and intervals, refer to the “9. Main- Other: tenance and schedules” section. The “Remote start” feature allows user to This indicator appears when the custo- turn the remote engine start on or off. Tire: mer set distance comes for checking or When turned on, the engine can be This indicator appears when the custo- replacing maintenance items other than restarted remotely. For additional infor- mer set distance comes for replacing the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Other mation, refer to “Remote engine start” tires. You can set or reset the distance maintenance items can include such (P.3-23). for replacing tires. things as air filter or tire rotation. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items. WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. See “Changing wheels and tires” (P.8-37). Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the Instruments and controls 2-25 Alarm (if so equipped) 1. Use the button to select This setting allows the customer to set “Phone”. alarms. 2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF Select “Alarm” using the button and the alert. press OK button . Mail (if so equipped): Timer Alert (if so equipped): This setting allows the customer to en- This setting allows the customer to set an able/disable the alert for incoming mail in alert to notify the driver that the set time the vehicle information display. has been reached. 1. Use the button to select “Mail”. 1. Use the button to select “Timer 2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF Alert”. the alert. 2. Press the OK button . Tire Pressures 3. To change the timer amount, use the The settings in the “Tire pressures” menu button and the OK button to are all related to the Tire Pressure Mon- save the selected time amount. itoring System (TPMS). (See “Tire Pressure Navigation (if so equipped): Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5), “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- This setting allows the customer to en- 3), “Tire Pressure Monitoring System able/disable the alert for navigation in the (TPMS)” (P.8-29).) vehicle information display. 1. Use the button to select “Navi- gation”. 2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF the alert. Phone (if so equipped): This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the alert for an incoming call in the vehicle information display.

2-26 Instruments and controls Tire Pressure Unit: The unit for tire pressure that displays in the vehicle information display can be changed to: . psi . kPa . bar . Kgf/cm2 Use the button and the OK button to select and change the unit. If necessary, refer to the following table to convert between units.

JVI0938X Unit . km, l/100km The units that are shown in the vehicle . km, km/l information display can be changed: . miles, MPG . Mileage Use the button and the OK button . Tire pressures to select and change the unit. . Temperature Tire pressures: Use the button , and the OK button See “Tire Pressures” (P.2-26). to select and change the units of the vehicle information display. Temperature: The temperature that is shown in the Mileage: vehicle information display can be chan- The unit for the mileage that is shown in ged from: the vehicle information display can be . °C (Celsius) changed to: . °F (Fahrenheit) Use the button to toggle choices.

Instruments and controls 2-27 Language The language of the vehicle information display can be changed. Use the button , and the OK button to select and change the language of the vehicle information display. Factory Reset The settings in the vehicle information display can be reset back to the factory default. To reset the vehicle information display: 1. Select “Factory Reset” using the button and press the OK button . 2. Select “YES” to return all settings back to default by pressing the OK button .

2-28 Instruments and controls WAC0175X

Instruments and controls 2-29 WAC0410X

2-30 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 3. No Key detected warning (if so 6. Engine start operation for Intelli- WARNINGS AND INDICATORS equipped) gent Key system indicator (if so The displayed images may differ depend- This warning appears when the door is equipped) ing on the model. closed with the Intelligent Key left outside This indicator appears when the Intelli- the vehicle and the ignition switch in the gent Key battery is running out of power 1. Engine start operation indicator ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent and when the Intelligent Key system and (for Continuously Variable Trans- Key is inside the vehicle. vehicle are not communicating normally. mission (CVT) models) See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11) for If this indicator appears, touch the igni- This indicator appears when the shift more details. tion switch with the Intelligent Key while lever is in the P (Park) position. 4. Shift to Park warning (CVT mod- depressing the brake pedal. (See “Intelli- This indicator means that the engine will gent Key battery discharge” (P.5-17).) start by pushing the ignition switch with els) (if so equipped) the brake pedal depressed. You can start This warning appears when the ignition 7. Key ID incorrect warning (if so the engine directly in any position of the switch is pushed to stop the engine with equipped) ignition switch. the shift lever in any position except the P This warning appears when the ignition (Park) position. switch is placed from the LOCK position 2. Engine start operation indicator If this warning appears, move the shift and the Intelligent Key cannot be recog- (for Manual Transmission (MT) lever to the P (Park) position or place the nized by the system. You cannot start the models) ignition switch in the ON position. engine with an unregistered key. Use the This indicator means that the engine will An inside warning chime will also sound. registered Intelligent Key. start by pushing the ignition switch with (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).) See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11). the clutch pedal depressed. You can start the engine directly in any position of the 5. Key Battery Low warning (if so 8. Release Parking Brake warning ignition switch. equipped) This warning appears when the vehicle You can also start the engine by pushing This warning appears when the Intelli- speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) (models the ignition switch with the brake pedal gent Key battery is running out of power. not equipped with electronic parking brake) or 2 MPH (4 km/h) (models depressed when the shift lever is in the N If this indicator appears, replace the (Neutral) position. equipped with electronic parking brake) battery with a new one. See “Intelligent and the parking brake is applied. Stop the Key battery replacement” (P.8-23). vehicle and release the parking brake.

Instruments and controls 2-31 9. Low fuel level warning ing will automatically turn off after 15. Tire Pressure Low — Add Air This warning appears when the fuel level approximately 35 seconds. When the warning in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH (15 km/h), if a rear passenger’s seat belt is unfas- This warning appears when the low tire soon as it is convenient, preferably before pressure warning light in the meter the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There tened, a buzzer will sound and the seat icon illuminates in red. The seat icon illuminates and low tire pressure is de- will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank tected. The warning appears each time when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 illuminates in red until the corresponding rear passenger’s seat belt is fastened. The the ignition switch is placed in the ON (Empty). warning will automatically turn off after position as long as the low tire pressure approximately 35 seconds. For precau- warning light remains illuminated. If this 10. Low Washer Fluid warning (if so warning appears, stop the vehicle and equipped) tions on seat belt usage, see “Seat belts” (P.1-12). adjust the pressure to the recommended This warning appears when the window COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and washer fluid is at a low level. Add window 13. Key System Error: See Owner’s Loading Information label. (See “Low tire washer fluid as necessary. For additional Manual warning (if so equipped) pressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “Tire information, refer to “Window washer Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5- This warning appears if there is a mal- fluid” (P.8-10). 5).) function in the Intelligent Key system. 11. Door/liftgate open warning If this warning appears while the engine is 16. Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle This warning appears if any of the doors stopped, the engine cannot be started. If warning and/or the liftgate are open or not closed this warning appears while the engine is This warning appears if low engine oil securely. The vehicle icon indicates which running, the vehicle can be driven. How- pressure is detected. If the warning ap- door or the liftgate is open on the display. ever, it is recommended that you visit a pears during normal driving, pull off the NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as road in a safe area and stop the engine 12. Rear seat belt warning possible. immediately. It is recommended that you This rear seat belt warning appears after call a NISSAN dealer. the ignition switch is placed in the ON 14. Loose Fuel Cap warning This warning appears when the fuel-filler The low oil pressure warning is not position. If any of the rear passenger’s designed to indicate a low oil level. Use seat belts is not fastened, the seat icon cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. For additional the dipstick to check the oil level. (See illuminates in red to show which seat belt “Engine oil” (P.8-6).) is not fastened. The seat icon illuminates information, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” (P.3- in red until the corresponding rear pas- 28). senger’s seat belt is fastened. The warn-

2-32 Instruments and controls 19. Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s 22. Power will turn off to save the CAUTION Manual warning (if so equipped) battery warning This warning may appear if there is a This warning appears after the ignition Running the engine with the engine large difference between the diameters of switch is in the ON position for a certain oil pressure warning displayed could the front and rear wheels and tires. Pull period of time. cause serious damage to the engine. off the road in a safe area, with the engine idling. Check that all the tire sizes are the 23. Power turned off to save the battery warning 17. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual same, that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn. This warning appears after the ignition warning (if so equipped) See “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-123). switch is automatically turned OFF to This warning appears when the All-Wheel save the battery. Drive (AWD) system is not functioning 20. Battery Voltage Low Charge properly while the engine is running. Battery warning 24. Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights Reduce vehicle speed and have the sys- This warning appears when the battery warning tem checked. It is recommended that you voltage is low and the battery needs to be This warning appears when the driver visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. See charged. side door is opened with the headlight “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-123). 21. Shipping Mode On Push Storage switch is left ON and the ignition switch is 18. AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle placed in the OFF or LOCK position. Place Fuse warning (if so equipped) the headlight switch in OFF (if so warning (if so equipped) This warning may appear if the extended equipped) or AUTO position. For addi- This warning may appear while trying to storage fuse switch is not pushed in tional information, see “Headlight and free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil (switched on). When this warning ap- turn signal switch” (P.2-52). temperature. The driving mode may pears, push in (switch on) the extended change to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this storage fuse switch to turn off the warn- 25. Headlight System Error: See warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with ing. For more information, see “Extended Owner’s Manual warning (if so the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to storage fuse switch” (P.8-21). equipped) do so. Then if the warning turns off, you This warning appears if the LED head- can continue driving. See “Intelligent 4x4” lights are malfunctioning. Have the sys- (P.5-123). tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-33 26. Timer Alert — Time for a driver 30. Continuously Variable Trans- . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning break? indicator mission (CVT) position indicator (I-FCW) . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) This indicator appears when the set “Time (CVT models) For more details, see “Lane Departure for a driver break?” indicator activates. This indicator shows the automatic shift Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane You can set the time for up to 6 hours. position. Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Blind Spot 27. Chassis Control System Error: In the manual shift mode, when the Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46), “Rear Cross Traf- See Owner’s Manual warning transmission does not shift to the se- fic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-54), “ProPILOT assist” lected gear due to a transmission protec- (P.5-64), “Automatic Emergency Braking This warning appears if the chassis con- tion mode, the CVT position indicator will (AEB) with pedestrian detection system” trol module detects an error in the blink and a chime will sound. (P.5-97), “Intelligent Forward Collision chassis control system. Have the system Warning (I-FCW)” (P.5-107) or “Rear Auto- checked. It is recommended that you visit See “Continuously Variable Transmission matic Braking (RAB)” (P.5-116). a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See (CVT)” (P.5-20) for further details. “Chassis control” (P.5-133).) 31. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual 33. Drive mode indicators 28. Cruise control indicator (if so warning (CVT models) These indicators illuminate in the vehicle equipped) This warning appears when there is a information display when either the ECO or SPORT mode is selected. This indicator shows the cruise control malfunction with the CVT system. If this system status. The status is shown by the warning comes on, have the system For additional information, refer to color. checked. It is recommended that you visit “SPORT mode switch” (P.5-32) or “ECO a NISSAN dealer for this service. mode system” (P.5-32). See “Cruise control” (P.5-62) for details. 32 Malfunction warning 34. Unavailable: High Cabin Tem- 29. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) This warning appears when the following perature warning indicator (if so equipped) systems malfunction. This warning appears if the interior tem- This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) perature of the vehicle has reached such Control (ICC) system status. The status is . a high temperature that the sensor for shown by the color. (See “Intelligent Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . the Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Intel- Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-75).) Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) or Traffic Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so equipped) . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system can no longer function reliably. with pedestrian detection Once the interior temperature has 2-34 Instruments and controls reached normal levels, the warning 37. Forward Driving Aids Tempora- 39. Press Brake Pedal warning (for should disappear. rily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked/ electronic parking brake equipped If the warning continues to display, have Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruc- models) the system checked. It is recommended tion warning This indicator appears in the following that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this situations: service. This message appears when the front radar sensor may be obstructed due to: . The driver tries to release the electro- For additional information, refer to “Lane . nic parking brake manually without Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intel- mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc. depressing the brake pedal. ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-86) or . inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, . “Traffic Sign Recognition” (P.2-43). etc) The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill All forward driving aids are temporarily and there is a possibility of moving 35. Not Available: Poor Road Con- disabled until the system detects that the backward, even if the electronic park- ditions warning (if so equipped) front radar sensor is no longer ob- ing brake is applied. . This message appears when the Intelli- structed. This warning appears if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system or the See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (if so equipped) is activated. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- becomes unavailable because the road 97), “Intelligent Forward Collision Warning 40. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ is slippery. See “Intelligent Lane Interven- (I-FCW)” (P.5-107) or “ProPILOT assist” (P.5- Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) tion (I-LI)” (P.5-40) or “Intelligent Cruise 64). Control (ICC)” (P.5-75). indicator 38. Unavailable: Side Radar Ob- This indicator shows when the LDW and/ 36. Currently unavailable warning struction warning or I-LI systems are engaged. This message appears when the Intelli- This warning appears when the Blind See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5- gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system or the Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic 35) or “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system Alert (RCTA) system becomes unavailable (P.5-40). becomes unavailable because the VDC is because a radar blockage is detected. turned off or operates. For additional (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46) or information, refer to “Intelligent Lane “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-54).) Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40) or “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-75).

Instruments and controls 2-35 41. Steering assist indicator (if so 44. Rear Door Alert is activated NOTE: equipped) When the system is enabled, this message This system is disabled until a driver appears when the Rear Door Alert system enables it using the vehicle information This indicator appears when the steering display. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). assist system is engaged. is active and can remind the driver to check the back seat. 45. Check Back Seat For all articles See “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-64). . Using the steering switch, a driver can When the system is enabled, this message 42. Steering assist alert (if so select “Dismiss Message” to clear the appears when the vehicle comes to a equipped) display for a period of time. If no complete stop, the shift lever is moved This message may appear when the selection is made, this message auto- from the D (Drive) position to P (Park) steering assist system is engaged. matically turns off after a period of position, and the driver exits the vehicle. time. This message alerts the driver, after a It will be displayed under the following . Using the steering switch, a driver can period of time, to check for items in the condition: select “Disable Alert” to disable the rear seat after the audible alert has been . When not holding the steering wheel horn alert for the remainder of the provided. or when there is no steering wheel current trip. NOTE: operation. For additional information, see “Rear door This system is disabled until a driver Hold on the steering wheel immediately. alert” (P.2-63). enables it using the vehicle information When the steering operation is detected, display. For additional information, see the warning turns off and the steering “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). assist function is automatically restored. WARNING For additional information, refer to “Pro- 46. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) PILOT assist” (P.5-64). Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a indicator stop within a trip temporarily dis- 43. Automatic Emergency Braking This indicator illuminates to indicate the misses the message for that stop status of the Rear Automatic Braking (AEB) emergency warning indicator without turning the system off. (RAB) system. Alerts can be provided for other This indicator illuminates along, with an See “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P.5- stops during the trip. Selecting “Dis- audible warning, when the system de- 116). tects the possibility of a forward collision. able Alert” turns off the Rear Door See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Alert system for the remainder of a with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- trip and no audible alert will be 97). provided.

2-36 Instruments and controls 47. Rear Sonar System (RSS) indi- 49. Not available Front Camera 51. Not Available Seat Belt Not cator Obstructed (if so equipped) Fastened (if so equipped) This indicator illuminates to indicate the This message may appear when the This message may appear when the status of the Rear Sonar System. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is See “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-136). engaged. engaged. Under the following conditions, the ICC Under the following condition, the ICC 48. Not Available Bad Weather (if so system is automatically canceled: system is automatically canceled: equipped) . The camera area of the windshield is . When the driver’s seat belt is not This message may appear when the fogged up or covered with dirt, water, fastened. steering assist system is engaged. drops, ice, snow, etc. The ICC system cannot be used when the Under the following conditions, the steer- . Strong light, such as sunlight or high driver’s seat belt is not fastened. ing assist system is automatically can- beams from oncoming vehicles, enter celed: the front camera 52. Press Brake Pedal (if so . When the wiper low speed or high equipped) 50. Not Available Parking Brake On This message may appear when the speed operates. (if so equipped) . When lane markers in the traveling Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is lane cannot be correctly detected for This message may appear when the engaged. a period of time due to such items as a Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is It will be displayed under the following snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy engaged. condition: day or several unclear lane markers Under the following condition, the ICC . While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC are present. system is automatically canceled: , the driver’s door is opened but the If you want to use the steering assist . The electronic parking brake is ap- electronic parking brake was not acti- system again, cancel the ProPILOT assist plied. vated. system and set it again when lane The above system cannot be used when Step on the brake immediately. markers are clearly visible. the electronic parking brake is activated.

Instruments and controls 2-37 53. Press brake pedal to operate 56. Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) switch warning (if so equipped) malfunction warning (if so This warning appears if the automatic equipped) brake hold switch is pushed without This warning appears when the Intelli- depressing the brake pedal while the gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system mal- automatic brake hold function is acti- functions. See “Intelligent Driver Alertness vated. Depress the brake pedal and push (I-DA)” (P.5-94). the switch to deactivate the automatic brake hold function. For more details, see 57. Traffic Sign Recognition mal- “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29). function warning (if so equipped) 54. AUTO HOLD Caution Steep This warning appears when the Traffic Sign Recognition system malfunctions. Slope indicator (if so equipped) For more details, see “Traffic Sign Recog- This indicator appears when the auto- nition” (P.2-43). matic brake hold function is activated while the vehicle is on a steep hill. 58. Parking Sensor Error warning (if so equipped) 55. Steep Slope Apply Foot Brake to This warning illuminates when there is a hold vehicle warning (if so malfunction with the Rear Sonar System equipped) (RSS). For additional information, refer to This warning appears before the electro- “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-136). nic parking brake is applied and the brake force of the automatic brake hold function is released when the vehicle is on a steep hill, to prevent the vehicle rolls out.

2-38 Instruments and controls WAC0177X

Instruments and controls 2-39 1. Safety Shield — Return to the previous screen with- The safety shield mode shows the oper- out resetting. . ating condition for the following systems. Average Speed . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) — Reset the average speed. . . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) All . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) — Reset all items of “Average Speed”, . “Elapsed time and trip odometer” Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) and “Fuel economy.” with pedestrian detection system Once the “Average speed 1” is displayed, For more details, see “Lane Departure you can use buttons to switch Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane between the “Average speed 1” and “Aver- Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Blind Spot age speed 2.” Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46) or “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian The display is updated every 30 seconds. JVI1566X detection system” (P.5-97). The first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows “——”. TRIP COMPUTER 2. Average speed 1 and 2 (MPH or 3. Elapsed time and trip odometer 1 The trip computer display can be chan- km/h) and 2 (mile or km) ged using the buttons OK , , , The average speed 1 mode shows the and located on the steering average vehicle speed since the last reset. Elapsed time: wheel. The average speed 2 mode shows the The elapsed time mode 1 shows the time OK - change or select an item in the average vehicle speed since the time the since the last reset. The elapsed time 2 vehicle information display ignition switch was turned ON. The aver- mode shows the time since the ignition - navigate through the items in vehi- age speed 2 is automatically reset each switch was turned ON. (The trip odometer cle information display time the ignition is placed in the OFF is also reset at the same time.) - go back to the previous menu position. Trip odometer: - change from one display screen Resetting is done by pushing the OK to the next button. When the OK button is pushed, The trip odometer 1 mode shows the total the following menu items are displayed. distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset. The trip odometer 2 mode . Cancel shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the time the ignition

2-40 Instruments and controls switch was placed in the ON position. (The 4-5. Fuel economy/ECO pedal economy 2”. elapsed time is also reset at the same guide The display is updated every 30 seconds. time.) For about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a Current fuel consumption: The elapsed time and trip odometer 2 is reset, the display shows “——”. automatically reset each time the ignition The current fuel consumption mode is placed in the OFF position. shows the current fuel consumption. 6. Audio Resetting is done by pushing the OK Average fuel consumption: The audio mode shows the status of audio information. button. When the OK button is pushed, The average fuel consumption 1 mode the following menu items are displayed. shows the average fuel consumption 7. Navigation (if so equipped) . since the last reset. The average fuel Cancel When the route guidance is set in the consumption 2 mode shows the average — Return to the previous screen with- navigation system, this item shows the fuel consumption since the time the out resetting. navigation route information. . Distance ignition switch was placed in the ON position. The average fuel consumption — Reset the elapsed time and trip 8. Compass (if so equipped) 2 is automatically reset each time the odometer. This display indicates the heading direc- ignition is placed in the OFF position. . All tion of the vehicle. Resetting is done by pushing the OK — Reset all items of “Average Speed”, button. When the OK button is pushed, 9. Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution “Elapsed time and trip odometer” the following menu items are displayed. and “Fuel economy.” display (if so equipped) . Once the “Elapsed time and trip odometer Cancel When the Intelligent 4x4 torque distribu- 1” is displayed, you can use buttons — Return to the previous screen with- tion display is selected, you can view the to switch between the “Elapsed time and out resetting. distribution ratio of the transmission trip odometer 1” and “Elapsed time and . Fuel Economy torque to the front and rear wheels trip odometer 2.” — Reset the fuel economy. during driving. . All — Reset all items of “Average Speed”, “Elapsed time and trip odometer” and “Fuel economy”. Once the “Fuel economy 1” is displayed, you can use buttons to switch between the “Fuel economy 1” and “Fuel Instruments and controls 2-41 10. Chassis control 12. Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) When Intelligent Trace Control, Intelligent system (if so equipped) Engine Brake (Continuously Variable When the “Driver Attention” display is Transmission (CVT) models) or Active Ride selected, you can view your attention Control system is operated, it shows the level as detected by the system. (See operating condition. It also shows oper- “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” (P.5- ating condition of Hill Start Assist. The 94).) operating condition of the automatic brake hold function (if so equipped) is 13. Traffic Sign Recognition (if so also shown. See “Intelligent Trace Control” equipped) (P.5-133), “Intelligent Engine Brake (Con- The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) provides the driver with information models)” (P.5-134), “Active Ride Control” about the most recently detected speed (P.5-135), “Hill Start Assist system” (P.5-136) limit. See “Traffic Sign Recognition” (P.2- JVI0932X or “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29) for 43)for more details. more details. CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEM- 11. Tire Pressures PERATURE The tire pressure mode shows the pres- The clock and outside air temperature sure of all four tires while the vehicle is are displayed on the upper side of the driven. vehicle information display. When the Tire Pressure Low — Add Air Clock warning appears, the display can be switched to the tire pressure mode by For clock adjustment, see “Clock” (P.2-22) pushing the OK button to reveal addi- or the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s tional details on the displayed warning. Manual (if so equipped).

2-42 Instruments and controls Outside air temperature (°F or °C) vehicle information display, and option- The outside air temperature is displayed ally in the main central area of the display in °F or °C in the range of −40 to 140°F (−40 screen. to 60°C). The outside air temperature mode in- WARNING cludes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is The TSR system is only intended to below 37°F (3°C), the warning is dis- be a support device to provide the played (if so equipped). driver with information. It is not a The outside temperature sensor is lo- replacement for the driver’s atten- cated in front of the radiator. The sensor tion to traffic conditions or respon- may be affected by road or engine heat, sibility to drive safely. It cannot wind directions and other driving condi- prevent accidents due to careless- tions. The display may differ from the WAC0198X ness. It is the driver’s responsibility actual outside temperature or the tem- to stay alert and drive safely at all perature displayed on various signs or TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (if so times. billboards. equipped) The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system System operation provides the driver with information The traffic recognition system displays about the most recently detected speed the following types of road sign: limit. The system captures the road sign information with the multi-sensing front camera unit located on the windshield in front of the inside rearview mirror and displays the detected signs in the vehicle information display. For vehicles equipped with Navigation System, the speed limit displayed is based on a combination of Navigation System data and live camera recognition. TSR information is always displayed at the top of the

Instruments and controls 2-43 signs. . The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system may not function properly under the following conditions: — When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the TSR camera unit. — When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly. WAC0215X WAC0214X — When strong light enters the Latest detected speed limit camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the Reduce speed limit caution (orange) front of the vehicle at sunrise No speed limit information or sunset.) No-overtaking zone Reduce speed limit caution (with no — When a sudden change in speed limit information) (orange) brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a CAUTION bridge.) — In areas not covered by the . The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) Navigation System. system is intended as an aid to careful driving. It is the driver’s — If there are deviations in rela- responsibility to stay alert, drive tion to the navigation, for ex- safely, and observe all road reg- ample due to changes in the ulations that currently apply, in- road routing. cluding looking out for road

2-44 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS

— When overtaking buses or System Malfunction trucks with speed stickers. If the TSR system malfunctions it will be turned off automatically and the TSR "Malfunction" warning message will ap- Turning the TSR system on and off pear in the vehicle information display. Turning the TSR system on or off is done using the "Settings" menu in the vehicle Action to take: information display. For details, see “Ve- If the TSR "Malfunction" warning mes- hicle information display” (P.2-19). sage appears, pull off the road at a safe Perform the following steps to enable or location and stop the vehicle. Turn the disable the TSR system: engine off and restart the engine. If the TSR "Malfunction" message continues to 1. In the "Settings" menu, select the appear, have the system checked by a "Driver Assistance" key. NISSAN dealer. 2. Touch "Speed Limit Sign" to turn the JVI1587X system ON/OFF. Maintenance The TSR uses the same multi-sensing Your vehicle has two types of security System temporarily unavailable front camera unit that is used by the systems, as follows: If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system, . Vehicle security system under high temperature conditions (over located in front of the interior rearview . NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System approximately 40°C (104°F)) and then mirror. For maintenance of the camera, The security condition will be shown by started, the TSR system may be deacti- see “System maintenance” (P.5-39). the security indicator light. vated automatically. The “Unavailable: high cabin temperature” warning mes- VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM sage will appear in the vehicle informa- The vehicle security system provides tion display. visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors, hood (if so equipped) Action to take: and liftgate when the system is armed. It When the interior temperature is reduced, is not, however, a motion detection type the TSR system will resume operating system that activates when a vehicle is automatically. moved or when a vibration occurs. The system helps deter vehicle theft but

Instruments and controls 2-45 cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the tem will automatically shift into the theft of interior or exterior vehicle com- armed phase. The security light begins ponents in all situations. Always secure to flash once every three seconds. If your vehicle even if parking for a brief during the pre-armed phase one of period. Never leave your keys in the the following occurs, the system will vehicle, and always lock it when unat- not arm: tended. Be aware of your surroundings, . Any door is unlocked with the key and park in secure, well-lit areas when- fob (if so equipped), the Intelligent ever possible. Key (if so equipped), or the request Many devices offering additional protec- switch (if so equipped). tion, such as component locks, identifica- . Ignition switch is placed in the ON tion markers, and tracking systems, are position. available at auto supply stores and speci- Even when the driver and/or passen- alty shops. Your NISSAN dealer may also gers are in the vehicle, the system will offer such equipment. Check with your SIC2045 activate with all the doors, hood (if so insurance company to see if you may be equipped) and liftgate locked with the eligible for discounts for various theft How to arm the vehicle security ignition switch placed in the LOCK posi- protection features. system tion. When placing the ignition switch in 1. Close all windows. The system can be the ON position, the system will be armed even if the windows are open. released. 2. Remove the keys from the vehicle. Vehicle security system activation 3. Close all doors, hood (if so equipped) The vehicle security system will give the and liftgate. Lock all doors. The doors following alarm: can be locked with the key fob (if so . The headlights blink and the horn equipped), Intelligent Key (if so sounds intermittently. equipped), the request switch (if so . equipped), or power door lock switch. The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 50 seconds. How- 4. Confirm that the security indicator ever, the alarm reactivates if the light stays on for about 30 seconds. vehicle is tampered with again. The vehicle security system is now The alarm is activated by: pre-armed. The vehicle security sys-

2-46 Instruments and controls . Opening any doors, the hood (if so NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- IMMOBILISER) equipped) or liftgate without using the TEM FCC Notice: key or Intelligent Key (even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System For USA: inside lock knob or using the mechan- will not allow the engine to start without This device complies with Part 15 of the ical key). the use of the registered key. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the If the engine fails to start using the following two conditions: (1) This device How to stop an activated alarm registered key, it may be due to inter- may not cause harmful interference, The alarm stops only by unlocking a door ference caused by another registered key, and (2) this device must accept any or the liftgate by pushing the UNLOCK an automated toll road device or auto- interference received, including inter- button on the key fob (if so equipped) mated payment device on the key ring. ference that may cause undesired op- or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped), or Restart the engine using the following eration. pushing the request switch (if so procedures: Note: Changes or modifications not equipped) on the driver’s or passenger’s 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON expressly approved by the party re- door in range of the door handle. position for approximately 5 seconds. sponsible for compliance could void If the Intelligent Key battery is dis- 2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or the user’s authority to operate the charged: LOCK position and wait approximately equipment. If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, 10 seconds. For Canada: the alarm will not stop by pushing the 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. This device complies with Industry Ca- UNLOCK button on the key fob (if so 4. Restart the engine while holding the nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). equipped) or the Intelligent Key (if so device (which may have caused the Operation is subject to the following equipped), or pushing the request switch interference) separate from the regis- two conditions: (1) this device may not (if so equipped) on the driver’s or passen- tered key. cause interference, and (2) this device ger’s door in range of the door handle. In must accept any interference, including such a case, unlock the driver’s door If this procedure allows the engine to interference that may cause undesired using the mechanical key and touch the start, NISSAN recommends placing the operation of the device. ignition switch with the Intelligent Key to registered key on a separate key ring stop the alarm. (See “Intelligent Key bat- to avoid interference from other de- tery discharge” (P.5-17).) vices. Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY-

Instruments and controls 2-47 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

SIC2045 . Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 sec- Security indicator light onds. The security indicator light blinks when- . Do not operate the washer if the ever the ignition switch is placed in the reservoir tank is empty. OFF or LOCK position. . Do not fill the window washer This function indicates the NISSAN Vehi- reservoir tank with washer fluid cle Immobilizer System is operational. concentrates at full strength. If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Some methyl alcohol based is malfunctioning, the light will remain on washer fluid concentrates may while the ignition switch is placed in the permanently stain the grille if ON position. spilled while filling the window If the light still remains on and/or the washer reservoir tank. engine will not start, seek service for . Pre-mix washer fluid concen- the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System trates with water to the manu- as soon as possible. Please bring all facturer’s recommended levels registered keys that you have. It is before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do 2-48 Instruments and controls High — continuous high speed operation not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer Push the lever up to have one sweep fluid concentrate and water. operation of the wiper. Pull the lever toward you to operate the If the windshield wiper operation is washer. Then the wiper will also operate interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper several times. may stop moving to protect its motor. If After a short delay, the drip wipe function this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the will operate the wiper once more to clear OFF position and remove the snow or remaining windshield-washer fluid from ice that is on and around the wiper the windshield. arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn NOTE: the switch on again to operate the wiper. The Speed Dependent feature and Drip Wipe feature may be disabled. For JVI0863X additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19) in this sec- WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER tion. OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed: Intermittent — intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward (Slower) or (Faster). Also, the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed. (For example, when the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be faster.) Low — continuous low speed operation

Instruments and controls 2-49 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

not use the window washer re- WARNING servoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water. In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the rear If the rear window wiper operation is window glass and obscure your vi- interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper sion. Warm the rear window with the may stop moving to protect its motor. If defroster before you wash the rear this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the window. OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the CAUTION wiper.

. Do not operate the washer con- JVI0867X tinuously for more than 30 sec- The rear window wiper and washer onds. operate when the ignition switch is in . Do not operate the washer if the the ON position. reservoir tank is empty. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF . Do not fill the window washer position to operate the wiper. reservoir tank with washer fluid Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera- concentrates at full strength. tion (not adjustable) Some methyl alcohol based Low (ON) — continuous low speed opera- washer fluid concentrates may tion permanently stain the grille if Push the switch forward to operate the spilled while filling the window washer. Then the wiper will also operate washer reservoir tank. several times. . Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do 2-50 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

Reverse Link feature: To defog/defrost the rear window glass When the windshield wiper switch is on, and outside mirrors (if so equipped), start moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) the engine and push the switch on. The position will operate the rear window indicator light will illuminate. Push the wiper. switch again to turn the defroster off. NOTE: It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes. The Reverse Link feature may be disabled. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). CAUTION Wiper drip wipe system: The wiper will also operate once about 3 When cleaning the inner side of the seconds after the washer and wiper are rear window, be careful not to operated. This operation is to wipe JVI0852X scratch or damage the rear window washer fluid that has dripped on the Type A defroster. windshield.

JVI0853X Type B

Instruments and controls 2-51 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

JVI1616X WAC0411X JVI1624X HEADLIGHT SWITCH Type B: Intelligent Auto Headlight system Rotate the switch to the position, and Lighting the front parking, tail, license plate, and Type A: instrument panel lights will come on. The Type A: The Intelligent Auto Headlight system Intelligent Auto Headlight system will be allows the headlights to be set so they set (Type B). turn on and off automatically. Rotate the switch to the position, and the headlights will come on and all the To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight other lights remain on. system: 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position . 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. 3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically turns the headlights on and off.

2-52 Instruments and controls To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight position. system off, turn the switch to the OFF, The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can or position. turn on the headlights automatically The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can when it is dark and turn off the headlights turn on the headlights automatically when it is light. when it is dark and turn off the headlights The headlights will also be turned on when it is light. automatically at twilight or in rainy The headlights will also be turned on weather (when the windshield wiper is automatically at twilight or in rainy operated continuously). weather (when the windshield wiper is If the ignition switch is turned to the ON operated continuously). position when the parking brake is ap- If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF plied, the headlights remain off. position and one of the doors is opened With the position selected, the head- and this condition is continued, the head- WAC0412X lights turn off when the ignition switch is lights remain on for 5 minutes. placed in the OFF position, the shift lever Type B: is in the P (Park) position, or the parking The Intelligent Auto Headlight system brake is applied. (The front parking, tail, allows the headlights to be set so they license plate, and instrument lights are turn on and off automatically. on.) To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight How to turn off all lights: system: With the AUTO position selected, all lights 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in turn off when the engine is restarted after the AUTO position or position . the parking brake is applied. 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON NOTE: position. When driving at night, the headlights 3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system remain on and cannot be turned off. automatically turns the headlights on When the vehicle is stopped, the head- and off. lights can be turned off when the head- To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight light switch is in the position. system off, turn the switch to the With the AUTO position selected (head- Instruments and controls 2-53 lights are on), the headlights will remain For automatic headlights off delay on for 5 minutes when the ignition switch setting, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened.

JVI0510X Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the Intelligent Auto Headlight; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate. Automatic headlights off delay: You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you place the ignition switch in the OFF and open any door then close all the doors. You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds.

2-54 Instruments and controls High beam assist the vicinity of the vehicle. The high beam assist system will operate — When the headlights of the when the vehicle is driven at speeds of oncoming vehicle or the lead- approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) and ing vehicle are turned off, above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading when the color of the light is vehicle appears in front of your vehicle affected due to foreign mate- when the headlight high beam is on, the rials on the lights, or when the headlight will be switched to the low light beam is out of position. beam automatically. — When there is a sudden, con- Precautions on high beam assist: tinuous change in brightness. — When driving on a road that WARNING passes over rolling hills, or a road that has level differ- JVI1617X . The high beam assist system is a ences. Example convenience but it is not a sub- — When driving on a road with Headlight beam select stitute for safe driving operation. many curves. To select the high beam function, push The driver should remain alert at the lever forward. The high beam lights all times, ensure safe driving — When a sign or mirror-like come on and the light illuminates. practices and switch the high surface is reflecting intense Pull the lever back to select the low beam. beams and low beam manually light towards the front of the Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the when necessary. vehicle. headlight high beams on and off. . The high beam or low beam may — When the container, etc. being not switch automatically under towed by a leading vehicle is the following conditions. Switch reflecting intense light. the high beam and low beam — When a headlight on your manually. vehicle is damaged or dirty. — During bad weather (rain, fog, — When the vehicle is leaning at snow, wind, etc.). an angle due to a punctured — When a light source similar to tire, being towed, etc. a headlight or tail light is in Instruments and controls 2-55 . The timing of switching the low High beam assist operations: beam and high beam may To activate the high beam assist system, change under the following situa- turn the headlight switch to the AUTO tions. position or position (Type B) and — The brightness of the head- push the lever forward (high beam lights of the oncoming vehicle position). The high beam assist indicator or leading vehicle. light in the meter will illuminate while the headlights are turned on. — The movement and direction If the high beam assist indicator light of the oncoming vehicle and does not illuminate in the above condi- the leading vehicle. tion, it may indicate that the system is not — When only one light on the functioning properly. It is recommended oncoming vehicle or the lead- you have the system checked by a ing vehicle is illuminated. NISSAN dealer. JVI1621X — When the oncoming vehicle or Type A When the vehicle speed lowers to less the leading vehicle is a two- than approximately 13 MPH (20 km/h), the wheeled vehicle. headlight remains the low beam. — Road conditions (incline, To turn off the high beam assist system, curve, the road surface, etc.). turn the headlight switch to the position or select the low beam position — The number of passengers by placing the lever in the neutral posi- and the amount of cargo. tion.

WAC0414X Type B 2-56 Instruments and controls If the ambient image sensor is damaged for extended periods of time even due to an accident, it is recommended if the headlights turn off auto- you contact a NISSAN dealer. matically. Battery saver system . When the headlight switch is in the Daytime Running Light (DRL) sys- or position while the ignition tem switch is in the ON position, the lights will automatically turn off within a Type A: period of time after the ignition switch The LED portion of the headlights auto- has been placed in the OFF position. matically illuminate at 100% intensity . When the headlight switch remains in when the engine is started and the the or position after the lights parking brake released. The LED Daytime automatically turn off, the lights will Running Light (DRL) operate with the WAC0198X turn on when the ignition switch is headlight switch in the OFF position or placed in the ON position. in the position. When you turn the Ambient image sensor maintenance: headlight switch to the position for full illumination, the LED lights switch The ambient image sensor for the high from LED DRL to the park function. beam assist system is located in front of CAUTION the inside mirror. To keep the proper If the parking brake is applied before the operation of the high beam assist system . When you turn on the headlight engine is started, the LED DRL do not and prevent a system malfunction, be switch again after the lights auto- illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when sure to observe the following: matically turn off, the lights will the parking brake is released. The LED . not turn off automatically. Be DRL will remain on until the ignition Always keep the windshield clean. sure to turn the light switch to switch is placed in the OFF position. . Do not attach a sticker (including the OFF (if so equipped) or the It is necessary at dusk to turn the head- transparent material) or install an AUTO position when you leave accessory near the ambient image light switch ON for interior controls and the vehicle for extended periods switches to illuminate, as those remain sensor. of time, otherwise the battery will . OFF while the switch is in the OFF Do not strike or damage the areas be discharged. position. around the ambient image sensor. Do . Never leave the light switch on not touch the sensor lens that is when the engine is not running located on the ambient image sensor. Instruments and controls 2-57 not latch, and release the lever. The turn WARNING signal will automatically flash three times. Choose the appropriate method to signal When the LED DRL system is active, a lane change based on road and traffic tail lights on your vehicle are not on. conditions. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights. Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.

Type B: The LED portion of the headlights automatically illuminate at 100% intensity when the engine is started and the JVI1591X parking brake released. The DRL operate Example with the headlight switch in the AUTO TURN SIGNAL SWITCH position or position, the headlight must be off. When you turn the headlight Turn signal switch to the position for full illumi- Move the lever up or down to signal the nation, the LED lights switch from LED turning direction. When the turn is com- DRL to the park function. pleted, the turn signals cancel automati- If the parking brake is applied before the cally. engine is started, the LED DRL do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when Lane change signal the parking brake is released. The LED Move the lever up or down until the turn DRL will remain on until the ignition signal begins to flash, but the lever does switch is placed in the OFF position or not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the headlight turns on. the lever until the lane change is completed. Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does 2-58 Instruments and controls HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped)

JVI0980X JVI1569X JVI1592X Example To sound the horn, push the center pad The heated steering wheel system is FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) area of the steering wheel. designed to operate only when the sur- To turn the fog lights on, turn the head- face temperature of the steering wheel is light switch to the position, then turn WARNING below 68°F (20°C). the fog light switch to the position. Push the heated steering wheel switch to To turn the fog lights on with the head- warm the steering wheel after the engine light switch in the AUTO position or Do not disassemble the horn. Doing starts. The indicator light on the switch position (Type B), the headlights must be so could affect proper operation of will illuminate. the supplemental front air bag sys- on, then turn the fog light switch to the If the surface temperature of the steering position. tem. Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may wheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system will To turn them off, turn the fog light switch result in serious personal injury. heat the steering wheel and cycle off and to the OFF position. on to maintain a temperature above 68°F The headlights must be on for the fog (20°C). The indicator light will remain on lights to operate. The fog lights automa- as long as the system is on. tically turn off when the high beam Push the switch again to turn the heated headlights are selected. steering wheel system off manually. The

Instruments and controls 2-59 HEATED SEATS (if so equipped) indicator light will turn off. . Any liquid spilled on the heated NOTE: WARNING seat should be removed immedi- If the surface temperature of the steer- ately with a dry cloth. ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the Do not use or allow occupants to use . When cleaning the seat, never use switch is turned on, the system will not the seat heater if you or the occu- gasoline, thinner, or any similar heat the steering wheel. This is not a pants cannot monitor elevated seat materials. malfunction. temperatures or have an inability to . If any malfunctions are found or feel pain in body parts that contact the heated seat does not operate, the seat. Use of the seat heater by turn the switch off and have the such people could result in serious system checked. It is recom- injury. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. CAUTION

. The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running. . Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat. . Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated. . Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.

2-60 Instruments and controls DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH (models without ProPILOT assist)

The heater is controlled by a thermo- stat, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the switch.

JVR0322X JVI1593X The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The dynamic driver assistance switch is The switches located on the center con- used to temporarily turn on and off the sole can be operated independently of Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system. each other. The I-LI system must be turned on with 1. Start the engine. the dynamic driver assistance switch 2. Select heat range. every time the ignition is placed in the ON position. For high-speed heating, push the HI (High) side of the switch. When the dynamic driver assistance switch is turned off, the indicator on For low-speed heating, push the LO the switch is off. The indicator will also be (Low) side of the switch. off if the I-LI system is deactivated using The indicator light on the switch will the vehicle information display. illuminate when the heater is on. The I-LI system warns the driver with an 3. To turn off the heater, return the indicator and a chime, and helps assist switch to the level position. Make sure the driver to return the vehicle to the the indicator light goes off. center of the traveling lane by applying

Instruments and controls 2-61 STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (models VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) with ProPILOT assist) OFF SWITCH the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time). For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).

WAC0074X SIC4544 The steering assist switch is used to The vehicle should be driven with the temporarily turn on and off the steering Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on assist system. for most driving conditions. The steering assist system controls the If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the steering system to help keep your vehicle VDC system reduces the engine output to near the center of the lane when driving. reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will For additional information, see “ProPILOT be reduced even if the accelerator is assist” (P.5-64). depressed to the floor. If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF switch. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system. (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” 2-62 Instruments and controls INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH (if REAR DOOR ALERT so equipped)

(P.5-131).) The Rear Door Alert system functions under certain conditions to indicate there may be an object or passenger in the rear seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the vehicle. The Rear Door Alert system is initially disabled. The driver can enable the system using the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). When the system is enabled: . The system is activated when a rear door is opened and closed within 10 JVI1595X minutes of the vehicle being driven. When the vehicle is started and the The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located system is activated, a visual message on the instrument panel. The AWD LOCK appears in the vehicle information indicator light will illuminate when the display. For additional information, switch is turned on. For additional infor- see “44. Rear Door Alert is activated” mation, refer to “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-123). (P.2-36). Each time you push the switch, the AWD . If a rear door is opened and closed but mode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO. the vehicle is not driven within approximately 10 minutes, the system will not be activated. A rear door must be opened and closed and the vehicle is driven within 10 minutes for the system to activate. When the Rear Door Alert system is activated and a driver exits the vehicle after arriving at a destination:

Instruments and controls 2-63 ECO MODE SWITCH

. When the driver puts the vehicle in the . There may be times when there is P (Park) position, a message appears an object or passenger in the rear in the vehicle information display for seat(s) but the audible alert does the driver to “Dismiss Message” or not sound. For example, this may “Disable Alert” if desired. occur if rear seat passengers . With the system enabled, when the enter or exit the vehicle during a driver exits the vehicle, an audible alert trip. (horn sound) will occur unless a rear . The system does not directly door is opened and closed within a detect objects or passengers in short time to deactivate the alert. . the rear seat(s). Instead, it can If the doors are locked before the alert detect when a rear door is is deactivated by opening a rear door, opened and closed, indicating the horn will sound. that there may be something in . If the system is activated but the the rear seat(s). liftgate is opened before opening a JVS0185X rear door, the horn will be delayed NOTE: The ECO mode system helps to enhance until after the liftgate is closed. There may be times when the horn the fuel economy by controlling the . If the audible horn alert occurs, a sounds but there are no objects or engine and CVT operation (for CVT mod- message will also appear in the vehi- passengers in the rear seat(s). els) automatically to avoid rapid accelera- cle information display that states, tion. “Check Back Seat for all articles”. For For additional information, see “44. Rear additional information, see “45. Check Door Alert is activated” (P.2-36). To turn on the ECO mode system, push Back Seat For all articles” (P.2-36). the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator appears on the meter. To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO WARNING switch again. The ECO mode indicator will turn off. . If the driver selects “Disable . The ECO mode system cannot be Alert”, no audible alert will be turned off while the accelerator pedal provided regardless of rear door is depressed even if the ECO switch is open/close status. pushed to OFF. Release the accelerator pedal to turn off the ECO mode 2-64 Instruments and controls POWER OUTLET

system. The power outlet is located in the instru- . The ECO mode system will turn off ment panel and center console box. automatically if a malfunction occurs in the system. . Turn off the ECO mode system when CAUTION acceleration is required such as when: . — driving with a heavy load of pas- The outlet and plug may be hot sengers or cargo in the vehicle during or immediately after use. . — driving on a steep uphill slope Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory. . Use power outlet with the engine WAC0077X running to avoid discharging the Instrument Panel vehicle battery. . Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on. . This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit. . Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open. . Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure the electrical WAC0233X accessory being used is turned Center Console Box OFF. Instruments and controls 2-65 . When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any CAUTION liquid to contact the outlet. . Do not force a USB device into the connector. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the connector may damage the connector. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the connector. . Do not use a reversible USB cable. Using the reversible USB cable may damage the connector. WAC0234X USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHAR- GING CONNECTOR The USB charging connector is located in the center console box. The USB charging connector can be used only for charging an external device. Connect a USB device into the connector. Charging will start automatically (maximum output up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A). The external device will be charged continuously while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. Some mobile devices cannot be charged depending on their specifications.

2-66 Instruments and controls EMERGENCY CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so equipped)

EMERGENCY SUPPORT NissanConnect® Customer Support Line: — The line is busy. 1-855-426-6628 NissanConnect® Services provides var- — The TCU (Telematics Control ious services to support dealing with Unit) or other systems of your emergencies of the subscribed vehicle WARNING vehicle are not working prop- and the driver. erly. For example, in case of an illness or . Please note that the Automatic — It may not be possible to serious injury, you can seek support by Collision Notification service and make an emergency call de- pushing the in-vehicle Emergency Call Emergency Call function cannot pending on the severity of a (SOS) button and connecting to Nissan- be used in the following condi- collision and/or emergency. Connect® Services. NissanConnect® Ser- tions: vices can specify the location of the . Park the vehicle in a safe location vehicle via GPS, and the information will — Emergency functions and ser- and set the parking brake before be sent to the police or other agencies as vices will not be available operating the Emergency Call needed. without a paid subscription (SOS) button. to NissanConnect® Services. For information about other NissanCon- . Only use this service in case of an nect® Services emergency support re- — The NissanConnect® Services emergency. There may be a pen- lated services, refer to the network system is disabled. alty for inappropriate use of the NissanConnect® Services website or con- — The vehicle moves outside the service. tact the NissanConnect® Customer Sup- service area where the TCU . Radio waves could adversely af- port Line. (Telematics Control Unit) is fect electric medical equipment. NissanConnect® Services website: connected to the system. Individuals who use pacemakers should contact the device manu- For U.S. — The vehicle is outside the area facturer regarding any possible www.nissanusa.com/connect where the cellular network effects before using the system. service is receivable. For Canada . The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) http://www.nissan.ca/nissanconnect — The vehicle is in a location antenna is installed inside the (English) with poor signal reception upper central part of the instru- such as tunnels, underground ment panel. An occupant should www.nissan.ca/nissanconnect/fr parking garages, behind (French) not get any closer to the antenna buildings or in mountainous than specified by the pacemaker areas. manufacturer. The radio waves

Instruments and controls 2-67 NOTE: from the TCU antenna may ad- . When making an emergency call, be versely affect the operation of the sure the ignition switch is turned to pacemaker while using the Nis- the ON position. The emergency call sanConnect® Services. cannot be activated while the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position. . After the Emergency Call (SOS) button is pushed, it may take some time until the system initiates connection, depending on the technical environment and whether the TCU (Telematics Control Unit) is being used by other services. WAC0510X . An indicator light on the Emergency Call (SOS) button shows the readi- Making an emergency call ness of the emergency support system. If the indicator light is not The design may vary from the illustra- illuminated, pushing the Emergency tions depending on the models and Call (SOS) button does not connect specifications. your vehicle to the Response Spe- 1. Push the Emergency Call (SOS) button. cialist. 2. When the line is connected, speak to The indicator light blinks while con- the Response Specialist. nected to the NissanConnect® Ser- vices Response Center. If you want to cancel the emergency call, . Even when the indicator light is push and hold the Emergency Call (SOS) illuminated, connection to the Nis- button for a few seconds. sanConnect® Services Response The Emergency Call (SOS) button is lo- Center may not be possible. If this cated near the map light. occurs in an emergency situation, contact the authorities by other means.

2-68 Instruments and controls STORAGE

. To avoid disconnecting the line, do CUP HOLDERS not turn off the engine or the hybrid system. CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger. . Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

JVI1601X Center console Front

Instruments and controls 2-69 CAUTION

. Do not push the front edge of the luggage board forcibly. Doing so may cause the luggage board to be tilted, resulting in personal injury. . Do not handle the luggage board forcibly as this may deform it. . While in the upper position, do not recline the seatbacks. . Do not place cargo higher than JVI0873X JVI0884X the seatbacks. In a sudden stop Door (front and rear) or collision, unsecured cargo Rear seat (if so equipped) FLEXIBLE LUGGAGE BOARDS (if so could cause personal injury. The rear cup holders are located in the equipped) NOTE: rear fold-down armrest. You can use the cargo area in diverse SOFT BOTTLE HOLDERS ways using the flexible luggage boards. The diversity of the cargo area may be restricted depending on the equipment of each vehicle. CAUTION WARNING

. Do not use bottle holder for any Do not put objects heavier than 110 other objects that could be lbs (50 kg) on the load floor. thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident. . Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers.

2-70 Instruments and controls JVI0888X JVI1685X GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX To open the console box lid, push up the WARNING knob and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid down until the lock Keep glove box lid closed while driv- latches. ing to help prevent injury in an JVI1620X accident or a sudden stop.

1. Pull the outer board upward to 90°. To open the glove box, pull the handle. 2. Push down the board until it stops. To close, push the lid in until the lock latches. The glove box light illuminates when the headlight switch is turned on.

Instruments and controls 2-71 . Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.

To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

JVI0619X SIC4348 SUNGLASSES HOLDER CARD HOLDER (driver’s side) Slide a card in the card holder. WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to avoid obstructing the driver’s view and to help prevent an accident.

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.

2-72 Instruments and controls JVI1686X JVI1336X JVI1334X Cargo area Cargo area (hooks for shopping bags, etc.) PARCEL SHELF (if so equipped) LUGGAGE HOOKS To use the hook, pull it up as illustrated. WARNING WARNING Do not apply a total load of more WARNING than 7 lb (3 kg) to the hook. . Never put anything on the parcel shelf, no matter how small. Any . Always make sure that the cargo object on it could cause an injury is properly secured. Use the sui- in case of an accident or if the table ropes and hooks. brakes are applied suddenly. . Unsecured cargo can become . Do not leave the parcel shelf in dangerous in an accident or sud- position when it is disengaged den stop. from the grooves. . Do not apply a total load of more . Properly secure all cargo to help than 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook. prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than

Instruments and controls 2-73 the seatbacks. In a sudden stop 4. Close the liftgate. or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury . The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the parcel shelf or items in the cargo area. Remove the parcel shelf from the vehicle or store it in its storage space. Also, secure any lose items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.

JVI1335X Removal 1. Open the liftgate. (See “Liftgate” (P.3- 26).) CAUTION 2. Detach both of the ropes (left and right) from the inside of the liftgate. Make sure the parcel shelf is carefully stored when not in use in order 3. Detach the parcel shelf by simply to prevent any damage. pulling it rearwards through the liftgate opening. Installation 1. Open the liftgate. 2. Insert the parcel shelf by pushing it forwards as far as possible through the liftgate opening. 3. Attach the corresponding ropes to each side of the liftgate.

2-74 Instruments and controls ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V. . Properly secure all cargo with M.S.S. certification label (located on the ropes or straps to help prevent it driver’s door pillar). For additional infor- from sliding or shifting. In a sud- mation regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer den stop or collision, unsecured to “Vehicle loading information” (P.10-12). cargo could cause personal injury. WARNING

. Always install the cross bars onto the roof side rails before loading cargo of any kind. Loading cargo directly onto the roof side rails or the vehicle’s roof may cause ve- JVI0889X hicle damage. . Drive extra carefully when the Do not apply any load directly to the roof vehicle is loaded at or near the side rails. Cross bars must be installed cargo carrying capacity, espe- before applying load/cargo/luggage to cially if the significant portion of the roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSAN that load is carried on the cross accessory cross bars are available bars. through a NISSAN dealer. It is recom- . mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for Heavy loading of the cross bars additional information. has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling The service load capacity for the roof side during sudden or unusual hand- rails is 150 lb (68 kg), however do not ling maneuvers. exceed the accessory cross bars load . capacity. Roof rack cross bars should be evenly distributed. Be careful that your vehicle does not . exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Do not exceed maximum roof (GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating rack cross bars load. (GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and

Instruments and controls 2-75 WINDOWS

POWER WINDOWS seconds, power to the windows is canceled. WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows. . To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its SIC4533 systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door 1. Window lock button lock activation, do not leave chil- 2. Driver side window dren, people who require the 3. Rear left passenger side window assistance of others or pets un- 4. Front passenger side window attended in your vehicle. Addi- 5. Rear right passenger side window tionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can Main power window switch (driver’s quickly become high enough to side) cause a significant risk of injury To open or close the window, push down or death to people and pets. or pull up the switch and hold it. The main switch (driver side switches) will The power windows operate when the open or close all the windows. ignition switch is in the ON position, or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened during this period of about 45 2-76 Instruments and controls Locking passengers’ windows When the lock button is pushed in, only the driver side window can be opened or closed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC4523 SIC4524

Passenger side power window Automatic operation switch The automatic operation is available for The passenger side switch will open or the switch that has an mark on its close only the corresponding window. To surface. open or close the window, push down or To fully open or close the window, com- pull up the switch and hold it. pletely push down or pull up the switch and release it; the switch need not be held. The window will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the window, just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction. A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released.

Instruments and controls 2-77 MOONROOF (if so equipped)

Auto-reverse function If the windows do not close automatically WARNING WARNING If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, . In an accident you could be perform the following procedure to initi- thrown from the vehicle through There are some small distances im- alize the power window system. an open moonroof. Always use mediately before the closed position seat belts and child restraints. which cannot be detected. Make sure 1. Start the engine. . that all passengers have their hands, 2. Close the door. Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their etc., inside the vehicle before closing 3. After starting the engine, open the the window. body out of the moonroof open- window completely by operating the ing while the vehicle is in motion power window switch. or while the moonroof is closing. If the control unit detects something 4. Pull the power window switch and caught in the window as it is closing, the hold it to close the window, and then window will be immediately lowered. hold the switch more than 3 seconds The auto reverse function can be acti- after the window is closed completely. CAUTION vated when the window is closed by 5. Release the power window switch. . automatic operation when the ignition Operate the window by the automatic Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from the moonroof before switch is in the ON position or for 45 function to confirm the initialization is opening. seconds after the ignition switch is placed complete. in the OFF position. . If the power window automatic function Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding Depending on the environment or driv- does not operate properly after perform- area. ing conditions, the auto reverse func- ing the procedure above, it is recom- tion may be activated if an impact or mended you have your vehicle checked load similar to something being caught by a NISSAN dealer. POWER MOONROOF in the window occurs. The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. The moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If the driver’s door or the passenger’s door is opened 2-78 Instruments and controls during this period of about 45 seconds, Sliding the moonroof power to the moonroof is canceled. To fully open or close the moonroof, push the switch to the open or close position and release it; it need not be held. The roof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the roof, push the switch once more while it is opening or closing. Auto reverse function

WARNING

JVI0655X There are some small distances immediately before the closed position Sunshade which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, The sunshade will open automatically etc., inside the vehicle before closing when the moonroof is opened. However, the moonroof. it must be closed manually. Tilting the moonroof If the control unit detects something To tilt up, first close the moonroof, then caught in the moonroof when it is closing, push the switch to the tilt up position the moonroof will be immediately and release it; it need not be held. To tilt opened. down the moonroof, push the switch to The auto reverse function can be acti- the tilt down position . vated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If the moonroof cannot be closed auto- Instruments and controls 2-79 INTERIOR LIGHTS matically when the auto reverse function repaired. It is recommended you visit a activates due to a malfunction, push and NISSAN dealer for this service. CAUTION hold the moonroof switch to the close position . . Do not leave the light switch on Depending on the environment or driv- when the engine is not running ing conditions, the auto reverse func- for extended periods of time to tion may be activated if an impact or prevent the battery from being load similar to something being caught discharged. in the moonroof occurs. . Turn off the lights when you leave If the moonroof does not operate the vehicle. If the moonroof does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system. 1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by repeatedly pushing the moonroof switch to the close position to tilt the moonroof up. 2. Push and hold the switch to the close position . 3. Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down. 4. Push and hold the switch to the open position to fully tilt the moonroof down. 5. Check if the moonroof switch operates normally. If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your moonroof checked and 2-80 Instruments and controls JVI0626X JVI0627X JVI0628X INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped) MAP LIGHTS The interior light can be turned ON The console light will turn on whenever Push the button to turn the map lights regardless of door position. The light will the parking lights or headlights are illu- on. To turn them off, push the button go off after a period of time unless the minated. again. ignition switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened. The interior lights can be set to operate when the doors are opened. To turn off the interior lights when a door open, push the switch, the interior lights will not illuminate, regardless of door position. The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, or the driver’s door is closed and locked. The lights will also go off after a period of time when the doors are open.

Instruments and controls 2-81 . The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. (model with Intelligent Key system) The interior light timer will be cancelled when: . The driver’s door is locked. . The ignition switch is placed in the ON position. When the switch is in the OFF position , the room light does not illuminate, regardless of any condition.

SIC2063A SIC3869 ROOM LIGHT VANITY MIRROR LIGHT (if so The room light has a three-position equipped) switch. The light on the vanity mirror will turn on When the switch is in the ON position , when the cover on the vanity mirror is the room light illuminates. opened. When the switch is in the DOOR position When the cover is closed, the light will , the room light illuminates when a door turn off. is opened. The lights will also turn off after a The interior light timer will keep the room period of time when the lights remain light on for approximately 15 seconds illuminated to prevent the battery from when: becoming discharged. . The key is removed from the ignition switch with the driver’s door closed. (model without Intelligent Key system)

2-82 Instruments and controls HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver CARGO LIGHT stop and reverse features as re- provides a convenient way to consolidate quired by federal safety stan- The cargo lights illuminate when the the functions of up to three individual dards. (These standards became liftgate is opened. When the liftgate is hand-held transmitters into one built-in effective for opener models man- closed, the lights will turn off. device. ufactured after April 1, 1982.) A The light will also turn off after a period HomeLink® Universal Transceiver: of time when the light remains illumi- garage door opener which cannot nated after the ignition switch has been . Will operate most Radio Frequency detect an object in the path of a pushed to the OFF position to prevent (RF) devices such as garage doors, closing garage door and then the battery from becoming discharged. gates, home and office lighting, entry automatically stop and reverse, door locks and security systems. does not meet current federal . Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. safety standards. Using a garage No separate batteries are required. If door opener without these fea- the vehicle’s battery is discharged or is tures increases the risk of serious disconnected, HomeLink® will retain injury or death. all programming. . During the programming proce- When the HomeLink® Universal Trans- dure your garage door or security ceiver is programmed, retain the origi- gate will open and close (if the nal transmitter for future programming transmitter is within range). Make procedures (Example: new vehicle pur- sure that people or objects are chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the clear of the garage door, gate, programmed HomeLink® Universal etc. that you are programming. Transceiver buttons should be erased . Your vehicle’s engine should be for security purposes. For additional turned off while programming information, refer to “Programming the HomeLink® Universal Trans- HomeLink®” (P.2-84). ceiver. Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. WARNING Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or . Do not use the HomeLink® Uni- death. versal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety

Instruments and controls 2-83 PROGRAMMING HomeLink® The following steps show generic instructions how to program a HomeLink® button. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink. com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515. NOTE: It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker programming and accurate transmis- JVI0428X JVI0429X sion of the radio-frequency. 1. Position the end of your hand-held 2. Using both hands, simultaneously 3. Press and hold the programmed transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away press and hold the desired HomeLink® HomeLink® button and observe the from the HomeLink® surface, keeping button and handheld transmitter but- indicator light. . the HomeLink® indicator light in ton. DO NOT release until the If the indicator light is solid/ view. HomeLink® indicator light flashes continuous, programming is com- slowly and then rapidly. When the plete and your device should acti- indicator light flashes rapidly, both vate when the HomeLink® button is buttons may be released. (The rapid pressed and released. flashing indicates successful pro- . If the indicator light blinks rapidly gramming.) for two seconds and then turns to a NOTE: solid/continuous light, continue Some devices to be programmed with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code may require you to replace Step 2 device. A second person may make with the cycling procedure noted in the following steps easier. Use a the “Programming HomeLink® for ladder or other device. Do not stand Canadian customers and gate open- on your vehicle to perform the next ers” (P.2-85). steps. 2-84 Instruments and controls 4. At the receiver located on the garage PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR held transmitter every two seconds until door opener motor in the garage, CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE the frequency signal has been learned. locate the “learn” or “smart” button The HomeLink® indicator light will flash (the name and color of the button OPENERS slowly and then rapidly after several may vary by manufacturer but it is Canadian radio-frequency laws require seconds upon successful programming. usually located near where the hang- transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) DO NOT release until the HomeLink® ing antenna wire is attached to the after several seconds of transmission – indicator light flashes slowly and then unit). If there is difficulty locating the which may not be long enough for rapidly. When the indicator light flashes button, reference the garage door HomeLink® to pick up the signal during rapidly, both buttons may be released. opener’s manual. programming. Similar to this Canadian The rapid flashing indicates successful law, some U.S. gate operators are de- 5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” programming. signed to “time-out” in the same manner. button. Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®” If you live in Canada or you are having NOTE: step 3 to complete. difficulties programming a gate operator Once the button is pressed, you have Remember to plug the device back in or garage door opener by using the approximately 30 seconds to initiate when programming is completed. “Programming HomeLink®” procedures, the next step. replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI- 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press 2 with the following: VERSAL TRANSCEIVER and hold the programmed HomeLink® NOTE: button for two seconds and release. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, Repeat the “press/hold/release” se- When programming a garage door after it is programmed, can be used to quence up to 3 times to complete opener, etc., unplug the device during activate the programmed device. To op- the programming process. HomeLink® the “cycling” process to prevent possi- erate, simply press and release the appro- should now activate your rolling code ble damage to the garage door opener priate programmed HomeLink® Universal equipped device. components. Transceiver button. The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneously 7. If you have any questions or are being transmitted. having difficulty programming your press and hold the desired HomeLink® HomeLink® buttons, refer to the button and the hand-held transmitter For convenience, the hand-held transmit- HomeLink® web site at: www. button. During programming, your hand- ter of the device may also be used at any homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800- held transmitter may automatically stop time. 355-3515. transmitting. Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink® button while you press and re-press (“cycle”) your hand- Instruments and controls 2-85 PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT- CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN- “Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1. ING FORMATION For questions or comments, contact If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn The following procedure clears the pro- HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com/ the hand-held transmitter information: grammed information from both buttons. nissan or 1-800-355-3515. . replace the hand-held transmitter Individual buttons cannot be cleared. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver batteries with new batteries. However, individual buttons can be re- button has now been reprogrammed. programmed, see “Reprogramming a sin- The new device can be activated by . position the hand-held transmitter gle HomeLink® button” (P.2-86). pushing the HomeLink® button that was with its battery area facing away from just programmed. This procedure will not the HomeLink® surface. To clear all programming . affect any other programmed HomeLink® press and hold both the HomeLink® 1. Press and hold the two outer buttons. and hand-held transmitter buttons HomeLink® buttons until the indicator IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN without interruption. light begins to flash in approximately . position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer If your vehicle is stolen, you should in (26-76 mm) away from the than 20 seconds. change the codes of any non-rolling code HomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit- device that has been programmed into ter in that position for up to 15 2. Release both buttons. HomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manual seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro- HomeLink® is now in the programming of each device or call the manufacturer or grammed within that time, try holding mode and can be programmed at any dealer of those devices for additional the transmitter in another position - time beginning with “Programming information. keeping the indicator light in view at HomeLink®” - Step 1. When your vehicle is recovered, you will all times. REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE need to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni- If you have any questions or are having HomeLink® BUTTON versal Transceiver with your new trans- difficulty programming your HomeLink® mitter information. To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site FCC Notice: at: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800- Transceiver button, complete the follow- 355-3515. ing. For USA: 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® This device complies with Part 15 of the button. Do not release the button. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the 2. The indicator light will begin to flash following two conditions: (1) This device after 20 seconds. Without releasing may not cause harmful interference, the HomeLink® button, proceed with and (2) this device must accept any

2-86 Instruments and controls interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Instruments and controls 2-87 MEMO

2-88 Instruments and controls 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...... 3-2 Remote starting the engine ...... 3-23 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key (if Extending engine run time ...... 3-24 so equipped) ...... 3-2 Canceling a remote engine start ...... 3-24 Intelligent Key (if so equipped) ...... 3-3 Conditions the remote engine start will Doors ...... 3-5 not work ...... 3-24 Locking with key ...... 3-5 Hood ...... 3-25 Locking with inside lock knob ...... 3-6 Liftgate ...... 3-26 Locking with power door lock switch...... 3-6 Liftgate release lever ...... 3-27 Automatic door locks ...... 3-7 Fuel-filler door ...... 3-28 Child safety rear door lock...... 3-7 Opening the fuel-filler door...... 3-28 Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped)...... 3-7 Fuel-filler cap ...... 3-28 How to use remote keyless entry system ...... 3-8 Tilt/telescopic steering ...... 3-30 Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) ...... 3-11 Tilt or telescopic operation ...... 3-31 Intelligent Key operating range ...... 3-13 Sun visors...... 3-31 Door locks/unlocks precaution ...... 3-13 Mirrors ...... 3-32 Intelligent Key operation ...... 3-14 Inside mirror ...... 3-32 Battery saver system ...... 3-16 Outside mirrors ...... 3-33 Warning lights and audible reminders ...... 3-16 Vanity mirror ...... 3-34 Troubleshooting guide ...... 3-17 Memory Seat (if so equipped)...... 3-34 How to use remote keyless entry function ...... 3-19 Memory storage function ...... 3-35 Remote engine start (if so equipped) ...... 3-23 Entry/Exit function ...... 3-35 Remote engine start operating range...... 3-23 System operation ...... 3-36 KEYS

A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it CAUTION in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer Immobilizer System key, which con- for duplicates by using the key number. tains an electrical transponder, to NISSAN does not record any key numbers come into contact with water or salt so it is very important to keep track of water. This could affect the system your key number plate. function. A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can be duplicated without knowing the key number. JVP0307X

1. Master key (2) 2. Key number plate (1) NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- TEM KEY (if so equipped) Your vehicle can only be driven with the master keys, which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 master keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the master of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the master components when registering new keys, be sure to take all master keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 1. Intelligent Key (2 sets) 2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2 sets) 3. Key number plate INTELLIGENT KEY (if so equipped) Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 In- telligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and JVP0543X SPA2406 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of Type A your vehicle. Since the registration pro- Mechanical key cess requires erasing all memory in the To unfold the key from the fob, press the Intelligent Key components when regis- release button. tering new keys, be sure to take all When storing the key, press the release Intelligent Keys that you have to the button and push key to fold the key back NISSAN dealer. into fob slot. CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note JVP0177X the following. Type B Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 — The Intelligent Key is water machine. This could affect resistant; however, wetting the system function. may damage the Intelligent . If an Intelligent Key is lost or Key. If the Intelligent Key gets stolen, NISSAN recommends wet, immediately wipe until it erasing the ID code of that Intel- is completely dry. ligent Key. This will prevent the — Do not bend, drop or strike it Intelligent Key from unauthorized against another object. use to unlock the vehicle. For — If the outside temperature is information regarding the eras- below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the ing procedure, it is recommended battery of the Intelligent Key you visit a NISSAN dealer. may not function properly. — Do not place the Intelligent SPA2033 Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key, release — Do not change or modify the the lock knob at the back of the Intelli- Intelligent Key. gent Key. — Do not use a magnet key To install the mechanical key, firmly insert holder. it into the Intelligent Key until the lock — Do not place the Intelligent knob returns to the lock position. Key near an electric appliance Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock such as a television set, per- the driver’s door. (See “Doors” (P.3-5).) sonal computer or cellular phone. — Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments DOORS

CAUTION WARNING

Always carry the mechanical key . Always have the doors locked installed in the Intelligent Key. while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders. . Before opening any door, always SPA2457 look for and avoid oncoming traffic. LOCKING WITH KEY . To help avoid risk of injury or To lock the driver’s door, insert the death through unintended opera- mechanical key to the door key cylinder tion of the vehicle and or its and turn the key to the front of the systems, including entrapment vehicle . in windows or inadvertent door To unlock the driver’s door, turn the lock activation, do not leave chil- mechanical key to the rear of the vehicle dren, people who require the . assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Addi- To lock or unlock the other door, use the tionally, the temperature inside a power door lock switch, the LOCK or closed vehicle on a warm day can UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key quickly become high enough to or the key fob, or the request switch (if so cause a significant risk of injury equipped). or death to people and pets.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch (located on the driver’s and front passenger’s doors) will lock or unlock all the doors. To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver’s and front passenger’s doors open, then close the door. When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. To unlock the doors, push the power door SPA2726 SPA2803 lock switch to the unlock position . Driver’s armrest LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB Lockout protection To lock the door without the key, move Lockout protection function helps to the inside lock knob to the lock position prevent the keys from being accidentally then close the door. locked inside the vehicle. To unlock, move the inside lock knob to When the power door lock switch (driver’s the unlock position . or front passenger’s side) is moved to the When locking the door without a key, be lock position with the Intelligent Key left sure not to leave the key inside the in the vehicle (models with Intelligent Key vehicle. system) or the key left in the ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key system) and any door open, all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed.

SPA2804 Passenger’s armrest 3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (if so equipped)

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS It is possible to lock/unlock all doors . (including the liftgate), and activate the All doors lock automatically when the panic alarm by using the key fob from vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 outside the vehicle. km/h). . All doors unlock automatically when Before locking the doors, make sure the the ignition switch is placed in the OFF key is not left in the vehicle. position or when the shift lever is The key fob can operate at a distance of moved to the P (Park) position, if approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the selected (CVT model). vehicle. (The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.) As many as 4 key fobs can be used with one vehicle. For information concerning the purchase and use of additional key SPA2801 fobs, contact a NISSAN dealer. The key fob will not function: CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK . When the key fob is not within the Child safety rear door locks help prevent operational range. the rear doors from being opened acci- . When the doors are open or not dentally, especially when small children closed securely. are in the vehicle. . When the key is in the ignition switch. When the levers are in the lock position . When the battery is discharged. , the rear doors can be opened only from the outside. To disengage, move the levers to the WARNING unlock position . The remote keyless entry key fob transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communica- tion systems. Do not operate the key

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 fob while on an airplane. Make sure dealer. the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored For information regarding the replace- during a flight. ment of a battery, see “Key fob battery replacement” (P.8-21).

CAUTION

The following conditions or occur- rences will damage the key fob. . Do not allow the key fob to become wet. . Do not drop the key fob. JVP0308X . Do not strike the key fob sharply Jackknife type key release button against another object. LOCK button . If the outside temperature is be- UNLOCK button low 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat- PANIC button tery of key fob may not function Battery indicator light properly. . Do not place the key fob for an HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS extended period in an area where ENTRY SYSTEM temperatures exceed 140°F Welcome light and farewell light (60°C). function If a key fob is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of When you lock or unlock the doors or the that key fob. This will prevent the key liftgate, the daytime running lights, park- fob from unauthorized use to unlock ing lights and the tail lights will illuminate the vehicle. For information regard- for a period of time. The welcome light ing the erasing procedure, it is re- and farewell light function can be dis- commended that you visit a NISSAN abled. For information about disabling 3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments . the welcome light and farewell light 2. Push the UNLOCK button again Any of the buttons on the key fob is function, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). within 5 seconds. pushed. (Note: the PANIC button . All the doors and the liftgate unlock. must be pushed for more than 1 Locking doors . The hazard indicator flashes once if second.) 1. Remove the key from the ignition all doors are completely closed. Battery indicator light switch. All doors will be locked automatically The battery indicator light illuminates 2. Close all the doors. unless one of the following operations is when you push any button. If the light 3. Push the LOCK button on the performed within 1 minute of pushing the does not illuminate, the battery is weak or key fob. UNLOCK button. needs replacement. For information re- 4. All the doors will lock. . Any door or liftgate is opened. garding replacement of a battery, see . All of the doors will lock when the The ignition switch is placed in the ON “Key fob battery replacement” (P.8-21). LOCK button is pushed even position. Setting hazard indicator and horn though a door remains open. NOTE: mode 5. The hazard indicator flashes twice The unlocking operation can be chan- This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and and the horn chirps once. ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle horn mode when you first receive the . When the LOCK button is pushed Settings of the vehicle information dis- vehicle. with all doors locked, the hazard play. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). In hazard indicator and horn mode, when indicator flashes twice and the horn the LOCK button is pushed, the chirps once as a reminder that the Using panic alarm hazard indicator flashes twice and the doors are already locked. If you are near your vehicle and feel horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK . Operate the door handles to confirm threatened, you may activate the alarm button is pushed, the hazard indicator that the doors have been securely to call attention as follows: flashes once. locked. 1. Push the PANIC button on the If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can Unlocking doors key fob for more than 0.5 seconds. switch to hazard indicator only mode by 1. Push the UNLOCK button on 2. The theft warning alarm and head- following the switching procedure. the key fob. lights will stay on for 25 seconds. In hazard indicator only mode, when the . The driver’s door unlocks. 3. The panic alarm stops when: LOCK button is pushed, the hazard . The hazard indicator flashes once if . It has run for 25 seconds, or indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK all doors are completely closed. button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 Mode (Pushing the or Switching procedure: DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK button) To switch the hazard indicator and horn HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once Hazard indicator and horn mode operation, push the LOCK and HORN - once HORN - none UNLOCK buttons on the key fob Hazard indicator mode HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none simultaneously for more than 2 seconds. . When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times. . When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.

The horn operation can also be turned on or off in the vehicle information display. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so equipped)

. When the vehicle is parked near a CAUTION parking meter. WARNING In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent . . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Radio waves could adversely af- Key function or use the mechanical key. fect electric medical equipment. Key with you when operating the Those who use a pacemaker vehicle. Although the life of the battery varies should contact the electric med- . Never leave the Intelligent Key in depending on the operating conditions, ical equipment manufacturer for the vehicle when you leave the the battery’s life is approximately 2 years. the possible influences before vehicle. If the battery is discharged, replace it with use. a new one. . The Intelligent Key transmits The Intelligent Key is always communi- Since the Intelligent Key is continuously radio waves when the buttons cating with the vehicle as it receives radio receiving radio waves, if the key is left are pushed. The FAA advises that waves. The Intelligent Key system trans- near equipment which transmits strong the radio waves may affect air- mits weak radio waves. Environmental radio waves, such as signals from a TV craft navigation and communica- conditions may interfere with the opera- and personal computer, the battery life tion systems. Do not operate the tion of the Intelligent Key system under may become shorter. Intelligent Key while on an air- the following operating conditions. For information regarding replacement of plane. Make sure the buttons are . When operating near a location where a battery, see “Intelligent Key battery not operated unintentionally strong radio waves are transmitted, replacement” (P.8-23). when the unit is stored during a such as a TV tower, power station and As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be flight. broadcasting station. registered and used with one vehicle. For . When in possession of wireless equip- information about the purchase and use The Intelligent Key system can operate all ment, such as a cellular phone, trans- of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom- the door locks using the remote control- ceiver, and CB radio. mended that you contact a NISSAN deal- ler function or pushing the request switch . When the Intelligent Key is in contact er. on the vehicle without taking the key out with or covered by metallic materials. from a pocket or purse. The operating . When any type of radio wave remote environment and/or conditions may af- control is used nearby. CAUTION fect the Intelligent Key system operation. . When the Intelligent Key is placed near . Be sure to read the following before using an electric appliance such as a perso- Do not allow the Intelligent Key, the Intelligent Key system. nal computer. which contains electrical components, to come into contact with Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 water or salt water. This could of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. affect the system function. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. For information regarding the erasing . Do not strike the Intelligent Key procedure, it is recommended that you sharply against another object. contact a NISSAN dealer. . Do not change or modify the The Intelligent Key function can be dis- Intelligent Key. abled. For information about disabling . Wetting may damage the Intelli- the Intelligent Key function, it is recom- gent Key. If the Intelligent Key mended that you contact a NISSAN deal- gets wet, immediately wipe until er. it is completely dry. . If the outside temperature is below 14°F (−10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly. . Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). . Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet. . Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal com- puters or cellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code 3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments SPA2074 SPA2407 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING door glass, handle or rear bumper, the DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU- RANGE request switches may not function. TION The Intelligent Key functions can only be When the Intelligent Key is within the . Do not push the door handle request used when the Intelligent Key is within operating range, it is possible for anyone switch with the Intelligent Key held in the specified operating range from the who does not carry the Intelligent Key to your hand as illustrated. The close request switch . push the request switch to lock/unlock distance to the door handle will cause the doors including the liftgate. the Intelligent Key system to have When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- difficulty recognizing that the Intelli- charged or strong radio waves are pre- gent Key is outside the vehicle. sent near the operating location, the . Intelligent Key system’s operating range After locking with the door handle becomes narrower, and the Intelligent request switch, verify the doors are Key may not function properly. securely locked by testing them. . To prevent the Intelligent Key from The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 being left inside the vehicle, make sure cm) from each request switch . you carry the key with you and then If the Intelligent Key is too close to the lock the doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 . Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door.

SPA2408 JVP0538X INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag. When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch (driver’s or front passenger’s) or liftgate request switch within the range of operation. When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a JVP0099X confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-21).

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Welcome light and farewell light off in the Vehicle Settings of the have the Intelligent Key in your function vehicle information display. For ad- possession before operating the ditional information, see “Vehicle request switch to prevent the When you lock or unlock the doors or the Settings” (P.2-23). liftgate, the daytime running lights, park- Intelligent Key from being left in . Doors lock with the door handle ing lights and the tail lights will illuminate the vehicle. request switch while the ignition for a period of time. The welcome light . The request switch is operational switch is not in the LOCK position. and farewell light function can be dis- . only when the Intelligent Key has abled. For information about disabling Doors do not lock by pushing the been detected by the Intelligent the welcome light and farewell light door handle request switch while Key system. function, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). any door is open. However, doors lock by pushing the driver’s side Locking doors door handle request switch while Unlocking doors 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) the driver’s door is closed. 1. Push the door handle request switch position (Continuously Variable Trans- . Doors do not lock with the door or the liftgate request switch mission (CVT) models), or the shift handle request switch with the In- while carrying the Intelligent Key with lever in the N (Neutral) position (Man- telligent Key inside the vehicle and a you. ual Transmission (MT) models), place beep sounds to warn you. However, 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and the ignition switch in the OFF position when an Intelligent Key is inside the outside chime sounds once. The cor- and make sure you carry the Intelli- vehicle, doors can be locked with responding door or the liftgate will gent Key with you. another Intelligent Key. unlock. 2. Close all doors. 3. Push the request switch again within 1 3. Push any door handle request switch CAUTION minute. while carrying the Intelligent Key with 4. The hazard indicator flashes once and you. . After locking the doors using the outside chime sounds once again. All 4. All doors and the liftgate will lock. request switch, make sure that the doors and the liftgate will unlock. 5. The hazard indicator lights flash twice the doors have been securely All doors will be locked automatically and the outside buzzer sounds twice. locked by operating the door unless one of the following operations is handles or the liftgate opener performed within 1 minute after pushing NOTE: switch. . the request switch while the doors are Request switches for all doors and . the liftgate can be deactivated when When locking the doors using the locked. the I-Key Door Lock setting is turned request switch, make sure to Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 . Opening any door. WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE RE- . Pushing the ignition switch. MINDERS During this 1-minute time period, if the To help prevent the vehicle from moving UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key unexpectedly by erroneous operation of is pushed, all doors will be locked auto- the Intelligent Key listed on the following matically after another 1 minute. chart or to help prevent the vehicle from NOTE: being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside The unlocking operation can be chan- and outside the vehicle and the warning ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle display appears on the vehicle informa- Settings of the vehicle information dis- tion display. play. For additional information, see When a chime or beep sounds or the “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). warning display appears, be sure to check Opening liftgate the vehicle and Intelligent Key. 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-17) and “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). 2. Push the liftgate opener switch . 3. The liftgate will unlock. BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge. . The ignition switch is in the ON position. (See “Push-button ignition switch positions” (P.5-16).) . All doors are closed, and . The shift lever is in the P (Park) position (CVT model) or N (Neutral) position (MT model).

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take The Shift to Park warning appears on When stopping the engine The shift lever is not in the P (Park) Move the shift lever to the P (Park) the display and the inside warning chime (CVT model) position. position. sounds continuously. When opening the driver’s The Door/liftgate open warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF door to get out of the vehicle on the display. position. position. The No Key Detected warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds The ignition switch is in the ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF three times and the inside warning position. position. chime sounds for approximately three seconds. The red Shift to Park warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Move the shift lever to the P (Park) When closing the door after on the display and the inside side chime position and the shift lever is not in position and place the ignition switch getting out of the vehicle sounds continuously. (CVT model) the P (Park) position. in the OFF position. The Rear Door Alert is activated mes- Check the back seat for all articles, sage appears on the display, the horn clear the Rear Door Alert warning sounds three times twice, or a Check The Rear Door Alert is activated. message by using the steering Back Seat for all articles warning ap- switches. pears on the display. When closing the door with The outside chime sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is inside the the inside lock knob turned mately three seconds and all the doors Carry the Intelligent Key with you. vehicle. to LOCK unlock. When pushing the door handle request switch or the The outside chime sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is inside the Carry the Intelligent Key with you. LOCK button on the Intelli- mately three seconds. vehicle. gent Key to lock the door

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 Replace the battery with a new one. The Key Battery Low warning appears The battery charge is low. (See “Intelligent Key battery replace- When pushing the ignition on the display. ment” (P.8-23).) switch to start the engine The Key ID Incorrect warning appears on The Intelligent Key is not in the Carry the Intelligent Key with you. the display. vehicle. When pushing the ignition The Key System Error warning appears It warns of a malfunction with the It is recommended that you contact a switch on the display. Intelligent Key system. NISSAN dealer.

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS affect the system function. Key. The remote keyless entry function can operate at a distance of approxi- ENTRY FUNCTION . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The . Do not strike the Intelligent Key operating distance depends upon the WARNING sharply against another object. conditions around the vehicle.) . Do not change or modify the The remote keyless entry function will not . Radio waves could adversely af- Intelligent Key. operate: fect electric medical equipment. . Wetting may damage the Intelli- . When the Intelligent Key is not within Those who use a pacemaker gent Key. If the Intelligent Key the operational range. should contact the electric med- gets wet, immediately wipe until . When the doors are open or not ical equipment manufacturer for it is completely dry. closed securely. the possible influences before . . use. If the outside temperature is be- When the Intelligent Key battery is low 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat- discharged. . The Intelligent Key transmits tery of the Intelligent Key may not The remote keyless entry function can radio waves when the buttons function properly. also operate the vehicle alarm. are pushed. The FAA advises that . the radio waves may affect air- Do not place the Intelligent Key craft navigation and communica- for an extended period in an area tion systems. Do not operate the where temperatures exceed Intelligent Key while on an air- 140°F (60°C). plane. Make sure the buttons are . Do not attach the Intelligent Key not operated unintentionally with a key holder that contains a when the unit is stored during a magnet. flight. . Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, CAUTION audio equipment, personal com- puters or cellular phone. . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, The remote keyless entry function can which contains electrical compo- operate all door locks using the remote nents, to come into contact with keyless entry function of the Intelligent water or salt water. This could Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 LOCK button Unlocking doors UNLOCK button 1. Push the UNLOCK button on PANIC button the Intelligent Key once. Remote engine start button 2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The When you lock or unlock the doors or the driver’s door will unlock. liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound 3. Push the UNLOCK button again as a confirmation. For details, see “Setting within 5 seconds. hazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-21). 4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All the doors and the liftgate will unlock. Locking doors All doors will be locked automatically 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF unless one of the following operations is position. performed within 1 minute after pushing 2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.* the UNLOCK button while the doors JVP0541X 3. Close all the doors. are locked. Type A . 4. Push the LOCK button on the Opening any door (including the lift- Intelligent Key. gate). . Pushing the ignition switch. 5. All the doors and the liftgate will lock. During this 1-minute time period, if the 6. The hazard indicator flashes twice UNLOCK button is pushed, all doors and the horn chirps once. will be locked automatically after another *: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key 1 minute. while the ignition switch is in the ON position. NOTE: Operate the door handles to confirm that The unlocking operation can be chan- the doors have been securely locked. ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

JVP0542X Type B 3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Using panic alarm Setting hazard indicator and horn If you are near your vehicle and feel mode threatened, you may activate the alarm This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and to call attention as follows: horn mode when you first receive the 1. Push the PANIC button on the vehicle. Intelligent Key for more than 0.5 In hazard indicator and horn mode, when seconds. the LOCK button is pushed, the 2. The theft warning alarm and head- hazard indicator flashes twice and the lights will stay on for 25 seconds. horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK 3. The panic alarm stops when: button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes once. . It has run for 25 seconds, or . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent If horns are not necessary, the system Key is pushed. (Note: the PANIC can be switched to the hazard indicator button must be pushed for more mode. than 0.5 seconds.) In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indica- Remote engine start (if so tor flashes twice. When the UNLOCK equipped) button is pushed, neither the hazard The remote engine start button is indicator nor the horn operates. on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function. This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle. See “Remote engine start” (P.3-23).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 Hazard indicator and horn mode: Switching procedure: To switch the hazard indicator and horn Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK (chime) operation, push the LOCK Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once and UNLOCK buttons on the Intel- or liftgate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - once ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once seconds. Pushing or button HORN - none HORN - once . When the hazard indicator mode is Hazard indicator mode: set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times. Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK . When the hazard indicator and horn Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none mode is set, the hazard indicator or liftgate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none flashes once and the horn chirps once. HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none Pushing or button HORN - none HORN - none

The horn operation can also be turned on or off in the vehicle information display. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)

Other conditions may affect the remote WARNING engine start function. See “Conditions the remote engine start will not work” (P.3- 24). To avoid risk of injury or death, do not use the remote engine start Other conditions can affect the perfor- function when the vehicle is in an mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter. enclosed area such as a garage. See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11) for additional information. REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE The remote engine start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from JVP0446X the vehicle. The remote engine start button is on When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has charged or other strong radio wave remote engine start function. This func- sources are present near the operating tion allows the engine to start from location, the Intelligent Key operating outside the vehicle. range becomes narrower, and the Intelli- gent Key may not function properly. Some systems, such as the air conditioner system, will turn on during a remote The remote engine start operating range engine start, if the system was on the is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the last time the ignition switch was turned vehicle. off. REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINE Laws in some local communities may To use the remote start function to start restrict the use of remote engine starters. the engine, perform the following: For example, some laws require a person 1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle. using remote engine start to have the vehicle in view. Check local regulations for 2. Push the LOCK button to lock all any requirements. doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23 3. Within 5 seconds push and hold the tion is performed. . The extended engine run time has remote engine start button until . The second 10 minutes will start im- expired. the turn signal lights flash and the tail mediately when the remote engine . The first 10 minute timer has expired. lights illuminate. If the vehicle is not start function is performed. For exam- . The engine hood has been opened. within view, push and hold the remote ple, if the engine has been running for . The shift lever is moved out of the P engine start button for at least 2 5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added, (Park) position. seconds. the engine will run for a total of 15 . The theft alarm sounds due to illegal minutes. The following events will occur when the entry into the vehicle. engine starts: . Extending engine run time will count . The ignition switch is pushed without towards the two remote engine start . The front parking lights will turn on an Intelligent Key in the vehicle. limit. and remain on as long as the engine is . The ignition switch is pushed with an A maximum of two remote engine starts, running. Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the or a single start with an extension, are . The doors will be locked and the air brake pedal is not depressed. allowed between ignition cycles. conditioner system may turn on. CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINE . The ignition switch must be cycled to the The engine will continue to run for START WILL NOT WORK about 10 minutes. Repeat the steps to ON position and then back to the OFF extend the time for an additional 10 position before the remote engine start The remote engine start will not operate minutes. See “Extending engine run procedure can be used again. if any of the following conditions are time” (P.3-24). CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE present: . Depress and hold the brake pedal, then START The ignition switch is placed in the ON place the ignition switch in the ON posi- position. To cancel a remote engine start, perform tion before driving. For further instruc- . The hood is not securely closed. one of the following: tions, see “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-20). . The hazard indicator flashers are on. . Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle . The engine is still running. The engine EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME and push and hold the remote engine must be completely stopped. Wait at The remote engine start function can be start button until the front park- least 6 seconds if the engine goes extended one time by performing the ing lights turn off. from running to off. This is not applic- steps listed in “Remote starting the en- . Turn on the hazard indicator flashers. gine” (P.3-23). Run time will be calculated able when extending engine run time. . Cycle the ignition switch ON and then as follows: . The remote engine start button is OFF. not pushed and held for at least 2 . The first 10 minute run time will start seconds. when the remote engine start func- 3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments HOOD

. The remote engine start button is not pushed and held within 5 seconds WARNING of pushing the LOCK button. . The brake pedal is depressed. . Make sure the hood is completely . The doors are not closed and locked. closed and latched before driving. . The liftgate is open. Failure to do so could cause the . The Key System Error warning mes- hood to fly open and result in an sage remains on in the vehicle infor- accident. mation display. . Never open the hood if steam or . An Intelligent Key is left inside the smoke is coming from the engine vehicle. compartment to avoid injury. . The theft alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle. . Two remote engine starts, or a single remote engine start with an extension, have already been used. . The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position. . The remote engine start function has been switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). The remote engine start may display a warning or indicator in the vehicle information display. For an explanation of the warning or indicator, see “Vehicle information display warnings and indicators” (P.2-31).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25 LIFTGATE

WARNING

. Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving. . Do not drive with the liftgate open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. For additional information, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)” (P.5-4). . To help avoid risk of injury or WAD0090X death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its 1. Pull the hood lock release handle When closing the hood: systems, including entrapment located below the instrument panel 1. While supporting the hood, return the in windows or inadvertent door until the hood springs up. support rod to its original position. lock activation, do not leave chil- 2. Locate the lever in between the 2. Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12 dren, people who require the hood and grille, and push the lever up in (20 to 30 cm) above the hood lock, assistance of others or pets un- with your fingertips. then let it drop. attended in your vehicle. Addi- 3. Raise the hood. tionally, the temperature inside a 3. Make sure it is securely latched. closed vehicle on a warm day can 4. Remove the support rod and insert it quickly become high enough to into the slot . cause a significant risk of injury Hold the coated part when removing or death to people and pets. or resetting the support rod. Avoid . Always be sure that hands and direct contact with the metal parts, as feet are clear of the door frame to they may be hot immediately after the avoid injury while closing the engine has been stopped. liftgate.

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments CAUTION

Do not use accessory carriers that attach to the liftgate. Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle.

JVP0396X JVP0410X To open the liftgate, unlock it and push LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVER the opener switch . Pull up the liftgate to If the liftgate cannot be opened with the open. power door lock switch due to a dis- The liftgate can be unlocked by: charged battery, follow these steps. . pushing the UNLOCK button on 1. Fold the rear seats down. See “Seats” the key. (P.1-3). . pushing the liftgate request switch (if 2. Remove the cover plate from the lock so equipped). using a suitable tool. . pushing the door handle request 3. Move the release lever to the right switch (if so equipped). using a suitable tool as illustrated. The . pushing the power door lock switch to liftgate will be unlatched. the unlock position. 4. Push the liftgate up to open. To close the liftgate, pull down until it securely locks. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for repair.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27 FUEL-FILLER DOOR

WARNING

. Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling. . Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a half of a turn, and wait for any “hissing” sound to stop to JVP0540X SPA2800 prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR FUEL-FILLER CAP injury. Then remove the cap. To open the fuel-filler door, pull the To remove the fuel-filler cap: . Use only an original equipment release handle located below the instru- 1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock- type fuel-filler cap as a replacement panel. To lock, close the fuel-filler wise to remove. ment. It has a built-in safety valve door securely. needed for proper operation of 2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap the fuel system and emission holder while refueling. control system. An incorrect cap To install the fuel-filler cap: can result in a serious malfunc- 1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into tion and possible injury. the fuel-filler tube. 2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard.

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments . Do not fill a portable fuel contain- indicator light (MIL) to illuminate. WARNING er in the vehicle or trailer. Static If the light illuminates be- electricity can cause an explosion cause the fuel-filler cap is loose . Gasoline is extremely flammable of flammable liquid, vapor or gas or missing, tighten or install the and highly explosive under cer- in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce cap and continue to drive the tain conditions. You could be the risk of serious injury or death vehicle. The light should turn burned or seriously injured if it is when filling portable fuel contain- off after a few driving trips. If the misused or mishandled. Always ers: light does not turn off after a stop engine and do not smoke or — Always place the container on few driving trips, have the vehicle allow open flames or sparks near the ground when filling. inspected. It is recommended you the vehicle when refueling. visit a NISSAN dealer for this . — Do not use electronic devices service. Do not attempt to top off the fuel when filling. tank after the fuel pump nozzle For additional information, see shuts off automatically. Contin- — Keep the pump nozzle in con- “Malfunction Indicator Light ued refueling may cause fuel tact with the container while (MIL)” (P.2-16). you are filling it. overflow, resulting in fuel spray . and possibly a fire. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning — Use only approved portable message will be displayed if the . Use only an original equipment fuel containers for flammable fuel-filler cap is not properly tigh- type fuel-filler cap as a replace- liquid. tened. It may take a few driving ment. It has a built-in safety valve trips for the message to be dis- needed for proper operation of played. Failure to tighten the fuel- the fuel system and emission filler cap properly after the LOOSE control system. An incorrect cap CAUTION FUEL CAP warning message is can result in a serious malfunc- displayed may cause the tion and possible injury. It could . If fuel is spilled on the vehicle Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) also cause the malfunction indi- body, flush it away with water to to illuminate. cator light to come on. avoid paint damage. . Never pour fuel into the throttle . Insert the cap straight into the body to attempt to start your fuel-filler tube, then tighten until vehicle. the fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly may cause the malfunction Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29 TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

3. Push the OK button on the steering wheel for about 1 second to turn off WARNING the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel cap. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.

JVP0503X

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed on the vehicle information display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed. To turn off the warning message, do the following procedure: 1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soon as possible. For additional information, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” (P.3-28). 2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS

1. To block glare from the front, swing down the main sun visor . 2. To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side . 3. Slide the sun visor in or out as needed.

CAUTION

. Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position. JVP0301X . Do not pull the extension sun TILT OR TELESCOPIC OPERATION visor forcedly downward. Pull the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up, down, forward or rearward to the desired position. Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place.

SIC3739 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31 MIRRORS

SPA2447 SPA2143 SPA2450-A INSIDE MIRROR Manual anti-glare type (if so Automatic anti-glare type (if so Adjust the angle of the inside mirror to equipped) equipped) the desired position. The night position will reduce glare The inside mirror is designed so that it from the headlights of vehicles behind automatically changes reflection accord- you at night. ing to the intensity of the headlights of Use the day position when driving in the following vehicle. daylight hours. The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. WARNING When the anti-glare system is turned on, the indicator light will illuminate and Use the night position only when excessive glare from the headlights of the necessary, because it reduces rear vehicle behind you will be reduced. view clarity. Push the “*” switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally. The

3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments indicator light will turn off. Push the “I” Defrosting outside mirrors (if so switch to turn the system on. equipped) Do not allow any object to cover the The outside mirrors will be heated when sensors or apply glass cleaner on the rear window defroster switch is them. Doing so will reduce the sensitiv- operated. (See “Rear window and outside ity of the sensor, resulting in improper mirror defroster switch” (P.2-51).) operation. For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver operation, see “HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” (P.2-83). OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING JVP0395X

Objects viewed in the outside mirror Adjusting outside mirrors on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when The outside mirror control switch is moving to the right. Using only this located on the driver’s armrest. mirror could cause an accident. Use The outside mirror will operate only when the inside mirror or glance over your the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON shoulder to properly judge distances position. to other objects. Move the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror , then adjust using the control switch.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33 MEMORY SEAT (if so equipped)

The memory seat system has two features: . Memory storage function . Entry/exit function

SPA1829 SIC3869

Foldable outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR Fold the outside mirror by pushing it To use the front vanity mirror, pull down toward the rear of the vehicle. the sun visor and pull up the cover.

3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3. The indicator light for the pushed press the button on the Intelligent memory switch will come on and stay Key. The indicator light of the linked on for approximately 5 seconds. memory switch will blink. After the 4. The chime will sound if the memory indicator light goes off, the Intelligent has been stored. Key is linked to that memory setting. NOTE: Once it is linked, when ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, pressing the If a new memory position is stored in button on the Intelligent Key will the same memory switch, the previous move the driver’s seat and outside mir- memory position will be overwritten by rors to the linked memory switch posi- the new stored position. tion. Confirming memory storage NOTE: Push the SET switch. If a memory position If a new memory position is stored in has not been stored in the switch (1 or 2) WAD0097X the linked memory switch, then the the indicator light for the respective Intelligent Key will link the new position MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION switch will come ON for approximately and overwrites the previous position. 0.5 seconds. If a memory position has Two positions for the driver’s seat and been stored in the switch (1 or 2) then the ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION outside mirrors can be stored in the indicator light for the respective switch This system is designed so that the memory switch. Follow these procedures will stay ON for approximately 5 seconds. driver’s seat will automatically move to use the memory system. when the shift lever is in the P (Park) 1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside Linking an Intelligent Key to a position. This allows the driver to get into mirrors to the desired positions by stored memory position and out of the driver’s seat more easily. manually operating each adjusting Each Intelligent Key can be linked to a The driver’s seat will slide backward: switch. For additional information, restored memory position (memory switch . When the driver’s door is opened with fer to “Seats” (P.1-3) and “Outside 1 or 2) with the following procedure. mirrors” (P.3-33). the ignition switch placed in the OFF 1. Follow steps 1-3 in the “Memory sto- position. 2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 rage function” (P.3-35) for storing the . When the ignition switch is changed seconds, push the memory switch (1 memory position. from ON to OFF with the driver’s door or 2). 2. The indicator light for the pushed open. memory switch will come on. While The driver’s seat will return to the pre- the indicator light is on for 5 seconds, Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35 vious position: . When the shift lever is moved from P . When the ignition switch is turned to (Park) to any other position. ON while the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. The entry/exit function can be adjusted or canceled through “Vehicle Settings” in the vehicle information display by performing the following: . Switch the “Exit Seat Slide” from ON to OFF. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). SYSTEM OPERATION The memory seat system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions: . When the vehicle is moving. (The driver’s seat returning function can be operated if the vehicle speed is below 4 MPH (7 km/h).) . When any of the memory switches are pushed while the memory seat is operating. . When the switch for the driver’s seat is pushed while the memory seat is operating. . When the seat has already been moved to the memorized position. . When no seat position is stored in the memory switch.

3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual ...... 4-2 Intelligent Around View® Monitor RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ...... 4-2 system limitations...... 4-18 RearView Monitor system operation ...... 4-3 System maintenance ...... 4-20 How to read the displayed lines ...... 4-3 Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if Difference between predictive and so equipped) ...... 4-21 actual distances ...... 4-4 MOD system operation ...... 4-21 How to park with predictive course lines ...... 4-6 Turning MOD on and off ...... 4-23 Adjusting the screen ...... 4-7 MOD system limitations ...... 4-23 How to turn ON and OFF predictive course System maintenance ...... 4-24 lines ...... 4-7 Ventilators ...... 4-25 RearView Monitor system limitations...... 4-7 Center ventilators ...... 4-25 System maintenance ...... 4-9 Side ventilators ...... 4-25 Intelligent Around View® Monitor (if Rear ventilators (if so equipped) ...... 4-25 so equipped) ...... 4-10 Heater and air conditioner...... 4-26 Intelligent Around View® Monitor Manual air conditioner and heater ...... 4-27 system operation ...... 4-11 Automatic air conditioner and heater ...... 4-31 Difference between predictive and Operating tips (for automatic actual distances ...... 4-14 air conditioner) ...... 4-33 How to park with predictive course lines ...... 4-16 Servicing air conditioner...... 4-33 How to switch the display ...... 4-17 Antenna ...... 4-34 Adjusting the screen ...... 4-18 Car phone or CB radio ...... 4-35 NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’S MANUAL REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

For models with NissanConnect® system, refer to NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual that includes the following information. Available functions may vary depending on the models and specifications. . Audio . Hands-Free Phone . Apple CarPlay® . Android AutoTM . NissanConnect® Services powered by SiriusXM® . Navigation system . Voice recognition . Information and settings viewable on NissanConnect®

WAE0016X

1. CAMERA button result in serious injury or death. . RearView Monitor is a conveni- WARNING ence feature and is not a substitute for proper backing. Always . Failure to follow the warnings turn and look out the windows, and instructions for proper use and check mirrors to be sure that of the RearView Monitor could it is safe to move before operat- 4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems ing the vehicle. Always back up slowly. . The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary objects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle. . The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual JVH1585X SAA1896 distance between the vehicle and displayed objects. To display the rear view, the RearView HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED Monitor system uses a camera located LINES just above the vehicle’s license plate . Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle CAUTION REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP- width and distances to objects with ERATION reference to the bumper line are Do not scratch the camera lens when When the ignition switch is placed in the displayed on the monitor. cleaning dirt or snow from the front ON position, move the shift lever to the R Distance guide lines: of the camera. (Reverse) position to operate the Rear- Indicate distances from the vehicle body. View Monitor. . Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) The RearView Monitor system automati- . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) cally shows a rear view of the vehicle . when the shift lever is placed in the R Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) (Reverse) position. . Green line (if so equipped): approximately 10 ft (3 m) The radio can still be heard while the RearView Monitor is active. Vehicle width guide lines : Indicate the vehicle width when backing Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3 up. Predictive course lines : Indicate the predictive course when backing up. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and if the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor JVH1159X JVH1160X relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill park and exit the vehicle to view the When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, positioning of objects behind the vehicle. distance guide lines and the vehicle width the distance guide lines and the vehicle guide lines are shown closer than the width guide lines are shown farther than actual distance. Note that any object on the actual distance. Note that any object the hill is farther than it appears on the on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor. monitor.

4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems position if the object projects over the actual backing up course.

SAA1923 SAA1980

Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting The predictive course lines do not object touch the object in the display. However, The position is shown farther than the the vehicle may hit the object if it projects position in the display. However, the over the actual backing up course. position is actually at the same distance as the position . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-5 HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. . On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line. . If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures: — Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running. SAA1897 WAE0465X — Drive the vehicle on a straight 1. Visually check that the parking space 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting road for more than 5 minutes. is safe before parking your vehicle. the steering wheel so that the pre- . When the steering wheel is 2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis- dictive course lines enter the park- turned with the ignition switch in played on the screen when the shift ing space . the ON position, the predictive lever is moved to the R (Reverse) 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make course lines may be displayed position. the vehicle width guide lines parallel incorrectly. to the parking space while referring to the predictive course lines. 4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5. When the vehicle is parked in the HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PRE- space completely, move the shift lever DICTIVE COURSE LINES to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. To turn the predictive course lines on and off when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, perform the following operation. 1. Push the MENU button 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then touch the “Camera” key. 3. Touch the “Predictive Course Lines” key to turn the feature ON or OFF. Pushing the CAMERA button while the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position WAE0058X can also turn on and off the predictive course lines. ADJUSTING THE SCREEN REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM- 1. Push the MENU button. ITATIONS 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then touch the “Camera” key. WARNING 3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. 4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Listed below are the system limita- “Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. tions for RearView Monitor. Failure to 5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or operate the vehicle in accordance “–” key on the touch screen display. with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. NOTE: . Do not adjust any of the display settings The system cannot completely of the RearView Monitor while the eliminate blind spots and may vehicle is moving. Make sure the park- not show every object. ing brake is firmly applied.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7 . . Underneath the bumper and the . When washing the vehicle with Objects on the monitor may not be corner areas of the bumper can- high-pressure water, be sure not clear in a dark environment. not be viewed on the RearView to spray it around the camera. . There may be a delay when switching Monitor because of its monitoring Otherwise, water may enter the between views. range limitation. The system will camera unit causing water con- . If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on not show small objects below the densation on the lens, a malfunc- the camera, the RearView Monitor bumper, and may not show ob- tion, fire or an electric shock. may not display objects clearly. Clean jects close to the bumper or on . Do not strike the camera. It is a the camera. the ground. precision instrument. Otherwise, . Do not use wax on the camera lens. . Objects viewed in the RearView it may malfunction or cause da- Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth Monitor differ from actual dis- mage resulting in a fire or an dampened with a diluted mild clean- tance because a wide-angle lens electric shock. ing agent, then wipe with a dry cloth. is used. . Objects in the RearView Monitor The following are operating limitations will appear visually opposite and do not represent a system malfunc- compared to when viewed in the tion: rearview and outside mirrors. . When the temperature is extremely . Use the displayed lines as a re- high or low, the screen may not clearly ference. The lines are highly af- display objects. fected by the number of . When strong light directly shines on occupants, fuel level, vehicle po- the camera, objects may not be dis- sition, road conditions and road played clearly. grade. . Vertical lines may be seen in objects . Make sure that the liftgate is on the screen. This is due to strong securely closed when backing up. reflected light from the bumper. . . Do not put anything on the rear- The screen may flicker under fluores- view camera. The rearview cam- cent light. era is installed above the license . The colors of objects on the RearView plate. Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.

4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth.

JVH1585X SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. . Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera , RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9 INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if so equipped)

viewed. The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rear views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly. . The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.

The Intelligent Around View® Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver WAE0016X in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking. 1. CAMERA button View® Monitor system could re- The monitor displays various views of the sult in serious injury or death. position of the vehicle in a split screen WARNING . The Intelligent Around View® format. Not all views are available at all Monitor is a convenience feature times. . Failure to follow the warnings and is not a substitute for proper Available views: and instructions for the proper vehicle operation because it has use of the Intelligent Around areas where objects cannot be 4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems . Front view after the CAMERA button has been The view to the front of the vehicle. pushed with the shift lever in a position . Rear view other than the R (Reverse) position. The view to the rear of the vehicle. Available views . Bird’s-eye view The views to the vehicle from above. . Front-side view WARNING The view around and ahead of the . front passenger’s side wheel. The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. The apparent distance viewed on the monitor may be WAE0211X different than the actual distance To display the multiple views, the Intelli- between the vehicle and dis- gent Around View® Monitor system uses played objects. cameras located in the front grille, on . Use the displayed lines and the the vehicle’s outside mirrors and one just bird’s-eye view as a reference. above the vehicle’s license plate. The lines and the bird’s-eye view INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® are greatly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehi- MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION cle position, road condition and When the ignition switch is placed in the road grade. ON position, push the CAMERA button on . If the tires are replaced with the instrument panel or move the shift different sized tires, the predic- lever to the R (Reverse) position to tive course lines and the bird’s- operate the Intelligent Around View® eye view may be displayed incor- Monitor. rectly. The screen displayed on the Intelligent . When driving the vehicle up a hill, Around View® Monitor will automatically objects viewed in the monitor are return to the previous screen 3 minutes Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11 farther than they appear. When Front and rear view: driving the vehicle down a hill, Guiding lines that indicate the approx- objects viewed in the monitor are imate vehicle width and distances to closer than they appear. objects with reference to the vehicle body . Objects in the rear view will ap- line , are displayed on the monitor. pear visually opposite compared Distance guide lines: to when viewed in the rearview Indicate distances from the vehicle body. and outside mirrors. . Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Use the mirrors or actually look to . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) properly judge distances to other . objects. Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . . Green line (if so equipped): approxi- On a snow-covered or slippery mately 10 ft (3 m) road, there may be a difference between the predictive course SAA1840 Vehicle width guide lines : line and the actual course line. Front view Indicate the vehicle width. . The vehicle width and predictive Predictive course lines : course lines are wider than the Indicate the predictive course when op- actual width and course. erating the vehicle. When the monitor . The displayed lines on the rear displays the rear view, the predictive view will appear slightly off to the course lines will be displayed on the right because the rear view cam- monitor if the steering wheel is turned. era is not installed in the rear The predictive course lines will move center of the vehicle. depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h). SAA1896 Rear view 4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems NOTE: In addition, the non-viewable corners . When the monitor displays the front are displayed in red to remind the driver view and the steering wheel turns to be cautious. When the rear sonar is about 90 degrees or less from the active, non-viewable corners for the straight ahead position, both the rear side of the vehicle are not displayed. right and left predictive course lines (See “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-136).) are displayed. When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, the predictive course line is WARNING displayed only on the opposite side of the turn. . Objects in the bird’s-eye view will appear farther than the actual distance. . Tall objects, such as a curb or JVH1037X vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the Bird’s-eye view: views. The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead . Objects that are above the cam- view of the vehicle which helps confirm era cannot be displayed. the vehicle position and the predictive . The view for the bird’s-eye view course to a parking space. may be misaligned when the The vehicle icon shows the position of camera position alters. the vehicle. Note that the distance be- . A line on the ground may be tween objects viewed in the bird’s-eye misaligned and is not seen as view differs from the actual distance. being straight at the seam of the The areas that the cameras cannot cover views. The misalignment will in- are indicated in black. crease as the line proceeds away After the ignition switch is placed in the from the vehicle. ON position, the non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow for a few seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13 DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.

SAA3571

Front-side view: Guiding lines: Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor. The front-of-vehicle line shows the front part of the vehicle. JVH1159X The side-of-vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mir- Backing up on a steep uphill rors. When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the The extensions of both the front and distance guide lines and the vehicle width side lines are shown with a green guide lines are shown closer than the dotted line. actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is farther than it appears on the monitor.

4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems JVH1160X SAA1923 SAA3475

Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting When backing up the vehicle down a hill, The predictive course lines do not object the distance guide lines and the vehicle touch the object in the display. However, The position is shown farther than the width guide lines are shown farther than the vehicle may hit the object if it projects position in the display. However, the the actual distance. Note that any object over the actual backing up course. position is actually at the same dis- on the hill is closer than it appears on the tance as the position . The vehicle may monitor. hit the object when backing up to the

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15 position if the object projects over the HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE actual moving course. COURSE LINES

WARNING

4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5. When the vehicle is parked in the . A different screen is selected. space completely, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the ignition switch placed in the ON position, push the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. The Intelligent Around View® Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Push the CAMERA button to switch between the available views. If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are: . Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen . Rear view/front-side view split screen . Rear view If the shift lever is in the out of R (Reverse) SAA1898 position, the available views are: . Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting . the steering wheel so that the pre- Front view/front-side view split screen dictive course lines enter the park- The display will switch from the Intelligent ing space . Around View® Monitor screen when: 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make . The shift lever is in the D (Drive) the vehicle width guide lines parallel position and the vehicle speed in- to the parking space while referring creases above approximately 6 MPH to the predictive course lines. (10 km/h). Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17 INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® Otherwise, water may enter the MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS camera unit causing water con- densation on the lens, a malfunc- WARNING tion, fire or an electric shock. . Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing Listed below are the system limita- so could cause a malfunction or tions for Intelligent Around View® cause damage resulting in a fire Monitor. Failure to operate the vehi- or an electric shock. cle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Do not use the Intelligent Around View® Monitor with the outside WAE0058X mirrors in the stored position, ADJUSTING THE SCREEN and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when operating 1. Push the MENU button. the vehicle using the Intelligent 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then Around View® Monitor. touch the “Camera” key. . The apparent distance between 3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. objects viewed on the Intelligent 4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Around View® Monitor differs “Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. from the actual distance. 5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or . The cameras are installed above “–” key on the touch screen display. the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license NOTE: plate. Do not put anything on the Do not adjust the display settings of the cameras. Intelligent Around View® Monitor while . When washing the vehicle with the vehicle is moving. Make sure the highpressure water, be sure not parking brake is firmly applied. to spray it around the cameras.

4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems not appear in the monitor. The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction: . There may be a delay when switching between views. . When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. . When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. . The screen may flicker under fluores- cent light. WAE0056X . The colors of objects on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may differ System temporarily unavailable somewhat from the actual color of When the “ ” icon is displayed on the objects. screen, there will be abnormal conditions . Objects on the Intelligent Around in the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. View® Monitor may not be clear and This will not hinder normal driving opera- the color of the object may differ in a tion but the system should be inspected. dark environment. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN WAE0060X . There may be differences in sharpness dealer. There are some areas where the system between each camera view of the will not show objects and the system bird’s-eye view. does not warn of moving objects. When in . Do not use wax on the camera lens. the front or the rear view display, an Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth object below the bumper or on the that has been dampened with a ground may not be viewed . When in diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the with a dry cloth. seam of the camera viewing areas will Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19 cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

WAE0057X WAE0211X When the “ ” icon is displayed on the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This will not CAUTION hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recom- . Do not use alcohol, benzine or mended you visit a NISSAN dealer. thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. . Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a

4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if so equipped)

always use the outside mirror and rearview mirror and turn and check the surroundings to ensure it is safe to maneuver. . The system is deactivated at speeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds. . The MOD system is not designed to detect the surrounding stationary objects.

The MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects near the vehicle when driving out of garages, maneuvering in parking lots and in other such instances. The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display. MOD SYSTEM OPERATION The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions: WAE0016X . When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. 1. CAMERA button . system could result in serious When the CAMERA button is pushed injury or death. to activate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor system on the display. WARNING . The MOD system is not a substi- . When vehicle speed decreases below tute for proper vehicle operation approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h). . Failure to follow the warnings and is not designed to prevent and instructions for proper use contact with objects surrounding The MOD system operates in the follow- of the Moving Object Detection the vehicle. When maneuvering, ing conditions when the camera view is Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21 displayed: NOTE: . When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) is N (Neutral) position and the vehicle is beeping, the MOD system does not stopped, the MOD system detects the chime. moving objects in the bird’s-eye view. The MOD system will not operate if either door is opened. If outside mirrors are folded, MOD may not operate properly. . When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position, and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view. . When the shift lever is in the R JVH1256X (Reverse) position and the vehicle Front and bird’s-eye views speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view. The MOD system will not operate if the liftgate is open. The MOD system does not detect moving objects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view. When the MOD system detects a moving object near the vehicle, the yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the object is detected and a chime will sound once. While the MOD system continues to detect moving objects, the yellow frame JVH0873X continues to be displayed. Rear and bird’s-eye views 4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame may not be heard. is displayed on each camera image (front, . rear, right, left) depending on where The MOD system performance moving objects are detected. will be limited according to environmental conditions and sur- The yellow frame is displayed on each rounding objects such as: view in the front view and rear view modes. — When there is low contrast between background and the A blue MOD icon is displayed in the view moving objects. where the MOD system is operative. A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view — When there is blinking source where the MOD system is not operative. of light. If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD — When strong light such as icon is not displayed. another vehicle’s headlight or JVH1257X TURNING MOD ON AND OFF sunlight is present. Rear and front-side views The MOD system can be turned on and — When camera orientation is off using the vehicle information display. not in its usual position, such (See “Driver Assistance” (P.2-21).) as when the outside mirror is folded. MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — When there is dirt, water drops or snow on the camera lens. WARNING — When the position of the moving objects in the display is Listed below are the system limita- not changed. tions for MOD. Failure to operate the . vehicle in accordance with these The MOD system might detect system limitations could result in flowing water droplets on the serious injury or death. camera lens, white smoke from the muffler, moving shadows, etc. . Excessive noise (for example, . The MOD system may not func- WAE0067X audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere tion properly depending on the Rear view with the chime sound, and it speed, direction, distance or Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23 shape of the moving objects. diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth. . If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly. . When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.

NOTE: The blue MOD icon will change to WAE0211X orange if one of the following has occurred. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . When the system is malfunctioning. . When the component temperature CAUTION reaches a high level (icon will blink). . When the rear view camera has . Do not use alcohol, benzine or detected a blockage (icon will blink). thinner to clean the camera. This If the icon light continues to illuminate will cause discoloration. orange, have the MOD system checked. . Do not damage the camera as the It is recommended that you visit a monitor screen may be adversely NISSAN dealer for this service. affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the MOD system may not operate properly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a

4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems VENTILATORS

JVH0662X JVH0663X JVH0879X CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS REAR VENTILATORS (if so equipped) Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction. control to either direction. control to either direction. : This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open. Moving the control to lators are open. Moving the control to lators are open. Moving the side this direction will open the ventilators. this direction will open the ventilators. control to this direction will open the : This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the venti- ventilators. lators are closed. Moving the control lators are closed. Moving the control : This symbol indicates that the venti- to this direction will close the ventila- to this direction will close the ventila- lators are closed. Moving the side tors. tors. control to this direction will close the ventilators. Adjust the air flow direction of the venti- Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/ lators by moving the center knob (up/ Adjust the air flow direction of the venti- down, left/right) until the desired position down, left/right) until the desired position lators by moving the center knob (up/ is achieved. is achieved. down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

The heater and air conditioner operate when the engine is running. The air WARNING blower will operate even if the engine is turned off and the ignition switch is . The heater and air conditioner placed in the ON position. operate only when the engine is NOTE: running. . Odors from inside and outside the . Never leave children or adults vehicle can build up in the air condi- who would normally require the tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas- support of others alone in the senger compartment through the vehicle. Pets should not be left ventilators. alone either. They could unknow- . When parking, set the heater and air ingly activate switches or con- conditioner controls to turn off air trols and inadvertently become recirculation to allow fresh air into involved in a serious accident the passenger compartment. This and injure themselves. On hot, should help reduce odors inside the sunny days, temperatures in a vehicle. closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. . Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up. . Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Temperature control: Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the right position to select the hot temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the left position to select the cool temperature. Air flow control: Push one of the air flow control buttons to select the air flow outlets. — Air flows mainly from center and side ventilators. — Air flows mainly from center and side JVH0664X ventilators and foot outlets. 1. A/C button/Fan speed control dial — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER AND and partly from the defroster. 2. Air flow control buttons HEATER — Air flows mainly from the defroster 3. MAX A/C button/Temperature control and foot outlets. dial Controls 4. Front defroster button Turning system on/off: Air intake control: 5. Rear defroster button (See “Rear The air intake control mode will change window and outside mirror defroster To turn on the system, turn the fan speed control dial out of the OFF position. each time the air recirculation button switch” (P.2-51).) is pushed. 6. Air recirculation button Turn the dial counterclockwise to the OFF position to turn off the system. . When the indicator light is turned on, the air recirculates inside the vehicle. Fan speed control: . When the indicator light is turned off, Turn the fan speed control dial the air flow is drawn from outside the clockwise to increase the fan speed. vehicle. Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwise to decrease the fan speed. Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27 A/C (Air Conditioner) operation: Heater operation Defrosting or defogging: Push the A/C button to turn on or off the Heating: This mode directs the air to the defroster air conditioner. When the air conditioner outlets to defrost/defog the windows. This mode is used to direct heated air is on, the A/C indicator light on the button 1. Push the front defroster button. illuminates. from the foot outlets. Some air also flows from the defroster outlets and the side (The indicator light will turn on.) MAX A/C (Quick Air Conditioning) op- ventilator outlets. 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to eration: 1. Push the air recirculation button the desired position. Push the MAX A/C button for maximum for normal heating. (The indicator light 3. Turn the temperature control dial to cooling and dehumidifying. will turn off.) the desired position between the When the MAX A/C mode is turned on, the 2. Push the button. (The indicator middle and the hot (right) position. air flow mode indicator will turn off with light will turn on.) To remove frost from the windshield the air flow mode fixed at . 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to quickly, turn the temperature control At the same time, the indicator light on the desired position. dial to the maximum hot (right) posi- the A/C button and the air recirculation tion and the fan speed control dial 4. Turn the temperature control dial to to the maximum position. mode will turn on. the desired position between the Push the MAX A/C button again to turn middle and the hot (right) position. When the front defroster mode is off the MAX A/C mode. When the MAX A/C selected, the air conditioner automa- Ventilation: mode is turned off, most of the settings tically turns on if the outside tempera- will return to the previous state, while the This mode directs outside air from the ture is more than 36°F (2°C). This indicator light on the A/C button will stay side and center ventilators. dehumidifies the air which helps defog on. 1. Push the air recirculation button. the windshield. The air recirculation (The indicator light will turn off.) indicator automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into 2. Push the button. (The indicator the passenger compartment to light will turn on.) further improve the defogging perfor- 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to mance. The recirculation mode can- the desired position. not be activated in the front defroster 4. Turn the temperature control dial to mode. the desired position.

4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Bi-level heating: improve the defogging performance. pushed, it will activate the air recirculation The bi-level mode directs warmed air to NOTE: mode. The amount of air coming through the ventilators is the highest it can go the side and center ventilators and to the Clear snow and ice from the wiper front and rear floor outlets. when in MAX A/C mode regardless of the blades and air inlet in front of the position of the fan speed control dial. 1. Push the air recirculation button. windshield. This improves heater op- (The indicator light will turn off.) eration. Dehumidified heating: 2. Push the button. (The indicator Air conditioner operation This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air. light will turn on.) Start the engine, turn the fan speed 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to control dial to the desired position, 1. Push the air recirculation button. the desired position. and push the A/C button to activate the (The indicator light will turn off.) 4. Turn the temperature control dial to air conditioner. When the air conditioner 2. Push the button. (The indicator the desired position. is on, cooling and dehumidifying func- light will turn on.) tions are added to the heater operation. Heating and defogging: 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to The air conditioner cooling function op- the desired position. This mode heats the interior and defogs erates only when the engine is running. the windows. 4. Push the A/C button on. (The indicator Cooling: light will turn on.) 1. Push the button. (The indicator This mode is used to cool and dehumidify light will turn on.) 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the air. the desired position between the 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to 1. Push the button. (The indicator middle and the hot (right) position. the desired position. light will turn on.) 3. Turn the temperature control dial to Dehumidified defogging: 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to the maximum hot (right) position. This mode is used to defog the windows the desired position. and dehumidify the air. When the button is pushed, the air 3. Push the A/C button. (The indicator conditioner automatically turns on if the 1. Push the front defroster button. light will turn on.) outside temperature is more than 36°F (The indicator light will turn on.) (2°C). This dehumidifies the air which 4. Turn the temperature control dial to 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to helps defog the windshield. The air re- the desired position between the the desired position. middle and the cool (left) position. circulation indicator automatically turns 3. Turn the temperature control dial to off, allowing outside air to be drawn into For quick cooling, push the MAX A/C the desired position. the passenger compartment to further button. When the MAX A/C button is When the front defroster or mode is Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29 selected, the air conditioner automatically the air conditioner off. (See “If your turns on if the outside temperature is vehicle overheats” (P.6-16).) more than 36°F (2°C). This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield. The air recirculation mode automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance. The air conditioner is always on in front defroster or mode, regardless of whether the indicator light is on or off. NOTE: . The air conditioner system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month. This helps prevent damage to the air conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication. . A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. . If the engine coolant temperature becomes too high, the air recirculation mode will be activated and the indicator light will come on automatically. . If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range, turn 4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems . When the DUAL indicator light is not illuminated, pushing the DUAL button (the indicator light will turn on) allows the user to independently change the driver and passenger side temperatures with the corresponding temperature control dial. . To cancel the separate temperature setting, push the DUAL button (the indicator light will turn off) and the driver’s side temperature setting will be applied to both the driver and passenger sides. The temperature of the passenger JVH0665X compartment will be maintained automatically. Air flow distribution 1. Front defroster button AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER AND and fan speed are also controlled 2. ON·OFF button/Temperature control dial HEATER automatically. (driver side) A visible mist may be seen coming 3. MODE button Automatic operation (AUTO) from the ventilators in hot and humid 4. Display screen The AUTO mode may be used year-round conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. 5. A/C (Air Conditioner) button as the system automatically controls the This does not indicate a malfunction. 6. DUAL button/Temperature control dial air conditioner to a constant tempera- (passenger side) ture, air flow distribution and fan speed Dehumidified defrosting/defogging: 7. Rear defroster button (See “Rear after the desired temperature is set 1. Push the front defroster button window and outside mirror defroster manually. (The indicator light on the front switch” (P.2-51).) defroster button will illuminate). Cooling and dehumidified heating: 8. Air recirculation button 2. Turn the temperature control dial to 9. Fan speed control button 1. Push the AUTO button (the indicator set the desired temperature. light will turn on). 10. AUTO button . To quickly remove frost from the out- 11. Outside air circulation button 2. Turn the temperature control dial to side surface of the windshield, set the set the desired temperature. temperature and the fan speed to the Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31 maximum levels. — Air flows mainly from the center and Air intake control: side ventilators. . After the windshield is cleared, push . Push the air recirculation button the AUTO button (the AUTO indicator — Air flows mainly from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets. to recirculate interior air inside the light will turn on). vehicle. The indicator light on the . When the front defroster button is — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet button will come on. and partly from the defroster. pushed, the air conditioner will turn on The air recirculation cannot be acti- when the outside air temperature is — Air flows mainly from the front defroster outlets and foot outlets. vated when the air conditioner is in above approximately 36°F (2°C) to the front defrosting mode. defog the windshield. The air recircu- Temperature control: . Push the outside air circulation lation mode will automatically turn off. Turn the temperature control dial to set button to draw outside air into the The outside air circulation mode will the desired temperature. passenger compartment. The indica- be selected to improve the defogging tor light on the button will come on. . When the DUAL indicator light is not performance. . illuminated, pushing the DUAL button To control the air intake automatically, Do not set the temperature too low when push and hold either the air recircula- the front defroster mode is on (the (the indicator light will turn on) allows the user to independently change the tion button or the outside air indicator light is illuminated), because circulation button (whichever but- doing so may fog up the windshield. driver and passenger side temperatures with the corresponding tem- ton with the indicator light illumi- Manual operation perature control dial. nated). The indicator lights (both air recirculation and outside air cir- Also turning the passenger’s side The manual mode can be used to control culation buttons) will flash twice, the heater and air conditioner to your temperature control dial changes only the front passenger’s side tempera- and then the air intake will switch to desired settings. automatic control. When the auto- ture. (The DUAL indicator light will Fan speed control: illuminate and DUAL will appear on matic control is set, the system auto- Push the fan speed control button ( the display.) matically alternates between the outside air circulation and the air side or side) to manually control the . To cancel the separate temperature fan speed. recirculation modes. (The indicator setting, push the DUAL button (the light of the active mode will turn on.) Push the AUTO button to change the fan indicator light will turn off) and the speed to the automatic mode. driver’s side temperature setting will NOTE: be applied to both the driver and Even if the system is manually set to the Air flow control: passenger sides. air recirculation mode, when both out- Push the MODE button to select the side temperature and coolant tempera- desired mode: ture are low, the system may 4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems automatically switch to the outside air OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air circulation mode. conditioner) To turn the system off: When the engine coolant temperature To turn off the heater and air conditioner, and outside air temperature are low, the push the ON·OFF button. air flow from the foot outlets may not Push the ON·OFF button again, the sys- operate for a maximum of 150 seconds. tem will turn on in the mode which was However, this is not a malfunction. After used immediately before the system was the coolant temperature warms up, air turned off. flow from the foot outlets will operate normally. Remote engine start logic (if so The sensors and , located on the equipped) instrument panel, help maintain a con- When the remote engine start function is stant temperature. Do not put anything activated, the vehicles equipped with the JVH0727X on or around the sensors. automatic air conditioner and heater may SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER go into automatic heating or cooling mode depending on the outside and cabin temperatures. During this period, WARNING the display and the buttons will be inoperable until the ignition switch is The air conditioner system contains placed in the ON position. When the refrigerant under high pressure. To temperature is low, the rear defroster avoid personal injury, any air condi- and the heated steering wheel (if so tioner service should be done only by equipped) may also be activated auto- an experienced technician with the matically with the activation of the re- proper equipment. mote engine start function. (See “Remote engine start” (P.3-23).) The air conditioner system in your vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. JVH0728X This refrigerant will not harm the earth’s ozone layer. However, it may Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33 ANTENNA contribute in a small part to global — The vehicle is covered with a warming. car cover. Special charging equipment and lubricant . Be sure that antenna is removed are required when servicing your vehicle’s before the vehicle enters an auto- air conditioner. Using improper refriger- matic car wash. ants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the air conditioner system. (See . Always properly tighten the an- “Air conditioning system refrigerant and tenna rod during installation. oil recommendations” (P.10-6).) Otherwise, the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation. A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioner system. In-cabin microfilter The air conditioner system is equipped SAA2374 with an in-cabin microfilter. To make sure To remove the antenna, hold the bottom the air conditioner heats, defogs, and of the antenna and turn it counterclock- ventilates efficiently, replace the filter wise. according the specified maintenance intervals listed in the "9. Maintenance and To install the antenna, turn the antenna schedules" section. It is recommended to clockwise and tighten. visit a NISSAN dealer to replace the filter. The filter should be replaced if the air flow CAUTION decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air . To avoid damaging or deforming conditioner. the antenna, be sure to remove the antenna under the following conditions. — The vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling.

4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle, be sure to observe the CAUTION following precautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the elec- . tronic control modules and electronic Keep the antenna as far away as control system harness. possible from the electronic control modules. . Keep the antenna wire more than WARNING 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic control system har- . A cellular phone should not be ness. Do not route the antenna used for any purpose while driv- wire next to any harness. ing so full attention may be given . Adjust the antenna standing- to vehicle operation. Some juris- wave ratio as recommended by dictions prohibit the use of cellu- the manufacturer. lar phones while driving. . Connect the ground wire from the . If you must make a call while your CB radio chassis to the body. vehicle is in motion, the hands- . For details, it is recommended free cellular phone operational you visit a NISSAN dealer. mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. . If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35 MEMO

4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...... 5-4 Starting the engine (model without Intelligent Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ...... 5-4 Key system) ...... 5-18 Three-way catalyst ...... 5-4 Starting the engine (model with Intelligent Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 5-5 Key system) ...... 5-19 Avoiding collision and rollover ...... 5-8 Remote engine start (if so equipped) ...... 5-20 On-pavement and off-road Driving the vehicle ...... 5-20 driving precautions ...... 5-9 Continuously Variable Off-road recovery ...... 5-9 Transmission (CVT) ...... 5-20 Rapid air pressure loss ...... 5-9 Manual Transmission (MT) ...... 5-25 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ...... 5-10 Parking brake...... 5-27 Driving safety precautions ...... 5-10 Pedal type...... 5-27 Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Switch type (models with electronic parking Key system) ...... 5-12 brake system) ...... 5-27 Continuously Variable Automatic brake hold (if so equipped)...... 5-29 Transmission (CVT) ...... 5-13 How to activate/deactivate the automatic Manual Transmission (MT)...... 5-13 brake hold function ...... 5-30 Key positions ...... 5-14 How to use the automatic brake hold function...... 5-31 Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) ...... 5-14 SPORT mode switch (if so equipped) ...... 5-32 Operating range for engine start function ...... 5-14 ECO mode system ...... 5-32 Push-button ignition switch operation...... 5-15 ECO Pedal Guide function ...... 5-33 Push-button ignition switch positions ...... 5-16 Ambient ECO...... 5-34 Emergency engine shut off ...... 5-16 ECO Drive Report ...... 5-34 Intelligent Key battery discharge ...... 5-17 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 5-35 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 LDW system operation ...... 5-36 How to enable/disable the LDW system ...... 5-37 LDW system limitations...... 5-37 ProPILOT assist (if so equipped) ...... 5-64 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-38 ProPILOT assist system operation ...... 5-66 System malfunction...... 5-39 ProPILOT assist switches ...... 5-67 System maintenance ...... 5-39 ProPILOT assist system display Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) ...... 5-40 and indicators ...... 5-68 I-LI system operation ...... 5-41 Turning the conventional (fixed speed) How to enable/disable the I-LI system ...... 5-42 cruise control mode ON ...... 5-69 I-LI system limitations ...... 5-43 Operating ProPILOT assist ...... 5-69 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-44 How to enable/disable the steering assist ...... 5-73 System malfunction...... 5-45 How to cancel the ProPILOT System maintenance ...... 5-45 assist system ...... 5-75 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ...... 5-46 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ...... 5-75 BSW system operation ...... 5-47 Steering assist ...... 5-84 How to enable/disable the BSW system...... 5-48 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise BSW system limitations...... 5-48 control mode ...... 5-91 BSW driving situations ...... 5-49 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) (if System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-52 so equipped) ...... 5-94 System malfunction...... 5-53 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) System maintenance ...... 5-53 system operation ...... 5-95 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ...... 5-54 Attention level indicator ...... 5-95 RCTA system operation ...... 5-55 How to enable/disable the Intelligent How to enable/disable the RCTA system ...... 5-57 Driver Alertness (I-DA) system...... 5-96 RCTA system limitations ...... 5-58 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-60 system limitations...... 5-96 System malfunction...... 5-61 System malfunction ...... 5-97 System maintenance ...... 5-61 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Cruise control (if so equipped) ...... 5-62 pedestrian detection system ...... 5-97 Precautions on cruise control ...... 5-63 AEB with pedestrian detection system operation ...... 5-98 Cruise control operations ...... 5-63 Turning the AEB with pedestrian detection Electric power steering ...... 5-128 system ON/OFF ...... 5-100 Brake system ...... 5-129 AEB with pedestrian detection Braking precautions ...... 5-129 system limitations ...... 5-101 Brake assist ...... 5-130 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-104 Brake assist ...... 5-130 System malfunction...... 5-105 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ...... 5-130 System maintenance ...... 5-106 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ...... 5-131 Intelligent Forward Collision Chassis control ...... 5-133 Warning (I-FCW) ...... 5-107 Intelligent Trace Control...... 5-133 I-FCW system operation ...... 5-109 Intelligent Engine Brake (Continuously Turning the I-FCW system ON/OFF ...... 5-110 Variable Transmission (CVT) models) ...... 5-134 I-FCW system limitations ...... 5-112 Active Ride Control ...... 5-135 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-114 Hill Start Assist system ...... 5-136 System malfunction...... 5-114 Rear Sonar System (RSS) ...... 5-136 System maintenance ...... 5-115 System operation ...... 5-137 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ...... 5-116 How to enable/disable the RSS ...... 5-139 RAB system operation ...... 5-117 RSS limitations ...... 5-140 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF...... 5-117 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-140 RAB system limitations ...... 5-119 System maintenance ...... 5-140 System malfunction...... 5-121 Cold weather driving ...... 5-141 System maintenance ...... 5-121 Freeing a frozen door lock ...... 5-141 Break-in schedule ...... 5-122 Anti-freeze...... 5-141 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips...... 5-122 Battery...... 5-141 Increasing fuel economy ...... 5-123 Draining of coolant water ...... 5-141 Intelligent 4x4 (if so equipped)...... 5-123 Tire equipment ...... 5-141 Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch operations ...... 5-125 Special winter equipment ...... 5-142 Parking/parking on hills ...... 5-127 Driving on snow or ice ...... 5-142 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING

oxide is dangerous. It can cause refrigerators, heaters, etc. may WARNING unconsciousness or death. also generate carbon monoxide.) . If you suspect that exhaust fumes . The exhaust system and body . Do not leave children or adults are entering the vehicle, drive should be inspected by a quali- who would normally require the with all windows fully open, and fied mechanic whenever: support of others alone in your have the vehicle inspected imme- — Your vehicle is raised while vehicle. Pets should not be left diately. being serviced. alone either. They could acciden- . Do not run the engine in closed — You suspect that exhaust tally injure themselves or others spaces such as a garage. through inadvertent operation of fumes are entering into the . Do not park the vehicle with the passenger compartment. the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny engine running for an extended days, temperatures in a closed period of time. — You notice a change in the vehicle could quickly become sound of the exhaust system. high enough to cause severe or . Keep the liftgate closed while — You have had an accident possibly fatal injuries to people or driving, otherwise exhaust gas involving damage to the ex- animals. could be drawn into the passen- haust system, underbody, or . ger compartment. If you must Properly secure all cargo with drive with the liftgate open, fol- rear of the vehicle. ropes or straps to help prevent it low these precautions: from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seat- — Open all the windows. THREE-WAY CATALYST backs. In a sudden stop or colli- — Turn the air recirculation The three-way catalyst is an emission sion, unsecured cargo could mode off and set the fan control device installed in the exhaust cause personal injury. speed control to the highest system. Exhaust gases in the three-way level to circulate the air. catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) . If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or WARNING other usage, follow the manufac- WARNING turer’s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into . . Do not breathe exhaust gas; it The exhaust gas and the exhaust the vehicle. (Some recreational system are very hot. Keep people, contains colorless and odorless vehicle appliances such as stoves, carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- animals and flammable materials 5-4 Starting and driving away from the exhaust system damaging the three-way catalyst. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect components. . Do not race the engine while the vehicle’s handling and stopping abil- . Do not stop or park the vehicle warming it up. ity. over flammable materials such as . Do not push or tow your vehicle Please note that the TPMS is not a dry grass, wastepaper or rags. to start the engine. They may ignite and cause a fire. substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- maintain correct tire pressure, even if TEM (TPMS) under-inflation has not reached the level CAUTION Each tire, including the spare (if provided), to trigger illumination of the TPMS low should be checked monthly when cold tire pressure telltale. . Do not use leaded gasoline. De- and inflated to the inflation pressure Your vehicle has also been equipped with posits from leaded gasoline will recommended by the vehicle manufac- a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate seriously reduce the three-way turer on the vehicle placard or tire infla- when the system is not operating prop- catalyst’s ability to help reduce tion pressure label. (If your vehicle has erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is exhaust pollutants. tires of a different size than the size combined with the low tire pressure tell- . Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- indicated on the vehicle placard or tire tale. When the system detects a malfunc- functions in the ignition, fuel in- inflation pressure label, you should deter- tion, the telltale will flash for jection, or electrical systems can mine the proper tire inflation pressure for approximately one minute and then re- cause overrich fuel flow into the those tires.) main continuously illuminated. This se- three-way catalyst, causing it to As an added safety feature, your vehicle quence will continue upon subsequent overheat. Do not keep driving if has been equipped with a Tire Pressure vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc- the engine misfires, or if notice- Monitoring System (TPMS) that illumi- tion exists. When the malfunction indica- able loss of performance or other nates a low tire pressure telltale when tor is illuminated, the system may not be unusual operating conditions are one or more of your tires is significantly able to detect or signal low tire pressure detected. Have the vehicle in- under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low as intended. TPMS malfunctions may spected. It is recommended you tire pressure telltale illuminates, you occur for a variety of reasons, including visit a NISSAN dealer for this should stop and check your tires as soon the installation of replacement or alter- service. as possible, and inflate them to the nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop- . Avoid driving with an extremely proper pressure. Driving on a significantly erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction low fuel level. Running out of fuel under-inflated tire causes the tire to telltale after replacing one or more tires could cause the engine to misfire, overheat and can lead to tire failure. Starting and driving 5-5 or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that warning light turns off. vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- the replacement or alternate tires and The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” ing with under-inflated tires may wheels allow the TPMS to continue to warning does not appear if the low permanently damage the tires function properly. tire pressure warning light illuminates and increase the likelihood of tire Additional information to indicate a TPMS malfunction. failure. Serious vehicle damage . Tire pressure rises and falls depending could occur and may lead to an . Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is on the heat caused by the vehicle’s accident and could result in ser- not equipped with the TPMS, the TPMS operation and the outside tempera- ious personal injury. Check the does not monitor the tire pressure of ture. Do not reduce the tire pressure tire pressure for all four tires. the spare tire. after driving because the tire pressure Adjust the tire pressure to the . The TPMS will activate only when the rises after driving. Low outside tem- recommended COLD tire pressure vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 perature can lower the temperature shown on the Tire and Loading MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may of the air inside the tire which can Information label to turn the low not detect a sudden drop in tire cause a lower tire inflation pressure. tire pressure warning light OFF. If pressure (for example a flat tire while This may cause the low tire pressure you have a flat tire, replace it with driving). warning light to illuminate. If the a spare tire (if so equipped) or . The low tire pressure warning light warning light illuminates in low ambi- repair it using the emergency tire does not automatically turn off when ent temperature, check the tire pres- puncture repair kit (if so the tire pressure is adjusted. After the sure for all four tires. equipped) as soon as possible. tire is inflated to the recommended For additional information, see “Low tire (See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for chan- pressure, the vehicle must be driven at pressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “Tire ging a flat tire.) speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- . Since the spare tire (if so activate the TPMS and turn off the low 3). equipped) is not equipped with tire pressure warning light. Use a tire the TPMS, when a spare tire is pressure gauge to check the tire mounted or a wheel is replaced, pressure. WARNING the TPMS will not function and . The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” the low tire pressure warning warning appears in the vehicle infor- . If the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately mation display when the low tire light illuminates while driving, 1 minute. The light will remain on pressure warning light is illuminated avoid sudden steering maneu- after 1 minute. Have your tires and low tire pressure is detected. The vers or abrupt braking, reduce replaced and/or TPMS system “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning vehicle speed, pull off the road reset as soon as possible. It is turns off when the low tire pressure to a safe location and stop the 5-6 Starting and driving recommended you visit a NISSAN . Do not place metalized film or FCC Notice: dealer for these services. any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on For USA: . Replacing tires with those not the windows. This may cause This device complies with Part 15 of the originally specified by NISSAN poor reception of the signals FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the could affect the proper operation from the tire pressure sensors, following two conditions: (1) This device of the TPMS. and the TPMS will not function may not cause harmful interference, properly. . Do not inject any tire liquid or and (2) this device must accept any aerosol tire sealant into the tires, interference received, including inter- Some devices and transmitters may tem- as this may cause a malfunction ference that may cause undesired op- porarily interfere with the operation of of the tire pressure sensors eration. (models without emergency tire the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure Note: Changes or modifications not warning light to illuminate. Some exam- puncture repair kit). expressly approved by the party re- ples are: . sponsible for compliance could void NISSAN recommends using only . Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Facilities or electric devices using the user’s authority to operate the similar radio frequencies are near the Sealant provided with your vehi- equipment. vehicle. cle. Other tire sealants may da- For Canada: . mage the valve stem seal which If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the This device complies with Industry Ca- can cause the tire to lose air nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). pressure. Visit a NISSAN dealer vehicle. . Operation is subject to the following as soon as possible after using If a computer (or similar equipment) or two conditions: (1) this device may not tire repair sealant (models with a DC/AC converter is being used in or cause interference, and (2) this device emergency tire puncture repair near the vehicle. must accept any interference, including kit). Low tire pressure warning light may interference that may cause undesired illuminate in the following cases. operation of the device. . If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel CAUTION and tire without TPMS. . If the TPMS has been replaced and the . The TPMS may not function prop- ID has not been registered. erly when the wheels are . If the wheel is not originally specified equipped with tire chains or the by NISSAN. wheels are buried in snow. Starting and driving 5-7 TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pressure reaches the designated AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL- When adding air to an under-inflated tire, pressure, the horn beeps once. OVER . the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides If the hazard indicator does not flash visual and audible signals outside the within approximately 15 seconds after vehicle to help you inflate the tires to starting to inflate the tire, it indicates WARNING the recommended COLD tire pressure. that the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating. Failure to operate this vehicle in a Vehicle set-up: . The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill safe and prudent manner may result 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level Tire Alert under the following condi- in loss of control or an accident. place. tions: 2. Apply the parking brake and place the — If there is interference from an Be alert and drive defensively at all times. shift lever in the P (Park) position (CVT external device or transmitter Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces- model) or N (Neutral) position (MT — The air pressure from the inflation sive speed, high speed cornering, or model). device such as those using a power sudden steering maneuvers, because 3. Place the ignition switch in the ON socket is not sufficient to inflate the these driving practices could cause you position. Do not start the engine. tire to lose control of your vehicle. As with — If an electrical equipment is being any vehicle, a loss of control could Operation: used in or near the vehicle result in a collision with other vehicles 1. Add air to the tire. — There is a malfunction in the TPMS or objects, or cause the vehicle to roll- 2. After a few seconds, the hazard in- system over, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be dicators will start flashing. — There is a malfunction in the horn attentive at all times, and avoid driving 3. When the designated pressure is or hazard indicators . when tired. Never drive when under the reached, the horn beeps once and If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert influence of alcohol or drugs (including the hazard indicators stop flashing. does not operate due to TPMS inter- prescription or over-the-counter drugs 4. Perform the above steps for each tire. ference, move the vehicle about 3 ft which may cause drowsiness). Always . (1m) backward or forward and try wear your seat belt as outlined in “Seat If the tire is over-inflated more than again. approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn belts” (P.1-12) of this manual, and also If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is not beeps and the hazard indicators flash instruct your passengers to do so. working, use a tire pressure gauge. 3 times. To correct the pressure, push Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in the core of the valve stem on the tire collisions and rollovers. In a rollover briefly to release pressure. When the crash, an unbelted or improperly belted 5-8 Starting and driving . person is significantly more likely to be Be sure to read “Driving safety precau- If you decide that it is not safe to injured or killed than a person properly tions” (P.5-10). return the vehicle to the road sur- wearing a seat belt. face based on vehicle, road or OFF-ROAD RECOVERY traffic conditions, gradually slow ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD If the right side or left side wheels leave the vehicle to a stop in a safe place DRIVING PRECAUTIONS the road surface, maintain control of the off the road. Utility vehicles have a significantly high- vehicle by following the procedure below. RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS er rollover rate than other types of Please note that this procedure is only a vehicles. general guide. The vehicle must be driven Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can as appropriate based on the conditions of occur if the tire is punctured or is They have higher ground clearance than the vehicle, road and traffic. damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. passenger cars to make them capable of Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. performing in a variety of on-pavement by driving on under-inflated tires. and off-road applications. This gives them 2. Do not apply the brakes. Rapid air pressure loss can affect the a higher center of gravity than ordinary 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering cars. An advantage of higher ground handling and stability of the vehicle, wheel with both hands and try to hold especially at highway speeds. clearance is a better view of the road, a straight course. allowing you to anticipate problems. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by However, they are not designed for cor- 4. When appropriate, slowly release the maintaining the correct air pressure and nering at the same speeds as conven- accelerator pedal to gradually slow visually inspect the tires for wear and tional passenger cars any more than low- the vehicle. damage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) of slung sports cars are designed to perform 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the this manual. satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If vehicle to follow the road while the If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt vehicle speed is reduced. Do not “blows-out” while driving, maintain con- maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. As attempt to drive the vehicle back onto trol of the vehicle by following the proce- with other vehicles of this type, failure to the road surface until vehicle speed is dure below. Please note that this operate this vehicle correctly may result reduced. procedure is only a general guide. The in loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seat 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn vehicle must be driven as appropriate belts help reduce the risk of injury in the steering wheel until both tires based on the conditions of the vehicle, collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, return to the road surface. When all road and traffic. an unbelted or improperly belted person tires are on the road surface, steer the is significantly more likely to be injured or vehicle to stay in the appropriate killed than a person properly wearing a driving lane. seat belt. Starting and driving 5-9 5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gra- be legally intoxicated, the fact is that WARNING dually stop the vehicle. alcohol affects all people differently and 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers most people underestimate the effects of The following actions can increase and either contact a roadside emer- alcohol. the chance of losing control of the gency service to change the tire or see Remember, drinking and driving don’t vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire “Changing a flat tire (models with mix! And that is true for drugs, too (over- air pressure. Losing control of the spare tire)” (P.6-4) of this Owner’s the-counter, prescription, and illegal vehicle may cause a collision and Manual. drugs). Don’t drive if your ability to oper- result in personal injury. DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND ate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition. . The vehicle generally moves or DRIVING pulls in the direction of the flat DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS tire. Your vehicle is designed for both normal . Do not rapidly apply the brakes. WARNING and off-road use. However, avoid driving . in deep water or mud as your vehicle is Do not rapidly release the accel- Never drive under the influence of erator pedal. mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the conventional off-road vehicle. . Do not rapidly turn the steering bloodstream reduces coordination, Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) wheel. delays reaction time and impairs models are less capable than All-Wheel judgement. Driving after drinking Drive (AWD) models for rough road driving alcohol increases the likelihood of 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. and extrication when stuck in deep snow, being involved in an accident injuring 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering mud, or the like. yourself and others. Additionally, if wheel with both hands and try to hold Please observe the following precautions: a straight course. you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the 3. When appropriate, slowly release the injury. accelerator pedal to gradually slow WARNING the vehicle. NISSAN is committed to safe driving. 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe . Drive carefully when off the road However, you must choose not to drive and avoid dangerous areas. Every location off the road and away from under the influence of alcohol. Every year traffic if possible. person who drives or rides in this thousands of people are injured or killed vehicle should be seated with in alcohol-related accidents. Although the their seat belt fastened. This will local laws vary on what is considered to 5-10 Starting and driving keep you and your passengers in control. . Before operating the vehicle, en- position when driving over rough . Heavy braking going down a hill sure that the driver and all pas- terrain. could cause your brakes to over- sengers have their seat belts . Do not drive across steep slopes. heat and fade, resulting in loss of fastened. Instead drive either straight up or control and an accident. Apply . Always drive with the floor mats straight down the slopes. Off- brakes lightly and use a low in place as the floor may became road vehicles can tip over side- range to control your speed. hot. ways much more easily than they . Unsecured cargo can be thrown . Lower your speed when encoun- can forward or backward. around when driving over rough tering strong crosswinds. With a . Many hills are too steep for any terrain. Properly secure all cargo higher center of gravity, your vehicle. If you drive up them, you so it will not be thrown forward vehicle is more affected by strong may stall. If you drive down them, and cause injury to you or your side winds. Slower speeds ensure you may not be able to control passengers. better vehicle control. your speed. If you drive across . To avoid raising the center of . Do not drive beyond the perfor- them, you may roll over. gravity excessively, do not exceed mance capability of the tires, . Do not shift ranges while driving the rated capacity of the roof rack even with AWD engaged. on downhill grades as this could (if so equipped) and evenly dis- . For AWD equipped vehicles, do cause loss of control of the vehi- tribute the load. Secure heavy not attempt to raise two wheels cle. loads in the cargo area as far off the ground and shift the . Stay alert when driving to the top forward and as low as possible. transmission to any drive or re- of a hill. At the top there could be Do not equip the vehicle with tires verse position with the engine a drop-off or other hazard that larger than specified in this man- running. Doing so may result in could cause an accident. ual. This could cause your vehicle drivetrain damage or unexpected to roll over. . If your engine stalls or you cannot vehicle movement which could . make it to the top of a steep hill, Do not grip the inside or spokes result in serious vehicle damage never attempt to turn around. of the steering wheel when driv- or personal injury. Your vehicle could tip or roll over. ing off-road. The steering wheel . Do not attempt to test an AWD Always back straight down in R could move suddenly and injure equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel (Reverse) range. Never back down your hands. Instead drive with dynamometer (such as the dy- in N (Neutral), using only the your fingers and thumbs on the namometers used by some brake, as this could cause loss of outside of the rim. states for emissions testing), or Starting and driving 5-11 IGNITION SWITCH (models without Intelligent Key system)

similar equipment even if the . Always use tires of the same type, other two wheels are raised off size, brand, construction (bias, WARNING the ground. Make sure you inform bias-belted or radial), and tread test facility personnel that your pattern on all four wheels. Install Never remove the key or place the vehicle is equipped with AWD traction devices on the front ignition switch in the LOCK position before it is placed on a dynam- wheels when driving on slippery while driving. The steering wheel will ometer. Using the wrong test roads and drive carefully. lock and could cause the driver to equipment may result in drive- . Be sure to check the brakes im- lose control of the vehicle. This could train damage or unexpected ve- mediately after driving in mud or result in serious vehicle damage or hicle movement which could water. See “Brake system” (P.5- personal injury. result in serious vehicle damage 129) for wet brakes. or personal injury. . Avoid parking your vehicle on . When a wheel is off the ground steep hills. If you get out of the due to an unlevel surface, do not vehicle and it rolls forward, back- spin the wheel excessively (AWD ward or sideways, you could be model). injured. . Accelerating quickly, sharp steer- . Whenever you drive off-road ing maneuvers or sudden braking through sand, mud or water as may cause loss of control. deep as the wheel hub, more . If at all possible, avoid sharp frequent maintenance may be turning maneuvers, particularly required. See the maintenance at high speeds. Your vehicle has schedule shown in the “9. Main- a higher center of gravity than a tenance and schedules” section. conventional passenger car. The . Spinning the front wheels on vehicle is not designed for cor- slippery surfaces may cause the nering at the same speeds as AWD warning message to display conventional passenger cars. and the AWD system to automa- Failure to operate this vehicle tically switch from the AWD mode correctly could result in loss of to the 2WD mode. This could control and/or a rollover acci- reduce traction. (AWD models) dent.

5-12 Starting and driving 2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction. 3. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position. 4. Remove the key. If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position, the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position. The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position with the foot brake pedal depressed.

JVS1067X JVS1067X CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT) MISSION (CVT) The ignition switch includes a device that The ignition lock is designed so that the helps prevent accidental removal of the ignition switch cannot be turned to the key while driving. LOCK position until the shift lever is The key can only be removed when the moved to the P (Park) position. When ignition switch is in the LOCK position. moving the ignition switch to the LOCK position, to remove the key from the ignition switch, make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position: 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

Starting and driving 5-13 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH (model with Intelligent Key system)

KEY POSITIONS LOCK: Normal parking position (0) WARNING OFF: (Not used) (1) Do not operate the push-button This position activates electrical acces- ignition switch while driving the ve- sories such as the radio when the engine hicle except in an emergency. (The is not running. engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times ON: Normal operating position (2) or the ignition switch is pushed and This position turns on the ignition system held for more than 2 seconds.) If the and the electrical accessories. engine stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a START: (3) crash and serious injury.

This position starts the engine. As soon as SSD0436 the engine has started, release the key. It Before operating the push-button igni- automatically returns to the ON position. tion switch, be sure to move the shift OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE lever to the P (Park) position (for Con- START FUNCTION tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) or the shift lever to the N The Intelligent Key can only be used for (Neutral) position (for Manual Transmis- starting the engine when the Intelligent sion (MT) models). Key is within the specified operating range . When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly. If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelli- gent Key, to push the ignition switch to 5-14 Starting and driving start the engine. time. . The cargo room area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function. . If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function. . If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function. PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION JVS0937X CAUTION When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal (CVT . Do not leave the vehicle for ex- models) or the clutch pedal (MT models), tended periods of time when the the ignition switch will illuminate. ignition switch is in the ON posi- Push the ignition switch center: tion and the engine is not run- . once to change to ON. ning. This can discharge the . battery. two times to change to OFF. The ignition switch will automatically . Use electrical accessories with return to the LOCK position when any the engine running to avoid dis- door is either opened or closed with the charging the vehicle battery. If switch in the OFF position. you must use accessories while the engine is not running, do not use them for extended periods of time and do not use multiple electrical accessories at the same

Starting and driving 5-15 Continuously Variable Transmis- PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OFF position sion (CVT) models POSITIONS The engine is turned off in this position. The ignition lock is designed so that the LOCK (Normal parking position) ignition switch position cannot be Auto ACC position switched to OFF until the shift lever is The ignition switch can only be locked at With the vehicle in the P (Park) position moved to the P (Park) position. this position. (CVT models) or the N (Neutral) position (MT models), the Intelligent Key with you When the ignition switch cannot be The ignition switch will lock when any and the ignition placed from ON to OFF, pushed toward the OFF position, proceed door is opened or closed with the ignition the radio can still be used for a period of as follows: switched off. time, or until the driver’s door is opened. 1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) ON (Normal operating position) After a period of time, functions such as position. The ignition system and the electrical radio, navigation (if so equipped), and 2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition accessory power activate at this position Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System switch position will change to the ON without the engine turned on. may be restarted by turning on the audio system (see the separate NissanConnect® position. The ON position has a battery saver Owner’s Manual), or by pushing the UN- 3. Push the ignition switch again to the feature that will place the ignition switch LOCK button on the Intelligent Key for up OFF position. in the OFF position, if the vehicle is not to a total of 30 minutes. The shift lever can be moved from the P running, after some time under the fol- (Park) position if the ignition switch is in lowing conditions: EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF the ON position and the brake pedal is . all doors are closed. To shut off the engine in an emergency depressed. . shift lever is in P (Park) position (CVT situation while driving, perform the fol- model) or N (Neutral) position (MT lowing procedure: model). . Rapidly push the push-button ignition The battery saver feature will be can- switch 3 consecutive times in less celled if any of the following occur: than 1.5 seconds, or . any door is opened. . Push and hold the push-button igni- . shift lever is moved out of the P (Park) tion switch for more than 2 seconds. position (CVT model). . ignition switch changes position.

5-16 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

4. Push the ignition switch while depres- . Make sure the area around the vehicle sing the brake pedal within 10 sec- is clear. onds after the chime sounds. The . Check fluid levels such as engine oil, engine will start. coolant, brake fluid, and window After step 3 is performed, when the washer fluid as frequently as possible, ignition switch is pushed without depres- or at least whenever you refuel. sing the brake pedal, the ignition switch . Check that all windows and lights are position will change to ACC. clean. NOTE: . Visually inspect tires for their appear- . When the ignition switch is pushed ance and condition. Also check tires to the ON position or the engine is for proper inflation. started by the above procedures, the . Lock all doors. “Key Battery Low” warning appears . Position seat and adjust head re- (on the Vehicle information display) straints. JVS0404X even if the Intelligent Key is inside . Adjust inside and outside mirrors. INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS- the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. . Fasten seat belts and ask all passen- To turn off the warning, touch the gers to do likewise. CHARGE ignition switch with the Intelligent . Check the operation of warning lights If the battery of the Intelligent Key is Key again. when the ignition switch is placed in discharged, or environmental conditions . If the “Key Battery Low” warning the ON position. (See “Warning lights, interfere with the Intelligent Key opera- appears (on the Vehicle information tion, start the engine according to the indicator lights and audible remin- display), replace the battery as soon ders” (P.2-10).) following procedure: as possible. (See “Intelligent Key 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) battery replacement” (P.8-23).) position (for CVT models) or the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (for MT models). 2. Firmly apply the foot brake. 3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

Starting and driving 5-17 STARTING THE ENGINE (model without Intelligent Key system)

1. Apply the parking brake. engine, release the accelerator a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before 2. Continuously Variable Transmission pedal. Crank the engine with your shutting it off. Starting and stopping (CVT) model: foot off the accelerator pedal by the engine over a short period of time turning the ignition switch to may make the vehicle more difficult to Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N START. Release the ignition switch start. (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.) when the engine starts. If the 5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever The starter is designed so that it does engine starts, but fails to run, re- to the P (Park) position (CVT model) or not operate unless the shift lever is in peat the above procedure. N (Neutral) position (MT model) and either of the above positions. turn the ignition switch to the OFF Manual Transmission (MT) model: CAUTION position. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) NOTE: position, and depress the clutch pedal Care should be taken to avoid situations to the floor while starting the engine. Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the that can lead to potential battery dis- 3. Crank the engine with your foot off engine does not start, turn the igni- charge and potential no-start condi- the accelerator pedal by turning the tion switch off and wait 10 seconds tions such as: ignition switch to START. Release the before cranking again, otherwise the 1. Installation or extended use of elec- switch when the engine starts. If the starter could be damaged. tronic accessories that consume engine starts, but fails to run, repeat battery power when the engine is the above procedure. Do not turn the ignition switch to the not running (Phone chargers, GPS, . If the engine is very hard to start in START position unless the engine DVD players, etc.) extremely cold weather or when and starter have stopped moving. Attempting to start the engine while 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ restarting, depress the accelerator or only driven short distances. pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the engine or starter is moving may the floor) and hold it and then cause damage. In these cases, the battery may need to crank the engine. Release the ac- be charged to maintain battery health. celerator pedal when the engine 4. Warm-up starts. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 . If the engine is very hard to start seconds after starting. Do not race the because it is flooded, depress the engine while warming it up. Drive at accelerator pedal all the way to the moderate speed for a short distance floor and hold it. Crank the engine first, especially in cold weather. In cold for 5 - 6 seconds. After cranking the weather, keep the engine running for 5-18 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE (model with Intelligent Key system)

1. Apply the parking brake. restarting, depress the accelerator 4. Warm-up 2. Continuously Variable Transmission pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 (CVT) model: the floor) and while holding, crank seconds after starting. Do not race the the engine. Release the accelerator Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N engine while warming it up. Drive at pedal when the engine starts. (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.) moderate speed for a short distance . If the engine is very hard to start first, especially in cold weather. In cold The starter is designed not to operate because it is flooded, depress the weather, keep the engine running for unless the shift lever is in either of the accelerator pedal all the way to the a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before above positions. floor and hold it. Push the ignition shutting it off. Starting and stopping Manual Transmission (MT) model: switch to the ON position to start the engine over a short period of time Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 may make the vehicle more difficult to position. Depress the clutch pedal fully seconds, stop cranking by pushing start. to the floor. the ignition switch to OFF. After When racing the engine up to 4,000 cranking the engine, release the rpm or more under no load condition, The starter is designed not to operate accelerator pedal. Crank the engine unless the clutch pedal is fully de- the engine will enter the fuel cut with your foot off the accelerator mode. pressed. pedal by depressing the brake The Intelligent Key must be carried pedal and pushing the push-button 5. To stop the engine, move the shift when operating the ignition switch. ignition switch to start the engine. lever to the P (Park) position (CVT models) or move the shift lever to 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedure. the N (Neutral) position (MT models), position. Depress the brake pedal (CVT and push the ignition switch to the models) or the clutch pedal (MT mod- OFF position. els) and push the ignition switch to start the engine. CAUTION NOTE: To start the engine immediately, push Care should be taken to avoid situations Do not operate the starter for more and release the ignition switch while that can lead to potential battery dis- than 15 seconds at a time. If the depressing the brake pedal (CVT mod- charge and potential no-start condi- engine does not start, push the els) or the clutch pedal (MT models) tions such as: ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 with the ignition switch in any posi- 1. Installation or extended use of elec- seconds before cranking again, tion. tronic accessories that consume . otherwise the starter could be da- battery power when the engine is If the engine is very hard to start in maged. extremely cold weather or when not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.) Starting and driving 5-19 DRIVING THE VEHICLE

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- position. or only driven short distances. MISSION (CVT) 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a driving In these cases, the battery may need to The Continuously Variable Transmission position. be charged to maintain battery health. (CVT) in your vehicle is electronically REMOTE ENGINE START (if so controlled to produce maximum power 3. Release the parking brake and foot and smooth operation. brake pedal, and then gradually start equipped) the vehicle in motion. Vehicles started with the remote engine The recommended operating procedures start function require the ignition switch for this transmission are shown on the to be placed in the ON position before the following pages. Follow these procedures WARNING shift lever can be moved from the P (Park) for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment. position. To place the ignition switch in . Do not depress the accelerator the ON position, perform the following Engine power may be automatically pedal while shifting from P (Park) steps: reduced to protect the CVT if the engine or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D 1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is speed increases quickly when driving (Drive), or manual shift mode. Al- carried with you. on slippery roads or while being tested ways depress the brake pedal on some dynamometers. until shifting is completed. Failure 2. Depress the brake pedal. to do so could cause you to lose 3. Push the ignition switch once to the Starting the vehicle control and have an accident. ON position. 1. After starting the engine, fully depress . Cold engine idle speed is high, so the foot brake pedal before moving For additional information about the use caution when shifting into a the shift lever out of the P (Park) remote engine start function, see “Re- forward or reverse gear before position. mote engine start” (P.3-23). the engine has warmed up. This CVT is designed so that the foot . Never shift to either the P (Park) brake pedal must be depressed or R (Reverse) position while ve- before shifting from P (Park) to any hicle is moving forward and P driving position while the ignition (Park) or D (Drive) while the vehi- switch is in the ON position. cle is reversing. This could cause The shift lever cannot be moved out an accident or damage the trans- of the P (Park) position and into any mission. of the other positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK or OFF 5-20 Starting and driving . Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a WARNING loss of control. Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running. Failure to do CAUTION so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result . To avoid possible damage to your in serious personal injury or property vehicle; when stopping the vehi- damage. cle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose. CAUTION . Except in an emergency, do not JVS1025X shift to the N (Neutral) position Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) posi- while driving. Coasting with the Shifting tion only when the vehicle is com- transmission in the N (Neutral) To move the shift lever, pletely stopped. position may cause serious da- Push the button while depressing mage to the transmission. : the brake pedal. If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the : Push the button . shift lever is in any positions other than Just move the shift lever. : the P (Park), the ignition switch cannot be After starting the engine, fully depress the placed in the LOCK position. brake pedal, push the shift lever button If the ignition switch cannot be placed in and move the shift lever from the P (Park) the LOCK position, perform the following position to any of the desired shift posi- steps: tions. 1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped. 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position while depressing the foot

Starting and driving 5-21 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? M8 brake pedal. shift lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or M1 ///M2 M3 M4 /M5 /M6 /M7 / 3. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) any driving position to R (Reverse). . When shifting up, move the shift lever position. N (Neutral): to the + (up) side. The transmission 4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK Neither forward nor reverse gear is en- shifts to a higher range. position. gaged. The engine can be started in this . When shifting down, move the shift position. You may shift to N (Neutral) and lever to the − (down) side. The trans- restart a stalled engine while the vehicle mission shifts to a lower range. CAUTION is moving. . Moving the shift lever to the same side To prevent transmission damage, D (Drive): twice will shift the ranges in succes- move the shift lever to the P (Park) Use this position for all normal forward sion. However, if this motion is rapidly or R (Reverse) position only when the driving. done, the second shifting may not be vehicle is completely stopped. completed properly. Manual shift mode . When canceling the manual shift When the shift lever is shifted from the D mode, return the shift lever to the D P (Park): (Drive) position to the manual shift gate, (Drive) position. The transmission re- Use this position when the vehicle is the transmission enters the manual shift turns to the normal driving mode. parked or when starting the engine. Make mode. Shift ranges can be selected M8 (8th): sure the vehicle is completely stopped. manually by moving the shift lever up or The brake pedal must be depressed and down. Use this position for all normal forward the shift lever button pushed in to move driving. In the manual shift mode, the shift range the shift lever from N (Neutral) or any is displayed on the position indicator in However, you need to shift down the drive position to P (Park). Apply the the meter. gears manually when accelerating or parking brake. When parking on a hill, passing another vehicle. apply the parking brake first, then move Shift ranges up or down one by one as the shift lever to the P (Park) position. follows: M7 (7th), M6 (6th) and M5 (5th): Use these positions when driving up long R (Reverse): slopes, or for engine braking when driving Use this position to back up. Make sure down long slopes. the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. The M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd) : brake pedal must be depressed and the Use these positions for hill climbing or shift lever button pushed in to move the engine braking on downhill grades. 5-22 Starting and driving M1 (1st): not a malfunction. circuits are functioning properly. In this case, place the ignition switch in the Use this position when climbing steep Accelerator downshift — In D posi- hills slowly or driving slowly through deep OFF position and wait for 10 seconds. snow, sand or mud, or for maximum tion — Then turn the switch back to the ON engine braking on steep downhill grades. For passing or hill climbing, fully depress position. The vehicle should return to its the accelerator pedal to the floor. This normal operating condition. If it does . Remember not to drive at high speeds shifts the transmission down into a lower not return to its normal operating con- for extended periods of time in lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed. dition, have the transmission checked than M7 range. This reduces fuel and repaired, if necessary. It is recom- economy. High fluid temperature protection mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for . In the manual shift mode, the trans- mode this service. mission may not shift to the selected range. This helps maintain This transmission has a high fluid tem- driving performance and reduces perature protection mode. If the fluid WARNING the chance of vehicle damage or temperature becomes too high (for example, when climbing steep grades in loss of control. When the high fluid temperature . high temperature with heavy loads), en- In the manual shift mode, the trans- gine power and, under some conditions, protection mode or fail-safe opera- mission automatically shifts down vehicle speed will be decreased automa- tion occurs, vehicle speed may be to 1st gear before the vehicle comes tically to reduce the chance of transmis- gradually reduced. The reduced to a stop. When accelerating again, it sion damage. Vehicle speed can be speed may be lower than other is necessary to shift up to the controlled with the accelerator pedal, traffic, which could increase the desired range. but the engine and vehicle speed may chance of a collision. Be especially . When the CVT fluid temperature is be limited. careful when driving. If necessary, extremely low, the manual shift mode pull to the side of the road at a safe may not work and automatically shift Fail-safe place and allow the transmission to as a drive mode. This is not a mal- If the vehicle is driven under extreme return to normal operation, or have it function. In this case, return the shift conditions, such as excessive wheel repaired if necessary. lever to the D (Drive) position and drive spinning and subsequent hard braking, for a while and then shift to the the fail-safe system may be activated. manual shift mode. The MIL may illuminate to indicate the . When the CVT fluid temperature is fail-safe mode is activated. (See “Mal- high, the shift range may upshift at a function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-16).) lower engine speed than usual. This is This will occur even if all electrical Starting and driving 5-23 Adaptive Shift Control (ASC) . During some driving situations, hard braking for example, the Adaptive The Adaptive Shift Control automatically Shift Control may automatically op- operates when the transmission is in the erate. The transmission may auto- “D” (Drive) position and selects an appro- matically shift to a lower gear for priate gear depending on the road con- engine braking. This increases en- ditions such as uphill or downhill. gine speed but not vehicle speed. Control on uphill and curving roads: Vehicle speed is controlled by the A low gear is maintained that suits the accelerator pedal when the vehicle degree of the slope to allow smooth is in the Adaptive Shift Control driving with a small number of shifts. mode. . When the Adaptive Shift Control Control on downhill roads: operates, the transmission some- The Adaptive Shift Control shifts to a low times maintains a lower gear for a gear that suits the degree of the slope longer period of time than when JVS0392X when the accelerator pedal is depressed, Adaptive Shift Control is not operat- and uses the engine braking to help ing. Engine speed will be higher for a Shift lock release driving in the downhill. specific vehicle speed while Adap- If the battery charge is low or discharged, tive Shift Control is operating than Control on winding roads: the shift lever may not be moved from the when Adaptive Shift Control is not P (Park) position even with the brake A low gear is maintained on continuous operating. curves that involve repeated acceleration pedal depressed and the shift lever but- and deceleration, so that smooth accel- ton pushed. eration is available instantly when the To move the shift lever, perform the accelerator pedal is depressed. following procedure: NOTE: 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or . Adaptive Shift Control may not op- LOCK position. erate when the transmission oil 2. Apply the parking brake. temperature is low immediately after the start of driving or when it 3. Remove the shift lock release cover is very hot. (shown in the illustration above) using a suitable tool.

5-24 Starting and driving 4. Insert the mechanical key and push MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT) may damage the clutch. down the shift lock release. . Fully depress the clutch pedal 5. Push the shift lever button and move WARNING before shifting to help prevent the shift lever to the N (Neutral) transmission damage. position while holding down the shift . lock release. . Do not downshift abruptly on Stop your vehicle completely be- slippery roads. This may cause a fore shifting into R (Reverse). Place the ignition switch in the ON posi- loss of control. . tion. The vehicle may be moved to the When the vehicle is stopped for a desired location. . Do not over-rev the engine when period of time, for example at a shifting to a lower gear. This may stop light, shift to N (Neutral) and Replace the removed shift lock release cause a loss of control or engine release the clutch pedal with the cover after the operation. damage. foot brake applied. If the shift lever cannot be moved out of . When the high fluid temperature the P (Park) position, have the CVT system protection mode or fail-safe op- checked as soon as possible. It is recom- eration occurs, vehicle speed may mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this be gradually reduced. The re- service. duced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase WARNING the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the If the shift lever cannot be moved road at a safe place and allow the from the P (Park) position while the transmission to return to normal engine is running and the brake operation, or have it repaired if pedal is depressed, the stop lights necessary. may not work. Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others. CAUTION

. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving. This

Starting and driving 5-25 To back up, pull the shift lever ring Gear MPH (km/h) upward and then move it to the R 1st 28 (46) (Reverse) gear after stopping the vehicle 2nd 50 (81) completely. 3rd 70 (112) The shift lever ring returns to its original 4th 90 (145) position when the shift lever is moved to 5th — the N (Neutral) position. 6th — If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the R (Reverse) or 1st gear, shift to the N (Neutral) position, and then release the clutch pedal once. Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into the R (Reverse) or 1st gear. SSD0552 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Shifting Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is To change gears, or when upshifting or not running smoothly, or if you need to downshifting, fully depress the clutch accelerate. pedal, shift into the appropriate gear, Do not exceed the maximum suggested then slowly and smoothly release the speed (shown below) in any gear. For level clutch pedal. road driving, use the highest gear sug- To ensure smooth gear changes, be sure gested for that speed. Always observe to fully depress the clutch pedal before posted speed limits, and drive according operating the shift lever. If the clutch to the road conditions, which will ensure pedal is not fully depressed before the safe operation. Do not over-rev the en- transmission is shifted, a gear noise may gine when shifting to a lower gear as it be heard. Transmission damage could may cause engine damage or loss of occur. vehicle control. Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed. 5-26 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE

WARNING

. Never drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied. The brake will overheat and fail to operate and will lead to an accident. . Never release the parking brake from outside the vehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will be impossible to push the foot brake pedal and will lead to an accident. . Never use the shift lever in place of the parking brake. When park- SPA2331 JVP0498X ing, be sure the parking brake is fully applied. PEDAL TYPE SWITCH TYPE (models with elec- . To help avoid risk of injury or To apply the parking brake, firmly depress tronic parking brake system) death through unintended opera- the parking brake pedal . The electronic parking brake can be tion of the vehicle and/or its To release the parking brake, depress and applied or released automatically or by systems, do not leave children, hold the foot brake and then fully operating the parking brake switch. people who require the assis- depress and release the parking brake tance of others or pets unat- pedal . Automatic operation tended in your vehicle. Before driving, be sure that the brake With the vehicle stationary, the electronic Additionally, the temperature in- warning light has turned off. parking brake is automatically applied side a closed vehicle on a warm when the engine is turned off with the day can quickly become high ignition switch. enough to cause a significant risk For the model with the automatic brake of injury or death to people and hold function, the electronic parking pets. brake will apply automatically if the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” position when the brake force is maintained by

Starting and driving 5-27 automatic brake hold function. . If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened The electronic parking brake is automati- CAUTION when the brake force is maintained cally released as soon as the vehicle by the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake starts while the accelerator pedal is When parking in an area where the depressed. outside temperature is below 32°F will apply automatically. . (0°C), do not apply the parking brake If the ignition switch is placed in the to prevent it from freezing. OFF position when the brake force is WARNING maintained by the automatic brake For safe parking, place the shift lever hold function, the electronic parking . The electronic parking brake will in the 1 (1st) or R (Reverse) position brake will apply automatically. not be automatically applied and securely block the wheels. when the engine is stopped with- Manual operation out using the ignition switch (for NOTE: The electronic parking brake will not be example, by engine stalling). . To keep the electronic parking brake automatically applied if the engine is released after the engine is turned stopped without using the ignition switch Without the vehicle stationary, off, place the ignition switch in the (for example, by engine stalling). In such a the electronic parking brake will OFF position, depress the brake case, you have to apply the parking brake not be automatically applied pedal and push down the parking manually. even if the engine is turned off brake switch before opening the with the ignition switch. To apply: Pull the switch up . The driver’s door. indicator light will illuminate. . Before leaving the vehicle, move . If a malfunction occurs in the elec- the shift lever to the 1 (1st) or R To release: With the ignition switch in the tronic parking brake system (for ON position, depress the brake pedal and (Reverse) position and check that example, due to battery discharge), the electronic parking brake in- push the switch down . The indicator it is recommended to contact a light will turn off. dicator light is illuminated to NISSAN dealer. confirm that the electronic park- . If the shift lever is moved to the P Before driving, check that the electronic ing brake is applied. The electro- (Park) position when the brake force parking brake indicator light goes nic parking brake indicator light is maintained by the automatic out. For additional information, see will remain on for a period of time brake hold function, the electronic “Warning lights, indicator lights and audi- after the driver’s door is locked. parking brake will apply automati- ble reminders” (P.2-10). cally.

5-28 Starting and driving AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD (if so equipped)

NOTE: brake indicator light in the meter The automatic brake hold function main- . A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is and in the parking brake switch turn tains the braking force without the driver driven without releasing the parking off when the parking brake is re- having to depress the brake pedal when brake. See “Audible reminders” (P.2- leased. the vehicle is stopped at a traffic light or 18). . When pulling the electronic parking intersection. As soon as the driver de- . While the electronic parking brake is brake switch up with the ignition presses the accelerator pedal again, the applied or released, an operating switch in the OFF or ACC position, automatic brake hold function is deacti- sound is heard from the lower side the parking brake switch indicator vated and the braking force is released. of the rear seat. This is normal and light will continue to illuminate for a The operating status of the automatic does not indicate a malfunction. short period of time. brake hold can be displayed on the . When the electronic parking brake is vehicle information display. frequently applied and released in a short period of time, the parking brake may not operate in order to WARNING prevent the parking brake system from overheating. If this occurs, . The automatic brake hold func- operate the electronic parking brake tion is not designed to hold the switch again after waiting approxi- vehicle on a steep hill or slippery mately 1 minute. road. Never use the automatic . If the electronic parking brake must brake hold when the vehicle is be applied while driving in an emer- stopped on a steep hill or slippery gency, pull up and hold the parking road. Failure to do so may cause brake switch. When you release the the vehicle to move. parking brake switch, the parking . When the automatic brake hold brake will be released. function is activated but fails to . While pulling up the electronic park- maintain the vehicle at a standing brake switch during driving, the still, depress the brake pedal to parking brake is applied and a chime stop the vehicle. If the vehicle sounds. The electronic parking unexpectedly moves due to out- brake indicator light in the meter side conditions, the chime may and in the parking brake switch sound and automatic brake hold illuminate. This does not indicate a warning may illuminate in the malfunction. The electronic parking vehicle information display. Starting and driving 5-29 . Be sure to deactivate the auto- does not illuminate when the matic brake hold function when switch is pushed. using a car wash or towing your . The automatic brake hold func- vehicle. tion will not be activated if the . Make sure to place the shift lever Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) in the P (Park) position and apply OFF indicator light, electronic the parking brake when parking parking brake warning light or your vehicle, riding on or off the master warning light illuminate vehicle, or loading luggage. Fail- and the Chassis Control System ure to do so could cause the Error message appears in the vehicle to move or roll away vehicle information display. unexpectedly and result in ser- . To maintain the braking force to ious personal injury or property keep the vehicle to a standstill, a damage. noise may be heard. This is not a JVP0497X . If any of the following conditions malfunction. occur, the automatic brake hold HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE function may not function. Have THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD the system checked promptly. It FUNCTION is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. How to activate the automatic Failure to operate the vehicle in brake hold function accordance with these conditions could cause the vehicle to move 1. With the ignition switch in the ON or roll away unexpectedly and position, push the automatic brake result in serious personal injury hold switch . The indicator light on or property damage. the automatic brake hold switch illuminates. — A warning message appears in the vehicle information dis- 2. When the automatic brake hold func- play. tion goes into standby, the automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illu- — The indicator light on the minates. automatic brake hold switch To use the automatic brake hold function, 5-30 Starting and driving the following conditions need to be met. maintained, the automatic brake hold . The driver’s seat belt is fastened. WARNING indicator light (green) illuminates on the meter. . The electronic parking brake is released. Make sure to firmly depress and hold To start the vehicle from a stand- . The shift lever is not in the P (Park) the brake pedal when turning off the still position. automatic brake hold function while . the brake force is applied. When the With the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N The vehicle is not parked on a steep (Neutral) position, depress the accelerator hill. automatic brake hold function is deactivated, the brake force will be pedal while the brake force is maintained. NOTE: released. This could cause the vehi- The brake force will automatically be The automatic brake hold function re- cle to move or roll away unexpect- released to restart the vehicle. The auto- sets to OFF every time the ignition edly. matic brake hold indicator light (white) on switch is switched from the OFF posi- the meter illuminates and the automatic Failure to prevent the vehicle from tion to the ON position. brake hold returns to standby. rolling may result in serious personal How to deactivate the automatic injury or property damage. Parking brake hold function When the shift lever is in the P (Park) While the automatic brake hold function HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC position with the brake force maintained is activated, push the automatic brake BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION by the automatic brake hold function, the hold switch to turn off the automatic parking brake will automatically be ap- For additional information on using the brake hold indicator light and deactivate plied and the brake force of the auto- automatic brake hold function, refer to the automatic brake hold function. To matic brake hold will be released. The the instructions outlined in this section. deactivate the automatic brake hold automatic brake hold indicator light turns function while the brake force has been To maintain braking force auto- off. When the parking brake is applied maintained by the automatic brake hold matically with the brake force maintained by the function, depress the brake pedal and automatic brake hold function, the brake push the automatic brake hold switch. With the automatic brake hold function force of the automatic brake hold will be activated and the automatic brake hold released. The automatic brake hold in- indicator light (white) illuminated on the dicator light turns off. meter, depress the braking pedal to stop NOTE: the vehicle. The brake force is automati- . cally applied without your foot depressed Under the following conditions, the on the brake pedal. While the brake hold is parking brake will automatically be Starting and driving 5-31 SPORT MODE SWITCH (if so equipped) ECO MODE SYSTEM

applied and the brake force of the automatic brake hold will be released: — The braking force is applied by the automatic brake hold function for 3 minutes or longer. — The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. — The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. — If a malfunction occurs in the automatic brake hold function. . When the vehicle stops, but the brake force is not automatically WAF0037X JVS0185X applied, depress the brake pedal firmly until the automatic brake hold The SPORT mode switch adjusts the The ECO mode system helps to enhance indicator light (green) illuminates. engine and transmission points to en- the fuel economy by controlling the hance performance. Push the SPORT engine and CVT operation (for CVT mod- Automatic brake hold function dis- mode switch on the instrument panel to els) automatically to avoid rapid accelera- play activate the SPORT mode. The SPORT tion. The automatic brake hold function status mode indicator (drive mode indicator) To turn on the ECO mode system, push can be checked in the “Chassis Control” appears in the vehicle information dis- the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator mode in the vehicle information display. play. appears on the meter. For additional information, see “Trip com- NOTE: puter” (P.2-40). To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may switch again. The ECO mode indicator will be reduced. turn off. . The ECO mode system cannot be turned off while the accelerator pedal is depressed even if the ECO switch is pushed to OFF. Release the accelerator pedal to turn off the ECO mode 5-32 Starting and driving system. . The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) . The ECO mode system will turn off system (if so equipped) is operating. automatically if a malfunction occurs . The vehicle speed is less than approxi- in the system. mately 2 MPH (4 km/h). . Turn off the ECO mode system when . The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT acceleration is required such as when: model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) — driving with a heavy load of pas- position. sengers or cargo in the vehicle To activate or deactivate the ECO Pedal — driving on a steep uphill slope Guide function, see “Settings” (P.2-21).

WAF0142X ECO PEDAL GUIDE FUNCTION Use the ECO Pedal Guide function for improving fuel economy. When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the green range , it indicates that the vehicle is driven within range of economy drive. If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the green range, it indicates that the accelerator pedal is depressed over the range of economy drive. The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed when: . The cruise control system (if so equipped) is operating.

Starting and driving 5-33 position. . The cruise control system (if so equipped) is operating. . The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if so equipped) is operating.

WAF0143X JVS1083X AMBIENT ECO ECO DRIVE REPORT The ambient ECO is displayed accord- When the ignition switch is in the OFF ing to the accelerator pedal operation, position, ECO management display ap- while driving the vehicle in ECO mode. pears. The ambient ECO will illuminate in the ECO evaluation directions of as the driving pattern Previous 5 times (History) becomes more ECO friendly. Current fuel economy To activate or deactivate the ambient Best fuel economy ECO, see “Settings” (P.2-21). The result of ECO evaluation is displayed The ambient ECO is not displayed in the when the vehicle is driven for about 10 following conditions minutes or more. . The vehicle speed is under 6 MPH (10 : The more economically you drive, the km/h). more appear. . The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT : The average fuel economy for the model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) previous 5 times will be displayed.

5-34 Starting and driving LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)

: The average fuel economy since the last reset will be displayed. WARNING : The best fuel economy of the past history will be displayed. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death. . This system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- WAC0198X cle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. The LDW system warns the driver with an indicator on the vehicle information display and chime that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane. The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror.

Starting and driving 5-35 LDW indicator on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

JVS1087X LDW indicator (on the vehicle information LDW SYSTEM OPERATION display) The LDW system operates at speeds of Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above and when the lane markings are Vehicle information display clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime will sound and the

5-36 Starting and driving button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the “OK” button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK” button. 3. Use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the “OK” button to select or change an item: . Select “Lane (LDW)” and press the “OK” button. Use the “OK” button to check/ uncheck the box for “Warning”. NOTE: If you disable the LDW system, the system will remain disabled the next time you start the vehicle’s engine. LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

JVS1088X Listed below are the system limitations for the LDW system. Failure to Vehicle information display HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW follow the warnings and instructions Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left SYSTEM for proper use of the LDW system side) could result in serious injury or Perform the following steps to enable or death. disable the LDW system. . The system will not operate at 1. Press the button until “Set- speeds below approximately 37 tings” appears in the vehicle informa- MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot tion display and then press “OK” detect lane markers. Starting and driving 5-37 . Excessive noise will interfere with . The system may not function — When traveling close to the the warning chime sound, and properly under the following con- vehicle in front of you, which the chime may not be heard. ditions: obstructs the lane camera . Do not use the LDW system under — On roads where there are unit detection range. the following conditions as it may multiple parallel lane markers; — When rain, snow, dirt or object not function properly: lane markers that are faded or adheres to the windshield in — During bad weather (rain, fog, not painted clearly; yellow front of the lane camera unit. snow, etc.). painted lane markers; non- standard lane markers; or — When the headlights are not — When driving on slippery lane markers covered with bright due to dirt on the lens roads, such as on ice or snow. water, dirt, snow, etc. or if the aiming is not adjusted properly. — When driving on winding or — On roads where discontinued uneven roads. lane markers are still detect- — When strong light enters the able. lane camera unit. (For exam- — When there is a lane closure ple, the light directly shines on due to road repairs. — On roads where there are the front of the vehicle at — When driving in a makeshift or sharp curves. sunrise or sunset.) temporary lane. — On roads where there are — When a sudden change in — When driving on roads where sharply contrasting objects, brightness occurs. (For exam- the lane width is too narrow. such as shadows, snow, ple, when the vehicle enters or water, wheel ruts, seams or exits a tunnel or under a — When driving without normal lines remaining after road re- bridge.) tire conditions (for example, pairs. (The LDW system could tire wear, low tire pressure, detect these items as lane installation of spare tire (if so markers.) SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- equipped), tire chains, non- ABLE standard wheels). — On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates. Condition A: — When the vehicle is equipped If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight with non-original brake parts — When the vehicle’s traveling under high temperature conditions (over or suspension parts. direction does not align with approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the lane marker. started, the LDW system may be deactivated automatically, the LDW indicator 5-38 Starting and driving will flash and the following message will vehicle. Place the ignition switch in the appear in the vehicle information display. OFF position and restart the engine. If the - “Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature” warning message continues to appear in When the interior temperature is reduced, the vehicle information display, have the the LDW system will resume operating system checked. It is recommended that automatically and the LDW indicator will you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. stop flashing. Condition B: The warning function of the LDW system is not designed to work under the following conditions: . When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The LDW WAC0198X system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE lane change signal is turned off.) The camera unit for the LDW system is . When the vehicle speed lowers to less located above the inside mirror. than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). To keep the proper operation of the LDW Action to take: system and prevent a system malfunc- After the above conditions have finished tion, be sure to observe the following: and the necessary operating conditions . Always keep the windshield clean. are satisfied, the LDW system will resume. . Do not attach a sticker (including SYSTEM MALFUNCTION transparent material) or install an If the LDW system malfunctions, it will accessory near the camera unit. . cancel automatically and “Malfunction” Do not place reflective materials, such will appear in the vehicle information as white paper or a mirror, on the display. If the warning message appears instrument panel. The reflection of in the vehicle information display, pull off sunlight may adversely affect the the road to a safe location and stop the camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers. Starting and driving 5-39 INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION (I-LI)

. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch WARNING the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the Failure to follow the warnings and camera unit is damaged due to an instructions for proper use of the I-LI accident, it is recommended that you system could result in serious injury visit a NISSAN dealer. or death. . The I-LI system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. WAC0198X . The I-LI system is primarily intended for use on well-developed The I-LI system warns the driver if the freeways or highways. It may not vehicle has left the center of the traveling detect the lane markers in certain lane with the I-LI indicator and chime, and road, weather, or driving condi- helps assist the driver to return the tions. vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time). The I-LI system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror.

5-40 Starting and driving I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION The I-LI system operates above approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and when the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime will sound and the I-LI indicator (orange) on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. To turn on the I-LI system, push the dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOT assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist) on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The I-LI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch or the ProPILOT assist switch again to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI WAF0078X ON indicator will turn off. I-LI ON indicator (on the vehicle informa- PILOT assist) tion display) I-LI indicator (on the vehicle information display) Vehicle information display Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist) ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro- Starting and driving 5-41 For models with ProPILOT assist 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the OK button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OK button. 3. To set the I-LI system to on or off, use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the OK button to select or change an item: . Select “Lane” and press the OK button. To turn on the I-LI system, use the OK button to check the box for “Prevention (LDP).” 4. Press the ProPILOT assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist) to turn the system on or off. WAF0139X NOTE: Turning on the ProPILOT assist system Vehicle information display HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI (if so equipped) will turn on the I-LI Dynamic driver assistance switch* (mod- SYSTEM system at the same time. For additional els without ProPILOT assist) Perform the following steps to enable or information, see “ProPILOT assist” (P.5- ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro- 64). PILOT assist) disable the I-LI system.

5-42 Starting and driving For models without ProPILOT assist steering to complete your lane — When driving without normal 1. To turn on the I-LI system, push the change. tire conditions (for example, dynamic driver assistance switch on . Because the I-LI may not activate tire wear, low tire pressure, the instrument panel after starting under the road, weather, and lane installation of spare tire (if so the engine. marker conditions described in equipped), tire chains, non- 2. The I-LI ON indicator on the Vehicle this section, it may not activate standard wheels). Information Display will appear. every time your vehicle begins to — When the vehicle is equipped 3. Push the dynamic driver assistance leave its lane and you will need to with non-original brake parts switch again to turn off the I-LI apply corrective steering. or suspension parts. . system. The I-LI ON indicator on the The I-LI system will not operate at . The system may not function vehicle information display will turn speeds below approximately 37 properly under the following con- off. The I-LI system will be automati- MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot ditions: cally turned off when the engine off. detect lane markers. — On roads where there are . I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS Do not use the I-LI system under multiple parallel lane markers; the following conditions as it may lane markers that are faded or not function properly: not painted clearly; yellow WARNING — During bad weather (rain, fog, painted lane markers; non- snow, etc.). standard lane markers; or Listed below are the system limita- — When driving on slippery lane markers covered with tions for the I-LI system. Failure to water, dirt, snow, etc. follow the warnings and instructions roads, such as on ice or snow. for proper use of the I-LI system — When driving on winding or — On roads where discontinued could result in serious injury or uneven roads. lane markers are still detect- death. able. — When there is a lane closure . The I-LI system may activate if due to road repairs. — On roads where there are you change lanes without first sharp curves. — When driving in a makeshift or activating your turn signal or, for temporary lane. — On roads where there are example, if a construction zone sharply contrasting objects, directs traffic to cross an existing — When driving on roads where such as shadows, snow, lane marker. If this occurs you the lane width is too narrow. water, wheel ruts, seams or may need to apply corrective lines remaining after road re- Starting and driving 5-43 pairs. (The I-LI system could . Excessive noise will interfere with conditions (warning is still functional): detect these items as lane the warning chime sound, and . When the brake pedal is depressed. markers.) the chime may not be heard. . When the steering wheel is turned as — On roads where the traveling far as necessary for the vehicle to lane merges or separates. While the I-LI system is operating, you change lanes. may hear a sound of brake operation. . When the vehicle is accelerated during — When the vehicle’s traveling This is normal and indicates that the I-LI the I-LI system operation. direction does not align with system is operating properly. . When the Intelligent Cruise Control the lane marker. SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- (ICC) approach warning occurs (if so — When traveling close to the ABLE equipped). vehicle in front of you, which . When the hazard warning flashers are Condition A: obstructs the lane camera operated. unit detection range. The warning and assist functions of the I- . When driving on a curve at high speed. LI system are not designed to work under — When rain, snow or dirt ad- Action to take: the following conditions: heres to the windshield in After the above conditions have finished . When you operate the lane change front of the lane camera unit. and the necessary operating conditions signal and change the traveling lanes are satisfied, the I-LI system application of — When the headlights are not in the direction of the signal. (The I-LI the brakes will resume. bright due to dirt on the lens system will be deactivated for ap- or if the aiming is not adjusted proximately 2 seconds after the lane Condition C: properly. change signal is turned off.) If the following message appears in the — When strong light enters the . When the vehicle speed lowers to less vehicle information display, a chime will lane camera unit. (For exam- than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). sound and the I-LI system will be turned ple, the light directly shines on Action to take: off automatically. the front of the vehicle at After the above conditions have finished . "Currently unavailable": sunrise or sunset.) and the necessary operating conditions When the VDC system (except Trac- — When a sudden change in are satisfied, the warning and assist tion Control System (TCS) function) or brightness occurs. (For exam- functions will resume. ABS operates or VDC system is turned ple, when the vehicle enters or Condition B: off. exits a tunnel or under a Action to take: bridge.) The assist function of the I-LI system is not designed to work under the following When the above conditions no longer 5-44 Starting and driving exist, turn off the I-LI system. Push the . Do not strike or damage the areas dynamic driver assistance switch (models around the camera unit. Do not touch without ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOT the camera lens or remove the screw assist switch (models with ProPILOT as- located on the camera unit. If the sist) again to turn the I-LI system back on. camera unit is damaged due to an Temporary disabled status at high tem- accident, it is recommended that you perature: visit a NISSAN dealer. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system may be deactivated automatically and the following message will appear on the vehicle information display: “Unavail- able: High Cabin Temperature.” When the WAC0198X interior temperature is reduced, the sys- SYSTEM MAINTENANCE tem will resume operating automatically. The camera unit for the I-LI system is SYSTEM MALFUNCTION located above the inside mirror. To keep If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will the proper operation of the I-LI system cancel automatically. The I-LI indicator and prevent a system malfunction, be (orange) will illuminate and the “Malfunc- sure to observe the following: tion” warning message will appear in the . Always keep the windshield clean. display. . Do not attach a sticker (including If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates in transparent material) or install an the display, pull off the road to a safe accessory near the camera unit. location. Turn the engine off and restart . Do not place reflective materials, such the engine. If the I-LI indicator (orange) as white paper or a mirror, on the continues to illuminate, have the I-LI instrument panel. The reflection of system checked. It is recommended that sunlight may adversely affect the you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers. Starting and driving 5-45 BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death. . The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the JVS0649X SSD1030 direction your vehicle will move Detection zone to ensure it is safe to change The BSW system uses radar sensors lanes. Never rely solely on the installed near the rear bumper to detect The radar sensors can detect vehicles on BSW system. other vehicles in an adjacent lane. either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside The BSW system helps alert the driver of mirror of your vehicle and extends ap- other vehicles in adjacent lanes when proximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear changing lanes. bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

5-46 Starting and driving system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone. The side indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light. If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the side indicator light flashes and no chime sounds. For additional information, refer to “BSW driving situations” (P.5-49).

WAF0079X Side indicator light BSW SYSTEM OPERATION Vehicle information display The BSW system operates above approxi- Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left mately 20 MPH (32 km/h). side) If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone, the side indicator light illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the Starting and driving 5-47 button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the “OK” button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK” button. 3. Use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the “OK” button to select or change an item. . Select “Blind Spot” and press the “OK” button. Use the “OK” button to check/ uncheck the box for “Warning.” NOTE: The system will retain current settings in the vehicle information display even if the engine is restarted. BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

WAF0140X Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system. Failure to Vehicle information display HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW operate the vehicle in accordance Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left SYSTEM with these system limitations could side) result in serious injury or death. Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system. . The BSW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle informa- . The radar sensors may not be tion display and then press “OK” able to detect and activate BSW 5-48 Starting and driving when certain objects are present wider lane, the radar sensors chime sound, and it may not be such as: may not detect vehicles in an heard. — Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS — Vehicles such as motorcycles, may detect vehicles driving two low height vehicles, or high lanes away. ground clearance vehicles. . The radar sensors are designed Indicator on — Oncoming vehicles. to ignore most stationary objects, Indicator off — Vehicles remaining in the de- however objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked tection zone when you accel- Indicator flashing erate from a stop. vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation — A vehicle merging into an condition. adjacent lane at a speed ap- . The following conditions may re- proximately the same as your duce the ability of the radar to vehicle. detect other vehicles: — A vehicle approaching rapidly — Severe weather from behind. — Road spray — A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly. — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle — A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly. . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install ac- — When overtaking several vehi- cessories or apply additional cles in a row, the vehicles after paint near the radar sensors. the first vehicle may not be These conditions may reduce the detected if they are traveling ability of the radar to detect other close together. vehicles. . The radar sensor’s detection zone . Excessive noise (for example, is designed based on a standard audio system volume, open vehi- lane width. When driving in a cle window) will interfere with the Starting and driving 5-49 JVS0737X JVS0738X JVS0739X Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle Another vehicle approaching from Illustration 2: If the driver activates the Overtaking another vehicle behind turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes Illustration 3: The side indicator light Illustration 1: The side indicator light (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- that vehicle stays in the detection zone tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane. NOTE: for approximately 2 seconds. . The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind. . If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

5-50 Starting and driving the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0740X JVS0741X Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5 – Entering from the side Illustration 4: If the driver activates the Entering from the side turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes Illustration 5: The side indicator light (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side. NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together. . The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly. . If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when Starting and driving 5-51 WAF0555X Illustration 6 – Entering from the side Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about JVS1090X the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone. Vehicle information display sage will appear in the vehicle informa- . If the driver activates the turn signal SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- tion display . before a vehicle enters the detection ABLE The system is not available until the zone, the side indicator light will conditions no longer exist. flash but no chime will sound when When radar blockage is detected, the BSW the other vehicle is detected. system will be turned off automatically, a The radar sensors may be blocked by chime will sound and the “Unavailable: temporary ambient conditions such as Side Radar Obstruction” warning mes- splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked

5-52 Starting and driving condition may also be caused by objects apply additional paint near the radar such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sensors. radar sensors. Do not strike or damage the area around NOTE: the radar sensors. If the BSW system stops working, the See a NISSAN dealer or other authorized RCTA system will also stop working. repair shop if the area around the radar Action to take: sensors is damaged due to a collision. When the above conditions no longer Radio frequency statement exist, the system will resume automati- For USA cally. FCC : OAYSRR3B If the “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruc- This device complies with part 15 of the tion” warning message continues to ap- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the pear, have the system checked. It is following two conditions: recommended that you visit a NISSAN JVS0649X dealer for this service. (1) This device may not cause harmful SYSTEM MAINTENANCE interference, and (2) this device must SYSTEM MALFUNCTION The two radar sensors for the BSW accept any interference received, in- When the BSW system malfunctions, it will system are located near the rear bumper. cluding interference that may cause be turned off automatically and the Always keep the area near the radar undesired operation. system malfunction warning message will sensors clean. FCC Warning appear in the vehicle information display. The radar sensors may be blocked by Changes or modifications not expressly NOTE: temporary ambient conditions such as approved by the party responsible for If the BSW system stops working, the splashing water, mist or fog. compliance could void the user’s RCTA system will also stop working. The blocked condition may also be authority to operate the equipment Action to take: caused by objects such as ice, frost or For Canada dirt obstructing the radar sensors. Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn This device complies with Industry Ca- the engine off and restart the engine. If Check for and remove objects obstruct- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). the message continues to appear, have ing the area around the radar sensors. Operation is subject to the following the BSW system checked. It is recom- Do not attach stickers (including trans- two conditions: (1) this device may not mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for parent material), install accessories or cause interference, and (2) this device this service. must accept any interference, including Starting and driving 5-53 REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA) interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25 Ghz The field strength of SRR3-B is below Failure to follow the warnings and 250 millivolts/m measured at 3 metres instructions for proper use of the with an average detector. RCTA system could result in serious This device contains licence-exempt injury or death. transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply . The RCTA system is not a replace- with Innovation, Science and Economic ment for proper driving proce- Development Canada’s licence-exempt dures and is not designed to RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol- prevent contact with vehicles or lowing two conditions: objects. When backing out of a 1. This device may not cause interfer- parking space, always use the ence. side and rear mirrors and turn 2. This device must accept any inter- and look in the direction your ference, including interference that may vehicle will move. Never rely so- cause undesired operation of the de- lely on the RCTA system. vice. Radiofrequency radiation exposure in- The RCTA system will assist you when formation: backing out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in reverse, the system is This equipment complies with radiation designed to detect other vehicles ap- exposure limits set forth for an uncon- proaching from the right or left of the trolled environment. This equipment vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, should be installed and operated with it will alert you. minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.

5-54 Starting and driving system is operational. If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from either side, the system chimes (once) and the side indicator light flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching from.

JVS0953X Side indicator light RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION Vehicle information display The RCTA system can help alert the driver Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left of an approaching vehicle when the side) driver is backing out of a parking space. When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the RCTA

Starting and driving 5-55 The RCTA system uses radar sensors installed on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle. The radar sensors can detect an approaching vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft (20 m) away.

JVS0173X

JVS0649X

5-56 Starting and driving button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the “OK” button. 2. Use the button to select “Parking Aids” then press the OK button. 3. Select “Cross Traffic” and press the “OK” button. 4. Use the “OK” button to enable or disable the system. NOTE: The system setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.

JVS0942X Vehicle information display HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left RCTA SYSTEM side) Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” Starting and driving 5-57 RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the RCTA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as: — Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child-operated toy vehicles — A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approxi- JVS0479X mately 19 MPH (30 km/h) — A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) . The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:

5-58 Starting and driving — Illustration : When a vehicle . Excessive noise (e.g. audio sys- parked next to you obstructs tem volume, open vehicle win- the beam of the radar sensor. dow) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be — Illustration : When the vehi- heard. cle is parked in an angled parking space. — Illustration : When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground. — Illustration : When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle’s parking lot aisle. — Illustration : When the angle JVS0172X formed by your vehicle and Illustration 1 approaching vehicle is small . The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles: — Severe weather — Road spray — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other JVS0173X vehicles Illustration 2 Starting and driving 5-59 NOTE: In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a chime may not be sounded by the RCTA system after the first vehicle passes the sensors.

JVS1090X

Vehicle information display vehicle information display. SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- The system is not available until the ABLE conditions no longer exist. When radar blockage is detected, the The radar sensors may be blocked by system will be deactivated automatically. temporary ambient conditions such as The “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction” splashing water, mist or fog. warning message will appear in the The blocked condition may also be 5-60 Starting and driving caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt apply additional paint near the radar obstructing the radar sensors. sensors. NOTE: Do not strike or damage the area around If the BSW system stops working, the the radar sensors. It is recommended that RCTA system will also stop working. you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged Action to take: due to a collision. When the above conditions no longer Radio frequency statement exist, the system will resume automatically. For USA SYSTEM MALFUNCTION FCC : OAYSRR3B When the RCTA system malfunctions, it This device complies with part 15 of the will turn off automatically. The system FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: malfunction warning message will appear JVS0649X in the vehicle information display. (1) This device may not cause harmful NOTE: SYSTEM MAINTENANCE interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, in- The two radar sensors for the RCTA If the BSW system stops working, the cluding interference that may cause system are located near the rear bumper. RCTA system will also stop working. undesired operation. Always keep the area near the radar Action to take: sensors clean. FCC Warning Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn The radar sensors may be blocked by Changes or modifications not expressly the engine off and restart the engine. If temporary ambient conditions such as approved by the party responsible for the message continues to appear, have splashing water, mist or fog. compliance could void the user’s the system checked. It is recommended authority to operate the equipment that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this The blocked condition may also be service. caused by objects such as ice, frost or For Canada dirt obstructing the radar sensors. This device complies with Industry Ca- Check for and remove objects obstruct- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). ing the area around the radar sensors. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not Do not attach stickers (including trans- cause interference, and (2) this device parent material), install accessories or must accept any interference, including Starting and driving 5-61 CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped) interference that may cause undesired — When it is not possible to keep operation of the device. the vehicle at a constant Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25 Ghz speed The field strength of SRR3-B is below — When driving in heavy traffic 250 millivolts/m measured at 3 metres with an average detector. — When driving in traffic that varies speed This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply — When driving in windy areas with Innovation, Science and Economic — When driving on winding or Development Canada’s licence-exempt hilly roads RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: — When driving on slippery (rain, snow, ice, etc.) roads 1. This device may not cause interference. JVS1005X 2. This device must accept any inter- 1. RES/+ switch ference, including interference that may 2. CANCEL switch CAUTION cause undesired operation of the de- 3. SET/- switch vice. On Manual Transmission (MT) model, 4. Cruise ON/OFF switch Radiofrequency radiation exposure in- do not shift to the N (Neutral) posi- formation: tion without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is This equipment complies with radiation WARNING operated. Should this occur, depress exposure limits set forth for an uncon- the clutch pedal and turn the Cruise trolled environment. This equipment . Always observe the posted speed ON/OFF switch off immediately. Fail- should be installed and operated with limits and do not set the speed ure to do so may cause engine minimum distance of 20 cm between over them. damage. the radiator and your body. . Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

5-62 Starting and driving PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON- Turning on cruise control . Quickly push and release the SET/- TROL Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The switch. This will reduce the vehicle speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). . If the cruise control system malfunc- CRUISE indicator in the vehicle informa- tions, it will cancel automatically. The tion display will appear. Resetting to faster speed: CRUISE indicator in the vehicle infor- Setting cruising speed Use any one of the following methods to mation display will then blink to warn reset to a faster speed. the driver. 1. Accelerate to the desired speed. . Depress the accelerator pedal. When . If the CRUISE indicator blinks, turn the 2. Push the SET/- switch and release it. the vehicle reaches the desired speed, Cruise ON/OFF switch off and have 3. Take your foot off the accelerator push and release the SET/- switch. the system checked. It is recom- pedal. . Push and hold the RES/+switch. When mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer The vehicle will maintain the set speed. the vehicle reaches the desired speed, for this service. release the RES/+ switch. . The CRUISE indicator may blink when Passing another vehicle: . Quickly push and release the RES/+ the Cruise ON/OFF switch is turned Depress the accelerator pedal to accel- switch. This will increase the vehicle ON while pushing the RES/+, SET/-, or erate. After releasing the accelerator speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). CANCEL switch. To properly set the pedal, the vehicle will return to the pre- cruise control system, perform the viously set speed. Resuming at preset speed: following procedures. The vehicle may not maintain the set Push and release the RES/+ switch. CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS speed when going up or down steep hills. The vehicle will resume the last set The cruise control allows driving at In such cases, drive without the cruise cruising speed when the vehicle speed is speeds above 25 MPH (40 km/h) without control. over 25 MPH (40 km/h). keeping your foot on the accelerator Resetting to slower speed: pedal. Cancelling cruising speed Use any one of the following methods to Use any one of the following methods to The cruise control will automatically be reset to a slower speed. canceled if the vehicle slows down more cancel the set speed. than approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h) . Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When . Push the CANCEL switch. below the set speed. the vehicle reaches the desired speed, . Tap the foot brake pedal. push and release the SET/- switch. . Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral) . Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The position will cancel the cruise control. Push and hold the SET/- switch. When CRUISE indicator will turn off. the vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the SET- switch.

Starting and driving 5-63 PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)

the driver’s responsibility to stay . Always drive carefully and atten- WARNING alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- tively when using the ProPILOT cle in the traveling lane, and be in assist system. Read and under- Failure to follow the warnings and control of the vehicle at all times. stand the Owner’s Manual thor- instructions for proper use of the . The ProPILOT assist system is oughly before using the ProPILOT ProPILOT assist system could result only an aid to assist the driver assist system. To avoid serious in serious injury or death. and is not a collision warning or injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to . ProPILOT assist is not a self-driv- avoidance device. . control the vehicle’s speed in ing system. Within the limits of its The ProPILOT assist system is for emergency situations. Do not capabilities, as described in this highway use only and is not use the ProPILOT assist system manual, it helps the driver with intended for city driving. Failure except in appropriate road and certain driving activities. to apply the brakes or steer the traffic conditions. . The ProPILOT assist system is not vehicle when necessary may re- a replacement for proper driving sult in a serious accident. procedures and is not designed . Always observe posted speed to correct careless, inattentive or limits and do not set the speed absentminded driving. ProPILOT over them. assist will not always steer the . Never take your hands off the vehicle to keep it in the lane. The steering wheel when driving. Al- ProPILOT assist system is not ways keep your hands on the designed to prevent loss of con- steering wheel and drive your trol. It is the driver’s responsibility vehicle safely. to stay alert, drive safely, keep . the vehicle in the traveling lane, Never unfasten your safety belt and be in control of the vehicle at when using ProPILOT assist. all times. Doing so automatically cancels the ProPILOT assist system. . There are limitations to the Pro- . PILOT assist system capability. The ProPILOT assist system does The ProPILOT assist system does not react to stationary and slow not function in all driving, traffic, moving vehicles. weather, and road conditions. It is

5-64 Starting and driving are detected.

WAF0286X The ProPILOT assist system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction. The ProPILOT assist system uses a multi- sensing front camera installed behind the windshield and a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane and to monitor the lane markers. If the vehicle detects a slower moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance. The system will also help keep the vehicle centered in the traveling lane when clear lane markings Starting and driving 5-65 1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes: . Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: For cruising at a preset speed NOTE: Steering Assist is not available in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. . Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h). When the vehicle ahead slows to a stop, your vehicle gradually decelerates to a standstill. WAF0046X When the vehicle is stopped, the ICC system maintains braking force to Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERA- keep your vehicle stopped. Vehicle information display TION NOTE: Steering-wheel-mounted control (right) The ProPILOT assist system has the When your vehicle is stopped for less ProPILOT assist switch following two functions: than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead Steering assist switch begins to move, your vehicle will start moving again automatically.

5-66 Starting and driving . When your vehicle is at a standstill for more than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead. . When no vehicle is detected ahead within the driver selected distance, the vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The speed must be above 20 MPH (32 km/h) to use this function. NOTE: Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak- ing (AEB) setting is turned off by the driver using the “Settings” menu in the WAF0047X vehicle information display, AEB will be PROPILOT ASSIST SWITCHES 5. SET- switch: automatically turned on when ICC is used. 1. DISTANCE switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces . speed incrementally 2. Steering assist Long . Middle 6. Steering assist switch: The steering assist function controls the . Short steering system to help keep your vehicle Turns the steering assist function on within the traveling lane. 2. RES+ switch: or off When there is no vehicle ahead, steering Resumes set speed or increases speed assist is not available at speeds under 37 incrementally MPH (60 km/h). 3. CANCEL switch: Deactivates the ProPILOT assist system 4. ProPILOT assist switch: Turns the ProPILOT assist system on or off

Starting and driving 5-67 2. Set distance indicator — Steering assist status indicator Displays the selected distance (green): Steering assist active 3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator — Steering assist status indicator (orange): Steering assist malfunction Indicates whether the system detects a vehicle in front of you 7. Speed control status indicator/warning 4. Steering assist indicator Displays the status of speed control by Indicates the status of the Steering the color and shape of the indicator/ assist function by the color of the warning indicator . . Speed control status indicator/ Steering assist indicator (gray): warning (gray): ICC standby Steering assist standby . . Speed control status indicator/ Steering assist indicator (green): warning (solid green ): ICC (dis- Steering assist active WAF0049X tance control mode) is active (ve- . Steering assist indicator (orange): hicle detected ahead). Your vehicle PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY Steering assist malfunction matches the speed of the vehicle AND INDICATORS 5. ProPILOT assist activation ahead. . 1. Lane marker indicator Displays once the ProPILOT assist Speed control status indicator/ warning (green outline ): ICC Indicates whether the system detects system is activated (maintain speed control mode) is lane markers 6. Steering assist status indicator/warn- active (no vehicle detected ahead). . ing No lane markers displayed: Steering Your vehicle maintains the driver- assist is turned off Displays the status of the Steering selected set speed. Lane marker indicator (gray): No assist by the color of the indicator/ . Speed control status indicator/ lane markers detected warning warning (orange): Indicates an ICC . — Lane marker indicator (green): Lane No Steering assist status indicator malfunction displayed: Steering assist is turned markers detected 8. Set vehicle speed indicator off — Lane marker indicator (yellow): Indicates the set vehicle speed Lane departure is detected Steering assist status indicator (gray): Steering assist standby 9. ProPILOT assist status indicator Indicates the status of the ProPILOT

5-68 Starting and driving assist system by the color of the indicator . ProPILOT assist status indicator (white): ProPILOT assist is on but in standby. . ProPILOT assist status indicator (blue): ProPILOT assist active TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE ON NOTE: ProPILOT assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or steering assist in the conventional (fixed WAF0050X speed) cruise control mode. OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST To choose the conventional (fixed speed) 1. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) cruise control mode, push and hold the with pedestrian detection ProPILOT assist switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For additional 2. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) when information, see “Conventional (fixed shaded and Intelligent Lane Interven- speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-91). tion (I-LI) when solid 3. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

Starting and driving 5-69 formation, see “How to use the vehicle information display” (P.2- 20). 3. The status of the ProPILOT assist system is displayed in the vehicle information display . 4. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to the desired speed. 5. Push the SET- switch . The ProPILOT assist system begins to automatically maintain the set speed. The ProPILOT assist activation indicator and Pro- PILOT assist status indicator illuminate (blue). When a vehicle ahead is traveling at a speed of 20 MPH (32 km/h) or below and the SET- switch is pushed, the set speed of your vehicle is 20 MPH (32 km/h). NOTE: When “Prevention (LDP)” is selected in the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT assist system on will activate the I-LI WAF0051X system at the same time. For additional . AEB, LDW, and BSW are enabled information, see “Intelligent Lane Inter- 1. Push the ProPILOT assist switch . vention (I-LI)” (P.5-40). This turns on the ProPILOT assist when the specified Driving Aid is system. shaded. . 2. A screen is displayed for a period of I-LI is enabled when the Driving Aid time that indicates the status of the is solid. . Driving Aid functions. To change the status of the Driving Aids, use the or to navigate the settings screen. For additional in- 5-70 Starting and driving 131). How to momentarily accelerate or . When the VDC system (including the decelerate traction control system) is operating . Depress the accelerator pedal when . When a wheel is slipping acceleration is required. Release the . When any door is open accelerator pedal to resume the pre- . When the driver’s seat belt is not viously set vehicle speed. fastened . Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required. Control by the How to change the set vehicle ProPILOT Assist system is canceled. speed Push the RES+ switch to resume the The set vehicle speed can be adjusted. previously set vehicle speed. To change to a faster cruising speed: . Push and hold the RES+ switch. The WARNING WAF0052X set vehicle speed increases by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h). When the accelerator pedal is de- When the SET- switch is pushed under the . following conditions, the ProPILOT assist Push, then quickly release, the RES+ pressed and you are approaching system cannot be set and the set vehicle switch. Each time you do this, the set the vehicle ahead, the ICC system speed indicator blinks for approxi- speed increases by approximately 1 will neither control the brake nor mately 2 seconds: MPH (1 km/h). warn the driver with the chime and To change to a slower cruising speed: display. The driver must manually . When traveling below 20 MPH (32 control the vehicle speed to maintain km/h) and the vehicle ahead is not . Push and hold the SET- switch. The a safe distance to the vehicle ahead. detected set vehicle speed decreases by ap- Failure to do so could result in severe . proximately 5 MPH (5 km/h). When the shift lever is not in the D personal injury or death. (Drive) position or manual shift mode . Push, then quickly release, the SET . When the parking brake is applied switch. Each time you do this, the set speed decreases by approximately 1 NOTE: . When the brakes are operated by the MPH (1 km/h). driver When you accelerate by depressing the accelerator pedal or decelerate by . When the VDC system is off. For pushing the SET- switch and the vehicle additional information, see “Vehicle travels faster than the speed set by the Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5- driver, the set speed vehicle indicator Starting and driving 5-71 will blink.

WAF0053X

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time. Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed, the set distance will change to “long”, “middle”, “short” and back to “long” again in that sequence.

5-72 Starting and driving WAF0054X . The distance to the vehicle ahead HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE changes automatically according to STEERING ASSIST the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance. Use the following methods to enable or disable the steering assist. . The distance setting will remain at the current setting even if the engine is restarted.

Starting and driving 5-73 Steering assist switch: To turn the steering assist on or off, push the steering assist switch on the instrument panel. Setting in the vehicle information display: 1. Press the button on the steering wheel until “Settings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. 2. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the “OK” button . 3. Use the button to select “Driving Aids.” Then press the “OK” button . 4. Select “Steering Assist” and press the “OK” button . NOTE: . When the Cruise screen is displayed on the vehicle information display, press the “OK” button on the steer- WAF0055X ing wheel to call up the “Driving Aids” setting display. 1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) even if the ignition switch is cycled. . When enabling/disabling the system 2. Vehicle information display The switch must be pushed again to through the vehicle information dis- change the setting to on or off. 3. Steering assist switch play, the system retains the current . The steering assist switch changes settings even if the engine is re- NOTE: the status of the “Steering Assist” started. . When the steering assist switch is selection made in the “Settings” used to turn the system on or off, screen in the vehicle information the system remembers the setting display. 5-74 Starting and driving HOW TO CANCEL THE PROPILOT INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL . The ICC system does not react to ASSIST SYSTEM (ICC) stationary and slow moving vehi- To cancel the ProPILOT assist system, use cles. one of the following methods: WARNING . Always drive carefully and atten- . Push the CANCEL switch. tively when using the ICC system. . Tap the brake pedal (except at a Read and understand the Owner’s Failure to follow the warnings and Manual thoroughly before using standstill). instructions for proper use of the ICC . the ICC system. To avoid serious Push the ProPILOT assist switch to system could result in serious injury injury or death, do not rely on the turn the system off. The ProPILOT or death. system to prevent accidents or to assist status indicator will turn off. . The ICC system is only an aid to control the vehicle’s speed in When the ProPILOT assist system is assist the driver and is not a emergency situations. Do not canceled while the vehicle is stopped, collision warning or avoidance use the ICC system except in the electronic parking brake is automati- device. It is recommended for appropriate road and traffic con- cally activated. highway use only and it is not ditions. intended for city driving. It is the WARNING driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in con- ICC system operation trol of the vehicle at all times. The ICC system is designed to maintain a To prevent the vehicle from moving selected distance from the vehicle in front . There are limitations to the ICC or rolling unexpectedly, which could of you and can reduce the speed to system capability. The ICC system result in serious personal injury or match a slower vehicle ahead. The sys- does not function in all driving, property damage, before exiting the tem decelerates the vehicle as necessary traffic, weather, and road condi- vehicle make sure to push the Pro- and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, tions. It is the driver’s responsi- PILOT assist switch to turn the sys- the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. bility to stay alert, drive safely, tem off, place the shift lever in the P However, the ICC system can only apply keep the vehicle in the traveling (Park) position, and turn the engine up to 40% of the vehicle’s total braking lane, and be in control of the off. power. This system should only be used vehicle at all times. when traffic conditions allow vehicle . Always observe posted speed speeds to remain fairly constant or when limits and do not set the speed vehicle speeds change gradually. If a over them. vehicle moves into the traveling lane

Starting and driving 5-75 ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead . When your vehicle is at a standstill for rapidly decelerates, the distance between more than 3 seconds and the vehicle vehicles may become closer because the ahead begins to accelerate, push the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle RES+ switch or lightly depress the quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC accelerator pedal. The ICC system system sounds a warning chime and starts to follow the vehicle ahead. blinks the system display to notify the . When the vehicle traveling ahead driver to take necessary action. moves to a different traveling lane, The ICC system cancels and a warning the ICC system accelerates and main- chime sounds if the speed is below tains vehicle speed up to the set approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a speed. vehicle is not detected ahead. The ICC system does not control vehicle The ICC system operates as follows: speed or warn you when you approach . stationary and slow moving vehicles. You When there are no vehicles traveling must pay attention to vehicle operation SSD0254 ahead, the ICC system maintains the to maintain proper distance from vehicles speed set by the driver. The set speed ahead when approaching toll gates or When driving on the freeway at a set range is between approximately 20 traffic congestion. speed and approaching a slower traveling and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h). vehicle ahead, the ICC system adjusts the . When there is a vehicle traveling speed to maintain the distance, selected ahead, the ICC system adjusts the by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If speed to maintain the distance, se- the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits lected by the driver, from the vehicle the freeway, the ICC system accelerates ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a and maintains the speed up to the set stop, the vehicle decelerates to a speed. Pay attention to the driving opera- standstill. Once your vehicle stops, tion to maintain control of the vehicle as the ICC system keeps the vehicle it accelerates to the set speed. stopped. The vehicle may not maintain the set . When your vehicle is stopped for less speed on winding or hilly roads. If this than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead occurs, you will have to manually control begins to move, your vehicle will start the vehicle speed. moving again automatically. Normally when controlling the distance to

5-76 Starting and driving a vehicle ahead, the system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

WAF0057X WAF0058X System set display with no vehicle detected ahead System set display with vehicle ahead No vehicle detected ahead: Vehicle detected ahead: The driver sets the desired vehicle speed When a vehicle is detected in the lane based on the road conditions. The ICC ahead, the ICC system decelerates the system maintains the set vehicle speed, vehicle by controlling the throttle and similar to standard cruise control, as long applying the brakes to match the speed as no vehicle is detected in the lane of a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system ahead. The ICC system displays the set then controls the vehicle speed based on speed. the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance. NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system. . When the brake is applied by the system, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction. Starting and driving 5-77 When the ICC system detects a vehicle system then maintains the set speed. ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indi- When a vehicle is no longer detected, the cator and the speed control status in- vehicle ahead detection indicator turns dicator (distance control mode) off and speed control status indicator illuminates (solid green ). (maintain speed control mode) illumi- Vehicle ahead stops: nates (green outline ). When the vehicle ahead decelerates to The ICC system gradually accelerates to stop, your vehicle decelerates to a stand- the set speed, but you can depress the still. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC accelerator pedal to quickly accelerate. system automatically applies the brakes When a vehicle is no longer detected and to keep the vehicle stopped. When your your vehicle is traveling under approxi- vehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Press mately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the ICC system to start” message is displayed on the automatically cancels. vehicle information display. WAF0059X NOTE: When your vehicle stops for less than 3 When passing another vehicle, the set seconds, your vehicle will automatically speed indicator flashes when the follow the vehicle as it accelerates from vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. a stop. The vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off when the area ahead of the Vehicle ahead accelerates: vehicle is open. When the pedal is re- When your vehicle is stopped and the leased, the vehicle returns to the pre- vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push viously set speed. Even though your the RES+ switch or lightly depress the vehicle speed is set in the ICC system, accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts you can depress the accelerator pedal to follow the vehicle ahead. when it is necessary to accelerate your Vehicle ahead not detected: vehicle rapidly. When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC

5-78 Starting and driving Cut-in detection The warning chime will not sound when: Acceleration when passing If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane . Your vehicle approaches other vehi- When the ICC system is engaged above near your vehicle, the ICC system may cles that are parked or moving slowly. 44 mph (70 km/h) and following a slower inform the driver by flashing the vehicle . The accelerator pedal is depressed, vehicle (below ICC set speed), and the ahead detection indicator. overriding the system. turn signal is activated to the left, the ICC NOTE: system will automatically start to accel- Approach warning erate the vehicle to help initiate passing If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle The approach warning chime may on the left and will begin to reduce the ahead due to rapid deceleration of that sound and the system display may distance to vehicle directly ahead. Only vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the flash when the radar sensor detects the left side turn signal operates this system warns the driver with the chime objects on the side of the vehicle or on feature. As the driver steers the vehicle and ICC system display. Decelerate by the side of the road. This may cause the and moves into the passing lane, if no depressing the brake pedal to maintain a ICC system to decelerate or accelerate vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system safe vehicle distance if: the vehicle. The radar sensor may de- will continue to accelerate to the ICC tect these objects when the vehicle is . The chime sounds. system set speed. If another vehicle is driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads detected ahead, then the vehicle will . The vehicle ahead detection indicator or when the vehicle is entering or accelerate up to the following speed of and set distance indicator blink. exiting a curve. In these cases, you will . that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered You judge it necessary to maintain a have to manually control the proper into the left lane to pass, the acceleration safe distance. distance ahead of your vehicle. will stop after a short time and regain the The warning chime may not sound in Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af- set following distance. Acceleration can some cases when there is a short dis- fected by vehicle operation (steering be stopped at any point by depressing tance between vehicles. Some examples maneuver or driving position in the the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch on are: lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions the steering wheel. . When the vehicles are traveling at the (for example, if a vehicle is being driven same speed and the distance be- with some damage). ICC system limitations tween vehicles is not changing. . When the vehicle ahead is traveling WARNING faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing. Listed below are the system limita- . When a vehicle cuts in near your tions for the ICC system. Failure to vehicle. operate the vehicle in accordance Starting and driving 5-79 with these system limitations could your vehicle can automatically — On steep downhill roads (the result in serious injury or death: accelerate if the vehicle is vehicle may go beyond the set . The ICC system is primarily in- stopped for less than approxi- vehicle speed and frequent tended for use on straight, dry, mately 3 seconds. Be prepared braking may result in over- open roads with light traffic. It is to stop your vehicle if necessary. heating the brakes) not advisable to use the ICC . Always pay attention to the op- — On repeated uphill and down- system in city traffic or congested eration of the vehicle and be hill roads areas. ready to manually control the — When traffic conditions make . The ICC system will not adapt proper following distance. The ICC system may not be able to it difficult to keep a proper automatically to road conditions. distance between vehicles be- This system should be used in maintain the selected distance between vehicles (following dis- cause of frequent accelera- evenly flowing traffic. Do not use tion or deceleration the system on roads with sharp tance) or selected vehicle speed curves or on icy roads, in heavy under some circumstances. — Interference by other radar rain or in fog. . The system may not detect the sources. . As there is a performance limit to vehicle in front of you in certain . In some road or traffic conditions, the distance control function, road or weather conditions. To a vehicle or object can unexpect- never rely solely on the ICC sys- avoid accidents, never use the ICC edly come into the sensor detec- tem. This system does not correct system under the following con- tion zone and cause automatic careless, inattentive or absent- ditions: braking. Always stay alert and minded driving or overcome poor — On roads with heavy, high- avoid using the ICC system where visibility in rain, fog, or other bad speed traffic or sharp curves not recommended in this warning section. weather. Decelerate the vehicle — On slippery road surfaces speed by depressing the brake such as on ice or snow, etc. pedal, depending on the distance The ICC system will not detect the to the vehicle ahead and the — During bad weather (rain, fog, following objects: snow, etc.) surrounding circumstances in or- . Stationary or slow moving vehicles der to maintain a safe distance — When rain, snow or dirt adhere . Pedestrians or objects in the roadway between vehicles. to the bumper around the . Oncoming vehicles in the same lane . When the ICC system automati- distance sensor cally brings the vehicle to a stop,

5-80 Starting and driving . Motorcycles traveling offset in the outside of the detection zone due to its lightning flashes) travel lane position within the same lane of travel. The following are some conditions in Motorcycles may not be detected in the which the radar sensor cannot properly same lane ahead if they are traveling detect a vehicle ahead and the system offset from the center line of the lane. A may not operate properly: vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has . When the sensor detection is reduced completely moved into the lane. (conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road If this occurs, the ICC system may warn spray from other vehicles) you by blinking the system indicator and . Driving on a steep downhill slope or sounding the chime. The driver may have roads with sharp curves to manually control the proper distance . Driving on a bumpy road surface, such away from the vehicle traveling ahead. as an uneven dirt road The ICC system (with ProPILOT assist) . If dirt, ice, snow or other material is uses a multi-sensing front camera. The covering the radar sensor area following are some conditions in which . A complicated-shaped vehicle such as the camera may not properly detect a a car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/ vehicle and detection of a vehicle ahead trailer is near the vehicle ahead. may be delayed: . . Interference by other radar sources Poor visibility (conditions such as rain, . When excessively heavy baggage is snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, loaded in the rear seat or cargo area and road spray from other vehicles) . of your vehicle. The camera area of the windshield is The ICC system is designed to automati- fogged up or covered with dirt, water cally check the radar sensor’s operation drops, ice, snow, etc. . within the limitations of the system Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) The detection zone of the radar sensor is enters the front camera limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the . detection zone for the ICC system to A sudden change in brightness occurs maintain the selected distance from the (for example, when the vehicle enters vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move or exits a tunnel or shaded area or

Starting and driving 5-81 When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and SSD0252 sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead. Automatic cancellation The following are conditions in which the ICC system may be temporarily unavailable. In these instances, the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead. Condition A: Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. A chime SSD0253 will sound and the system will not be able to be set:

5-82 Starting and driving . Any door is open. NOTE: Action to take: . The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. When the ICC system is canceled under If the warning message appears, stop the . The vehicle ahead is not detected and the following conditions at a standstill, vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever your vehicle is traveling below the the electronic parking brake is automa- in the P (Park) position, and turn the speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h). tically activated: engine off. When the radar signal is . Any door is open. . Your vehicle has been stopped by the temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor . ICC system for approximately 3 min- The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. area of the front bumper and restart the utes or longer. . Your vehicle has been stopped by engine. If the “Forward Driving Aids Tem- . The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) the ICC system for approximately 3 porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked” or position or manual shift mode. minutes or longer. “Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction” . warning message continues to be dis- . The electronic parking brake is ap- The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) played, have the system checked. It is plied. position or manual shift mode. . recommended that you visit a NISSAN . The VDC system is turned off. The VDC system is turned off. . dealer for this service. . The AEB applies harder braking When distance measurement becomes impaired due to adhesion of . VDC (including the traction control Condition C: dirt or obstruction to the sensor. system) operates. When driving on roads with limited road . When the radar signal is temporarily . A wheel slips. structures or buildings (for example, long interrupted. . When distance measurement be- bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next comes impaired due to adhesion of Condition B: to long walls), the system may illuminate the system warning light and display the dirt or obstruction to the sensor. When the radar sensor of the front . “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Dis- When the radar signal is temporarily bumper is covered with dirt or is ob- abled Front Sensor Blocked” or “Unavail- interrupted. structed, the ICC system will automati- able: Front Radar Obstruction” warning Action to take: cally be canceled. message. When the conditions listed above are no The chime will sound and the “Forward Action to take: longer present, turn the system off using Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the Sensor Blocked” or “Unavailable: Front When the above driving conditions no ProPILOT Assist system back on to use Radar Obstruction” warning message will longer exist, turn the system back on. the system. appear in the vehicle information display.

Starting and driving 5-83 ICC system malfunction tion. STEERING ASSIST . If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be Do not alter, remove, or paint the front turned off automatically, a chime will bumper. WARNING sound, and the speed control status Before customizing or restoring the front warning (orange) will illuminate. bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer. Failure to follow the warnings and Action to take: instructions for proper use of the The camera sensor is located above the If the warning illuminates, stop the vehicle steering assist could result in serious inside mirror. in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart injury or death. the engine and set the ICC system again. To keep the proper operation of the . The steering assist is not a repla- If it is not possible to set the ICC system or systems and prevent a system malfunc- cement for proper driving proce- the warning stays on, it may be a tion, be sure to observe the following: dures and is not designed to malfunction. Although the normal driving . Always keep the windshield clean. correct careless, inattentive or can be continued, the ICC system should . Do not attach a sticker (including absent-minded driving. The be inspected. It is recommended that you transparent material) or install an steering assist will not always visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. accessory near the camera unit. steer the vehicle to keep it in the ICC sensor maintenance . Do not place reflective materials, such lane. It is not designed to prevent as white paper or a mirror, on the loss of control. It is the driver’s The radar sensor is located on the front of instrument panel. The reflection of responsibility to stay alert, drive the vehicle. sunlight may adversely affect the safely, keep the vehicle in the To keep the ICC system operating prop- camera unit’s capability of detecting traveling lane, and be in control erly, be sure to observe the following: the lane markers. of the vehicle at all times. . Always keep the sensor area clean. . Do not strike or damage the areas . As there is a performance limit to . Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the steering assist’s capability, around the sensor. the camera lens or remove the screw never rely solely on the system. . Do not attach a sticker (including located on the camera unit. The steering assist does not func- transparent material) or install an If the camera unit is damaged due to an tion in all driving, traffic, weather, accessory near the sensor. This could accident, it is recommended that you visit and road conditions. Always drive cause failure or malfunction. a NISSAN dealer. safely, pay attention to the op- . Do not attach metallic objects near eration of the vehicle, and manu- the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). ally control your vehicle This could cause failure or malfunc- appropriately. 5-84 Starting and driving . The steering assist is intended for assist except in appropriate road use on well-developed freeways and traffic conditions. or highways with gentle (moderate) curves. To avoid risk of an accident,do not use this system Steering assist operation on local or non-highway roads. The steering assist controls the steering . The steering assist only steers system to help keep your vehicle near the the vehicle to maintain its posi- center of the lane when driving. The tion in the center of a lane. The steering assist is combined with the vehicle will not steer to avoid Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system. objects in the road in front of For additional information, see “Intelligent the vehicle or to avoid a vehicle Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-75). moving into your lane. The steering assist can be activated when . the following conditions are met: It is the driver’s responsibility to WAF0062X stay alert, drive safely, keep the . The ICC system is activated. . vehicle in the traveling lane, and Lane markers on both sides are clearly Steering assist display and indica- be in control of the vehicle at all detected. tors times. Never take your hands off . A vehicle ahead is detected (when the the steering wheel when driving. vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 1. Steering assist status indicator/ warn- Always keep your hands on the MPH (60 km/h)). ing steering wheel and drive your . The driver grips the steering wheel. Displays the status of the steering vehicle safely. . The vehicle is driven at the center of assist by the color of the indicator/ . Always drive carefully and atten- the lane. warning . tively when using the steering . The turn signals are not operated. Steering assist status indicator assist. Read and understand the (gray): Steering assist standby . The windshield wiper is not operated Owner’s Manual thoroughly be- . in the high speed operation (the Steering assist status indicator fore using the steering assist. To steering assist function is disabled (green): Steering assist active avoid serious injury or death, do . after the wiper operates for approxi- Steering assist status indicator (or- not rely on the system to prevent mately 10 seconds). ange): Steering assist malfunction accidents or to control the vehicle’s speed in emergency situa- 2. Steering assist indicator tions. Do not use the steering Indicates the status of the steering Starting and driving 5-85 assist by the color of the indicator Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . Steering assist indicator (gray): When a curve or strong cross wind Steering assist standby exceeds the capabilities of the Steering . Steering assist indicator (green): Assist and your vehicle approaches either Steering assist active the left or the right side of the traveling . Steering assist indicator (orange): lane, a warning chime sounds and the I-LI Steering assist malfunction indicator light (orange) on the instrument 3. Lane marker indicator panel flashes to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system automatically applies the Indicates whether the system detects brakes for a short period of time to help the lane marker . assist the driver to return the vehicle to Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane the center of the traveling lane. This markers not detected action is in addition to any Steering Assist . Lane marker indicator (green): Lane actions. For more information, see “Intel- markers detected ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40). . Lane marker indicator (orange): Lane departure is detected When the steering assist is in operation, the steering assist status indicator , the steering assist indicator , and the lane marker indicator on the vehicle information display turn green. A chime sounds when the steering assist initially activates. When the steering assist deactivates, the steering assist status indicator , the steering assist indicator , and the lane marker indicator on the vehicle information display turn gray and a chime sounds twice.

5-86 Starting and driving control of the vehicle again. If the driver still does not respond, the ProPILOT assist turns on the hazard flasher and slows the vehicle to a complete stop. The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time by steering, braking, accelerating, or operating the ProPILOT assist switch.

WARNING

Steering assist is not a system for a hands-free driving. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely. Failure to do so could cause a collision resulting in serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: WAO0002X If the driver lightly touches (instead of firmly grips) the steering wheel, the Hands on detection warning (1) appears in the vehicle infor- steering torque sensor may not detect When the Steering assist is activated, it mation display. the driver’s hand(s) on the steering monitors the driver’s steering wheel op- If the driver does not operate the steering wheel and a sequence of warnings eration. wheel after the warning has been dis- may occur. When the driver holds and played, an audible alert sounds and the operates the steering wheel again, the If the steering wheel is not operated or warnings turn off. the driver takes his/her hands off the warning flashes in the vehicle information steering wheel for a period of time, the display, followed by a quick brake application to request the driver to take Starting and driving 5-87 Steering assist limitations snow, water, wheel ruts, — When the headlights are not seams, or lines remaining bright due to dirt on the lens after road repairs (the steer- or the headlights are off in WARNING ing assist could detect these tunnels or darkness items as lane markers) . In the following situations, the — When a sudden change in camera may not detect lane mar- — When driving on roads where brightness occurs (for exam- kers correctly or may detect lane the traveling lane merges or ple, when the vehicle enters or markers incorrectly and the separates exits a tunnel or is under a steering assist may not operate . Do not use the steering assist bridge) properly: under the following conditions — When driving on roads where — When driving on roads where because the system may not the traveling lane merges or there are multiple parallel properly detect lane markers. separates or where there are lane markers, lane markers Doing so could cause a loss of temporary lane markers be- that are faded or not painted vehicle control and result in an cause of road construction accident. clearly, non-standard lane — When there is a lane closure markers, or lane markers cov- — During bad weather (rain, fog, due to road repairs ered with water, dirt, snow, snow, dust, etc.) etc. — When driving on a bumpy road — When rain, snow, sand, etc., is surface, such as an uneven — When driving on roads with thrown up by the wheels of dirt road discontinued lane markers other vehicles — When driving on sharp curves — When driving on roads with a — When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or winding roads widening or narrowing lane or another object adheres to width the camera unit — When driving on repeated uphill and downhill roads — When driving on roads where — When the lens of the camera . there are multiple lanes or unit is foggy Do not use the steering assist unclear lane markers due to under the following conditions road construction — When strong light (for exam- because the system will not op- ple, sunlight or high beams erate properly: — When driving on roads where from oncoming vehicles) — When driving with a tire that is there are sharply contrasting shines on the camera objects, such as shadows, not within normal tire condi- 5-88 Starting and driving tions (for example, tire wear, on your vehicle model and model Steering assist cancel abnormal tire pressure, instal- year. It is recommended that you Under the following conditions, the steer- lation of a spare tire (if so visit your NISSAN dealer for the ing assist cancels, and the steering assist equipped), tire chains, non- correct parts for your vehicle. status indicator and the steering assist standard wheels) indicator turn off: — When the vehicle is equipped Steering Assist temporary standby . When unusual lane markers appear in the traveling lane or when the lane with non-original brake or Automatic standby due to driving op- marker cannot be correctly detected suspension parts eration: for some time due to certain condi- — When an object such as a When the driver activates the turn signal, tions (for example, a snow rut, the sticker or cargo obstructs the the Steering Assist is temporarily placed reflection of light on a rainy day, the camera in a standby mode. (The Steering Assist presence of several unclear lane mar- — When excessively heavy bag- restarts automatically when the operat- kers) gage is loaded in the rear seat ing conditions are met again.) . When the windshield wiper operates or luggage area of your vehi- Automatic standby: in the high speed operation (the cle In the following cases, a warning mes- steering assist is disabled when the — When the vehicle load capa- sage is displayed along with the chime, wiper operates for more than approxi- city is exceeded and the Steering Assist is placed in a mately 10 seconds) temporary standby mode. (The Steering Action to take: . Excessive noise will interfere with Assist restarts automatically when the the warning chime sound, and Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL operating conditions are met again.) the beep may not be heard. switch. When the conditions listed above . When lane markers on both sides are are no longer present, turn the ICC . For the ProPILOT assist system to no longer detected system on again. operate properly, the windshield . in front of the camera must be When a vehicle ahead is no longer Steering assist malfunction clean. Replace worn wiper blades. detected under approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) When the system malfunctions, it turns The correct size wiper blades off automatically. The steering assist must be used to help make sure status warning (orange) illuminates. A the windshield is kept clean. Only chime may sound depending on the use Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, situation. or equivalent wiper blades, that are specifically designed for use Starting and driving 5-89 Action to take: If the camera unit is damaged due to an 1. This device may not cause harmful Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place accident, it is recommendedthat you visit interference, and the shift lever in the P (Park) position, turn a NISSAN dealer. 2. This device must accept any interfer- the engine off, restart the engine, resume Radio frequency statement: ence received, including interference driving, and set the ICC system again. If that may cause undesired operation. For USA the warning (orange) continues to illumi- Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR FCC ID OAYARS4B nate, the steering assist is malfunctioning. d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appa- Although the vehicle is still drivable under This device complies with Part 15 of the reils radio exempts de licence. L’exploita- normal conditions, have the system FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the tion est autorisee aux deux conditions checked. It is recommended that you visit following two conditions: suivantes: a NISSAN dealer for this service. 1. This device may not cause harmful 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de Steering assist maintenance interference, and brouillage, et The camera is located above the inside 2. This device must accept any interfer- 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter mirror. ence received, including interference tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, that may cause undesired operation. To keep the proper operation of the meme si le brouillage est susceptible system and prevent a system malfunc- FCC Warning d’en compromettre le fonctionne- tion, be sure to observe the following: Changes or modifications not expressly ment. . Always keep the windshield clean. approved by the party responsible for Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure In- compliance could void the user’s author- formation: . Do not attach a sticker (including ity to operate the equipment. transparent material) or install an This equipment complies with FCC radia- accessory near the camera unit. For Canada tion exposure limits set forth for an . Do not place reflective materials, such Model: ARS4–B uncontrolled environment. as white paper or a mirror, on the IC: 4135A-ARS4B This equipment should be installed and instrument panel. The reflection of operated with minimum distance of 30 sunlight may adversely affect the FCC ID: OAYARS4B cm between the radiator and your body. camera unit’s capability of detecting This device complies with Part 15 of the The transmitter must not be co-located the lane markers. FCC Rules and with Industry Canada or operating in conjunction with any . Do not strike or damage the areas licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- other antenna or transmitter. around the camera unit. Do not touch tion is subject to the following two conditions: Cet equipement est conforme aux limites the camera lens or remove the screw d’exposition aux rayonnements IC eta- located on the camera unit. 5-90 Starting and driving blies pour un environnement non con- the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is trole. Cet equipement doit etre installe et detected. utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de . distance entre la source de rayonnement Pay special attention to the dis- et votre corps. tance between your vehicle and the vehicle a head of you or a FCC Notice collision could occur. Changes or modifications not expressly . Always confirm the setting in the approved by the party responsible for ICC system display. compliance could void the user’s author- . ity to operate the equipment. Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) when driving under the following CRUISE CONTROL MODE conditions: NOTE: — When it is not possible to keep WAF0063X ProPILOT assist provides no approach the vehicle at a set speed warnings, automatic braking, or steer- — In heavy traffic or in traffic Conventional (fixed speed) cruise ing assist in the conventional (fixed that varies in speed speed) cruise control mode. control switches — On winding or hilly roads This mode allows driving at a speed 1. RES+ switch: between 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) — On slippery roads (rain, snow, Resumes set speed or increases speed without keeping your foot on the accel- ice, etc.) incrementally erator pedal. — In very windy areas 2. CANCEL switch: . Doing so could cause a loss of Deactivates the system without eras- WARNING vehicle control and result in an ing the set speed accident. 3. ProPILOT Assist switch: . In the conventional (fixed speed) Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on cruise control mode, a warning or off chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the 4. SET- switch: vehicle ahead, as neither the pre- Sets desired cruise speed or reduces sence of the vehicle ahead nor speed incrementally Starting and driving 5-91 . Cruise control warning (yellow): In- dicates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system 2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed.

WAF0064X WAF0065X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Operating conventional (fixed control mode display and indica- speed) cruise control mode tors To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) The display is located in the vehicle cruise control mode, push and hold the information display. ProPILOT assist switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds. 1. Cruise indicator: When pushing the ProPILOT assist switch This indicator indicates the condition on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise of the ICC system depending on a control mode display and indicators are color. . displayed in the vehicle information dis- Cruise control ON indicator (gray): play. After you hold the ProPILOT assist Indicates that the ProPILOT Assist switch on for longer than about 1.5 switch is on seconds, the ICC system display turns . Cruise control SET indicator (green): off. The cruise indicator appears. You can Indicates that the cruising speed is now set your desired cruising speed. set Pushing the ProPILOT assist switch again 5-92 Starting and driving will turn the system completely off. When following methods: the ignition switch is placed in the OFF 1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle position, the system is also automatically speed indicator will turn off. turned off. 2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle To use the ICC system again, quickly push speed indicator will turn off. and release the ProPILOT assist switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control 3. Turn the ProPILOT assist switch off. mode) or push and hold it (conventional Both the cruise indicator and vehicle cruise control mode) again to turn it on. speed indicator will turn off. To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods: WARNING 1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, To avoid accidentally engaging push and release the SET- switch. cruise control, make sure to turn WAF0066X the ProPILOT assist switch off when 2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When not using the ICC system. To set cruising speed, accelerate your the vehicle attains the desired speed, vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET release the switch. — switch and release it. (The color of 3. Push, then quickly release the RES+ the cruise indicator changes to green and switch. Each time you do this, the set set vehicle speed indicator comes on.) speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. km/h). Your vehicle will maintain the set speed. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use . To pass another vehicle, depress the one of the following three methods: accelerator pedal. When you release 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the the pedal, the vehicle will return to the vehicle attains the desired speed, previously set speed. push the SET— switch and release it. . The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep 2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Re- hills. If this happens, manually main- lease the switch when the vehicle tain vehicle speed. slows down to the desired speed. To cancel the preset speed, use any of the

Starting and driving 5-93 INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I-DA) (if so equipped)

3. Push, then quickly release the SET— The I-DA system helps alert the driver if switch. Each time you do this, the set WARNING the system detects a lack of attention or speed will decrease by about 1 MPH driving fatigue. (1.6 km/h). Failure to follow the warnings and The system monitors driving style and To resume the preset speed, push and instructions for proper use of the steering behavior over a period of time, release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will Intelligent Driver Alertness system and it detects changes from the normal resume the last set cruising speed when could result in serious injury or pattern. If the system detects that driver the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 death. attention is decreasing over a period of km/h). time, the system uses audible and visual . The I-DA system is only a warning warnings to suggest that the driver take a to inform the driver of a potential break. lack of driver attention or drowsiness. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. . The I-DA system does not detect and provide an alert of the driver’s lack of attention or fatigue in every situation. . It is the driver’s responsibility to: — stay alert, — drive safely, — keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, — be in control of the vehicle at all times, — avoid driving when tired, — avoid distractions (texting, etc).

5-94 Starting and driving WAC0212X WAC0213X INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I- ATTENTION LEVEL INDICATOR DA) SYSTEM OPERATION When the “Driver Attention” display is If the system detects driver fatigue or that selected, you can view your attention driver attention is decreasing, the mes- level as detected by the system. sage “Take a break?” appears in the For more information see “Settings” (P.2- vehicle information display and a chime 21). sounds when the vehicle is driven at NOTE: speeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h). The attention level indicator consists of The system continuously monitors driver eight levels. attention and can provide multiple warnings per trip. The system resets and starts When stopping the engine, the system reassessing driving style and steering is reset. behavior when the ignition switch is cycled from the ON to the OFF position and back to the ON position.

Starting and driving 5-95 2. Use the button to select “Driver Attention” and press the “OK” button to turn on or off the Intelligent Driver Alertness system. NOTE: The setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted. INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I- DA) SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-DA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . The I-DA system may not operate properly and may not provide an alert in the following conditions:

WAF0512X — Poor road conditions such as an uneven road surface or pot HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE IN- 1. Press the button until “Set- holes. TELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I- tings” displays in the vehicle informa- — Strong side wind. DA) SYSTEM tion display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select — If you have adopted a sporty Perform the following steps to enable or “Driver Assistance”. Then press the driving style with higher cor- disable the I-DA system. “OK” button. nering speeds or higher rates of acceleration.

5-96 Starting and driving AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM*

*: if so equipped — Frequent lane changes or changes to vehicle speed. . The I-DA system may not provide WARNING an alert in the following conditions: Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the — Vehicle speeds lower than 37 AEB with pedestrian detection sys- MPH (60 km/h). tem could result in serious injury or — Short lapses of attention. death. — Instantaneous distractions . The AEB with pedestrian detec- such as dropping an object. tion system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for the driver’s attention to WAF0643X traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent SYSTEM MALFUNCTION accidents due to carelessness or If the I-DA system malfunctions, the dangerous driving techniques. warning message will appear in the . The AEB with pedestrian detec- vehicle information display and the function system does not function in tion will be stopped automatically. all driving, traffic, weather and Action to take: road conditions. Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the The AEB with pedestrian detection sys- engine off and restart the engine. If the tem can assist the driver when there is a system warning message continues to risk of a forward collision with the vehicle appear, have the system checked. It is ahead in the traveling lane or with a recommended that you visit a NISSAN pedestrian. dealer for this service.

Starting and driving 5-97 WAF0286X The AEB with pedestrian detection system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestrians, the AEB system uses a camera installed behind the windshield in addition to the radar sensor. JVS1117X AEB emergency warning indicator AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left SYSTEM OPERATION side) AEB system warning light (on the meter The AEB with pedestrian detection sys- panel) tem will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detection function, the 5-98 Starting and driving AEB with pedestrian detection system NOTE: operates at speeds between 6 – 37 MPH The vehicle’s stop lights come on when (10 – 60 km/h). braking is performed by the AEB with If a risk of a forward collision is detected, pedestrian detection system. the AEB with pedestrian detection system Depending on vehicle speed and distance will firstly provide the warning to the to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well driver by flashing the warning (yellow) in as driving and roadway conditions, the the vehicle information display and pro- system may help the driver avoid a viding an audible alert. forward collision or may help mitigate If the driver applies the brakes quickly and the consequences of a collision should forcefully after the warning, and the AEB one be unavoidable. with pedestrian detection system detects If the driver is handling the steering that there is still the possibility of a wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB forward collision, the system will auto- with pedestrian detection system will matically increase the braking force. function later or will not function. If the driver does not take action, the AEB The automatic braking will cease under with pedestrian detection system issues the following conditions: the second visual (flashing) (red) and . When the steering wheel is turned as audible warning. If the driver releases far as necessary to avoid a collision. the accelerator pedal, then the system . When the accelerator pedal is de- applies partial braking. pressed. If the risk of a collision becomes immi- . When there is no longer a vehicle or nent, the AEB with pedestrian detection pedestrian detected ahead. system applies harder braking automati- If the AEB with pedestrian detection cally. system has stopped the vehicle, the While the AEB with pedestrian detection vehicle will remain at a standstill for system is operating, you may hear the approximately 2 seconds before the sound of brake operation. This is normal brakes are released. and indicates that the AEB with pedestrian detection system is operating properly.

Starting and driving 5-99 tion display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the “OK” button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK” button. 3. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the OK button. 4. Select “Front” and use the OK button to turn the system on or off. When the AEB with pedestrian detection system is turned off, the AEB with pedestrian detection system warning light illuminates . NOTE: . The AEB with pedestrian detection system will be automatically turned ON when the engine is restarted. . The Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate selection in the JVS0971X display for the I-FCW system. When AEB system warning light (on the meter TURNING THE AEB WITH PEDES- the I-FCW system is also turned off. panel) TRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFF Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the side) AEB with pedestrian detection system on or off. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle informa- 5-100 Starting and driving AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION — Obstacles on the roadway . The AEB with pedestrian detec- SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — Oncoming vehicles tion system may not function if the vehicle ahead is narrow (for — Crossing vehicles WARNING example a motorcycle). — Obstacles on the roadside . The AEB with pedestrian detection system may not function if . The AEB with pedestrian detec- Listed below are the system limita- speed difference between the tion system has some perfor- tions for the AEB with pedestrian two vehicles is too small. detection system. Failure to operate mance limitations. . The radar sensor may not func- the vehicle in accordance with these — If a stationary vehicle is in the tion properly or detect a vehicle system limitations could result in vehicle’s path, the AEB with ahead in the following conditions: serious injury or death. pedestrian detection system . The AEB with pedestrian detec- will not function when the — Poor visibility (conditions such tion system cannot detect all vehicle is driven at speeds as rain, snow, fog, dust vehicles or pedestrians under all over approximately 50 MPH storms, sandstorms, and road conditions. (80 km/h). spray from other vehicles) . The AEB with pedestrian detec- — For pedestrian detection, the — Driving on a steep downhill tion system does not detect the AEB with pedestrian detection slope or roads with sharp following objects: system will not function when curves. — Small pedestrians (including the vehicle is driven at speeds — Driving on a bumpy road sur- small children), animals and over approximately 37 MPH face, such as an uneven dirt cyclists. (60 km/h) or below approxi- road. mately 6 MPH (10 km/h). — If dirt, ice, snow or other ma- — Pedestrians in wheelchairs or . using mobile transport such The AEB with pedestrian detec- terial is covering the radar as scooters, child-operated tion system may not function for sensor area. toys, or skateboards. pedestrians in darkness or in tunnels, even if there is street — Interference by other radar — Pedestrians who are seated or lighting in the area. sources. otherwise not in a full upright . For pedestrians, the AEB with . The camera may not function standing or walking position. pedestrian detection system will properly or detect a vehicle not issue the first warning. ahead in the following conditions:

Starting and driving 5-101 — The camera area of wind- . The system performance may . The AEB with pedestrian detec- shield is fogged up, or covered degrade in the following condition system may operate when with dirt, water drops, ice, tions: the following are similar to the snow, etc. — The vehicle is driven on a outlines of vehicles or pedes- — Strong light (for example, sun- slippery road. trians, or if they are the same size light or high beams from on- and position as a vehicle’s tail — The vehicle is driven on a lights. coming vehicles) enters the slope. front camera. Strong light — Paint or a pattern on the road causes the area around the — Excessively heavy baggage is or a wall (including faded and pedestrian to be cast in a loaded in the rear seat or the unusual road markings). cargo area of your vehicle. shadow, making it difficult to — A shape formed by road struc- see. . The system is designed to auto- tures ahead (such as tunnels, — A sudden change in bright- matically check the sensor (radar viaducts, traffic signs, reflec- ness occurs. (For example, and camera)’s functionality, with- tors installed on the side of when the vehicle enters or in certain limitations. The system vehicles, reflection sheets, exits a tunnel or a shaded may not detect blockage of sen- and guardrails). area or lightning flashes.) sor areas covered by ice, snow or . stickers, for example. In these The AEB with pedestrian detec- — The poor contrast of a person cases, the system may not be tion system may react to: to the background, such as able to warn the driver properly. — Obstacles on the roadside having clothing color or pat- Be sure that you check, clean and (traffic sign, guardrail, pedes- tern which is similar to the clear sensor areas regularly. trian, vehicle, etc.) background. . In some road and traffic condi- — The pedestrian’s profile is par- tions, the AEB with pedestrian tially obscured or unidentifi- detection system may unexpect- able due to the pedestrian edly apply partial braking. When transporting cargo, wearing acceleration is necessary, de- bulky or very loose-fitting press the accelerator pedal to clothing or accessories. override the system.

5-102 Starting and driving . Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

— Obstacles above road (low bridge, traffic sign, etc.) — Obstacles on the road surface (railroad track, grate, steel plate, etc.) — Obstacles in the parking garage (beam, etc.) — Pedestrians approaching the traveling lane — Vehicles, pedestrians or objects in adjacent lane or close to the vehicle — Oncoming pedestrians . Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces.

Starting and driving 5-103 SSD0253 JVS0972X

When driving on some roads, such as SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or ABLE roads which are under construction, the sensor may detect vehicles in a different Condition A lane, or may temporarily not detect a In the following conditions, the warning vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause light will blink and the system will be the system to work inappropriately. turned off automatically. The detection of vehicles may also be . The radar sensor picks up interference affected by vehicle operation (steering from another radar source. maneuver or traveling position in the . The camera area of windshield is lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this misted or frozen. occurs, the system may warn you by . Strong light is shining from the front. blinking the system indicator and . sounding the chime unexpectedly. You The cabin temperature is over ap- will have to manually control the proper proximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sun- distance away from the vehicle travel- light. ing ahead. 5-104 Starting and driving . The camera area of windshield glass is recommended that you visit a NISSAN Action to take: continuously covered with dirt, etc. dealer for this service. If the warning light (orange) comes on, Action to take: . When driving on roads with limited stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn When the above conditions no longer road structures or buildings (for ex- the engine off and restart the engine. If exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection ample, long bridges, deserts, snow the warning light continues to illuminate, system will resume automatically. fields, driving next to long walls). have the AEB with pedestrian detection NOTE: Action to take: system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. When the inside of the windshield on When the above conditions no longer camera area is misted or frozen, it will exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection take a period of time to remove it after system will resume automatically. air conditioner turns on. If dirt appears Condition C on this area, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. When VDC system is OFF, the AEB brake will not operate. In this case only visible Condition B and audible warning operates. The AEB In the following condition, the “Forward system warning light (orange) will illumi- Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front nate. Sensor Blocked” or “Unavailable: Front Action to take: Radar Obstruction” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display. When VDC system is ON, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will resume . The sensor area of the front of the automatically. vehicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Action to take: If the AEB with pedestrian detection If the message appears, stop the vehicle system malfunctions, it will be turned off in a safe place and turn the engine off. automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB Clean the radar cover on the front of the system warning light will (orange) will vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the illuminate and the warning message engine. If the warning message continues “Malfunction” will appear in the vehicle to illuminate, have the AEB with pedes- information display. trian detection system checked. It is

Starting and driving 5-105 could cause failure or malfunction. ity to operate the equipment. . Do not attach metallic objects near For Canada the radar sensor area (brush guard, Model: ARS4–B etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction. IC: 4135A-ARS4B . Do not place reflective materials, such FCC ID: OAYARS4B as white paper or a mirror, on the This device complies with Part 15 of the instrument panel. The reflection of FCC Rules and with Industry Canada sunlight may adversely affect the licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- camera unit’s detection capability. tion is subject to the following two con- . Do not alter, remove or paint the front ditions: of the vehicle near the sensor area. 1. This device may not cause harmful Before customizing or restoring the interference, and sensor area, it is recommended that WAF0286X you visit a NISSAN dealer. 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Radio frequency statement that may cause undesired operation. The radar sensor is located on the front For USA Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR of the vehicle. The camera is located on FCC ID OAYARS4B d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appa- the upper side of the windshield. reils radio exempts de licence. L’exploita- This device complies with Part 15 of the To keep the AEB with pedestrian detection est autorisee aux deux conditions FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the suivantes: tion system operating properly, be sure to following two conditions: observe the following: 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de . 1. This device may not cause harmful brouillage, et Always keep the sensor area on the interference, and front of the vehicle and windshield 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter clean. 2. This device must accept any interfer- tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, . Do not strike or damage the areas ence received, including interference meme si le brouillage est susceptible around the sensors (ex. bumper, wind- that may cause undesired operation. d’en compromettre le fonctionne- shield). FCC Warning ment. . Do not cover or attach stickers or Changes or modifications not expressly Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure In- similar objects on the front of the approved by the party responsible for formation: vehicle near the sensor area. This compliance could void the user’s author- 5-106 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (I-FCW)

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an WARNING uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and Failure to follow the warnings and operated with minimum distance of 30 instructions for proper use of the I- cm between the radiator and your body. FCW system could result in serious The transmitter must not be co-located injury or death. or operating in conjunction with any . The I-FCW system helps warn the other antenna or transmitter. driver before a collision but will Cet equipement est conforme aux limites not avoid a collision. It is the d’exposition aux rayonnements IC eta- driver’s responsibility to stay blies pour un environnement non con- alert, drive safely and be in con- trole. Cet equipement doit etre installe et trol of the vehicle at all times. utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de WAF0285X distance entre la source de rayonnement The I-FCW system can help alert the driver et votre corps. when there is a sudden braking of a The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor FCC Notice second vehicle traveling in front of the located on the front of the vehicle to vehicle ahead in the same lane. measure the distance to a second vehicle Changes or modifications not expressly ahead in the same lane. approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

Starting and driving 5-107 WAF0349X

Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the vehicle information display) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system warning light (on the meter panel)

5-108 Starting and driving JVS0294X I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION The I-FCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h). If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the I-FCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding an audible alert.

Starting and driving 5-109 button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the “OK” button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK” button. 3. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the OK button. 4. Select “Front” and use the OK button to turn the system on or off. When the I-FCW system is turned off, the AEB system warning light (orange) illuminates. NOTE: . The I-FCW system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted. . The I-FCW system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate selection in the display for the I-FCW system. When the AEB system is turned off, the I-FCW system is also turned off. JVS0971X AEB system warning light (on the meter TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM ON/ panel) OFF Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the I- side) FCW system on or off. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” 5-110 Starting and driving JVS0295X JVS0296X Illustration A Illustration B

JVS0297X Illustration C

Starting and driving 5-111 — Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor — Interference by other radar sources — Snow or road spray from tra- velling vehicles. — Driving in a tunnel . (Illustration B) When the vehicle ahead is being towed. . (Illustration C) When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is JVS0298X obstructed. Illustration D . (Illustration D) When driving on a I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — Pedestrians, animals or obsta- steep downhill slope or roads cles in the roadway with sharp curves. . WARNING — Oncoming vehicles The system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s func- — Crossing vehicles Listed below are the system limita- tionality, within certain tions for the I-FCW system. Failure to . (Illustration A) The I-FCW system limitations. The system may not operate the vehicle in accordance does not function when a vehicle detect some forms of obstruction with these system limitations could ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as of the sensor area such as ice, result in serious injury or death. a motorcycle. snow, stickers, for example. In these cases, the system may not . . The I-FCW system cannot detect The radar sensor may not detect be able to warn the driver prop- all vehicles under all conditions. a vehicle ahead in the following erly. Be sure that you check, clean conditions: . The radar sensor does not detect and clear the sensor area regu- the following objects: — Snow or heavy rain larly.

5-112 Starting and driving . Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as the vehicle traveling ahead. winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the I-FCW system to work inappropriately. The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from Starting and driving 5-113 Condition B matically. Under the following conditions, making it SYSTEM MALFUNCTION impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be I-FCW system is automatically turned off. turned off automatically, a chime will The AEB system warning light (orange) sound, the AEB system warning light will illuminate and the “Forward Driving (orange) will illuminate and the warning Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor message "Malfunction" will appear in the Blocked” or “Unavailable: Front Radar vehicle information display. Obstruction” warning message will ap- Action to take: pear in the vehicle information display. If the warning light (orange) illuminates, . When the sensor area of the front stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn bumper is covered with dirt or is the engine off and restart the engine. If obstructed the warning light continues to illuminate, JVS0972X Action to take: have the I-FCW system checked. It is If the AEB system warning light (orange) recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place, for this service. ABLE place the shift lever in the P (Park) Condition A position and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover below the front bumper When the radar sensor picks up interfer- with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If ence from another radar source, making the warning light continues to illuminate, it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, have the I-FCW system checked. It is the I-FCW system is automatically turned recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer off. The AEB system warning light (or- for this service. ange) will illuminate. . When driving on roads with limited Action to take: road structures or buildings (for ex- When the above conditions no longer ample, long bridges, deserts, snow exist, the I-FCW system will resume auto- fields, driving next to long walls) matically. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, the I-FCW system will resume auto- 5-114 Starting and driving tion. tion is subject to the following two con- . Do not alter, remove or paint the front ditions: bumper. It is recommended you con- 1. This device may not cause harmful tact a NISSAN dealer before customiz- interference, and ing or restoring the front bumper. 2. This device must accept any interfer- Radio frequency statement ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For USA Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR FCC ID OAYARS4B d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appa- This device complies with Part 15 of the reils radio exempts de licence. L’exploita- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the tion est autorisee aux deux conditions following two conditions: suivantes: 1. This device may not cause harmful 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de WAF0285X interference, and brouillage, et 2. This device must accept any interfer- 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ence received, including interference tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, The sensor is located on the front of that may cause undesired operation. meme si le brouillage est susceptible the vehicle. FCC Warning d’en compromettre le fonctionne- ment. To keep the system operating properly, Changes or modifications not expressly be sure to observe the following: approved by the party responsible for Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure In- . Always keep the sensor area of the compliance could void the user’s author- formation: front bumper clean. ity to operate the equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radia- . Do not strike or damage the areas For Canada tion exposure limits set forth for an around the sensor. uncontrolled environment. Model: ARS4–B . Do not cover or attach stickers or This equipment should be installed and IC: 4135A-ARS4B similar objects on the front bumper operated with minimum distance of 30 near the sensor area. This could cause FCC ID: OAYARS4B cm between the radiator and your body. failure or malfunction. This device complies with Part 15 of the The transmitter must not be co-located . Do not attach metallic objects near FCC Rules and with Industry Canada or operating in conjunction with any the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- other antenna or transmitter. This could cause failure or malfunc- Starting and driving 5-115 REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)

Cet equipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC eta- WARNING blies pour un environnement non con- trole. Cet equipement doit etre installe et Failure to follow the warnings and utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de instructions for proper use of the distance entre la source de rayonnement RAB system could result in serious et votre corps. injury or death. FCC Notice . The RAB system is a supplemen- Changes or modifications not expressly tal aid to the driver. It is not a approved by the party responsible for replacement for proper driving compliance could void the user’s author- procedures. Always use the side ity to operate the equipment. and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move before and while backing up. Never rely solely on the RAB WAF0077X system. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, The RAB system detects obstacles behind and be in control of the vehicle at the vehicle using the rear sonar located all times. on the rear bumper. . There is a limitation to the RAB NOTE: system capability. The RAB sys- You can temporarily cancel the sonar tem is not effective in all situa- function in the vehicle, but the RAB tions. system will continue to operate. For additional information, see “Rear Sonar The RAB system can assist the driver System (RSS)” (P.5-136). when the vehicle is backing up and approaching objects directly behind the vehicle.

5-116 Starting and driving the RAB system warning indicator will flash in the vehicle information display, a red frame will appear in the center display (models with the Intelligent Around View Monitor system), and the system will chime three times. The system will then automatically apply the brakes. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure. NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the RAB system. . When the brakes operate, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction. TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFF Perform the following steps to turn the RAB system ON or OFF.

WAF0068X RAB system warning light and RAB sys- RAB SYSTEM OPERATION tem warning indicator When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 9 MPH (15 km/h), the RAB Center display (if so equipped) system operates. If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected when your vehicle is backing up,

Starting and driving 5-117 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the OK button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OK button. 3. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the OK button. 4. To set the RAB system to on or off, use the OK button to check the box for “Rear.” When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB system warning light illuminates. NOTE: The RAB system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted.

WAF0069X

5-118 Starting and driving RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS ary objects behind the vehicle. sensors. The RAB system does not detect — A loud sound is heard in the the following objects: WARNING area around the vehicle. — Moving objects — The surface of the obstacle is Listed below are the system limita- — Low objects diagonal to the rear of the tions for the RAB system. Failure to — Narrow objects vehicle. follow the warnings and instructions . for proper use of the RAB system — Wedge-shaped objects The RAB system may uninten- could result in serious injury or tionally operate in the following — Objects close to the bumper conditions: death. (less than approximately 1 ft — There is overgrown grass in . When the vehicle approaches an [30 cm]) the area around the vehicle. obstacle while the accelerator or — Objects that suddenly appear brake pedal is depressed, the — There is a structure (e.g., a function may not operate or the — Thin objects such as rope, wall, toll gate equipment, a start of the operation may be wire, chain, etc. narrow tunnel, a parking lot delayed. The RAB system may . The RAB system may not operate gate) near the side of the not operate or may not perform for the following obstacles: vehicle. sufficiently due to vehicle condi- — There are bumps, protrusions, tions, driving conditions, the traf- — Obstacles located high off the ground or manhole covers on the fic environment, the weather, road surface. road surface conditions, etc. Do — Obstacles in a position offset not wait for the system to oper- from your vehicle — The vehicle drives through a ate. Operate the brake pedal by draped flag or a curtain. — Obstacles, such as spongy yourself as soon as necessary. materials or snow, that have — There is an accumulation of . If it is necessary to override RAB soft outer surfaces and can snow or ice behind the vehi- operation, strongly press the ac- easily absorb a sound wave cle. celerator pedal. . — An ultrasonic wave source, . The RAB system may not operate Always check your surroundings in the following conditions: such as another vehicle’s so- and turn to check what is behind nar, is near the vehicle. you before and while backing up. — There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, The RAB system detects station- etc., attached to the sonar Starting and driving 5-119 . Once the automatic brake control — The brakes are cold at low dow) will interfere with the chime operates, it does not operate ambient temperatures or im- sound, and it may not be heard. again if the vehicle approaches mediately after driving has the same obstacle. started. . The automatic brake control can — The braking force becomes only operate for a short period of poor due to wet brakes after time. Therefore, the driver must driving through a puddle or depress the brake pedal. washing the vehicle. . In the following situations, the . Turn the RAB system off in the RAB system may not operate following conditions to prevent properly or may not function the occurrence of an unexpected sufficiently: accident resulting from sudden — The vehicle is driven in bad system operation: weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). — The vehicle is towed. — The vehicle is driven on a — The vehicle is carried on a steep hill. flatbed truck. — The vehicle’s posture is chan- — The vehicle is on the chassis ged (e.g., when driving over a dynamometer. bump). — The vehicle drives on an un- — The vehicle is driven on a even road surface. slippery road. — Suspension parts other than — The vehicle is turned sharply those designated as genuine by turning the steering wheel parts are used. (If the vehicle fully. height or the vehicle body — Snow chains are used. inclination is changed, the system may not detect an — Wheels or tires other than obstacle correctly.) NISSAN recommended are used. . Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, an open vehicle win- 5-120 Starting and driving SYSTEM MALFUNCTION . Do not install any stickers (including If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be transparent stickers) or accessories turned off automatically, the RAB system on the rear sonar and their sur- warning light will illuminate, and the rounding areas. This may cause a “Malfunction” warning message will ap- malfunction or improper operation. pear in the vehicle information display. Action to take If the warning light illuminates, park the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off, and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the RAB system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. NOTE: WAF0077X If the RAB system cannot be operated SYSTEM MAINTENANCE temporarily, the RAB system warning light blinks. Observe the following items to ensure proper operation of the system: . Always keep the rear sonar clean. . If the rear sonar are dirty, wipe them off with a soft cloth while being careful to not damage them. . Do not subject the area around the rear sonar to strong impact. Also, do not remove or disassemble the rear sonar. If the rear sonar and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Starting and driving 5-121 BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient . Recirculating the cool air in the Driving Tips to help you achieve the most cabin when the A/C is on reduces CAUTION fuel economy from your vehicle. cooling load. 4. Drive at economical speeds and dis- During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 1. Use smooth accelerator and brake tances. km), follow these recommendations pedal application. . . to obtain maximum engine perfor- Avoid rapid starts and stops. Observing the speed limit and not mance and ensure the future relia- . Use smooth, gentle accelerator and exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) bility and economy of your new brake application whenever possi- (where legally allowed) can improve vehicle. Failure to follow these re- ble. fuel efficiency due to reduced aero- commendations may result in shor- . Maintain constant speed while dynamic drag. . tened engine life and reduced engine commuting and coast whenever Maintaining a safe following dis- performance. possible. tance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking. 2. Maintain constant speed. . Safely monitoring traffic to antici- . Avoid driving for long periods at con- . Look ahead to try and anticipate pate changes in speed permits stant speed, either fast or slow. Do not and minimize stops. reduced braking and smooth accel- run the engine over 4,000 rpm. . Synchronizing your speed with traf- eration changes. . Do not accelerate at full throttle in any fic lights allows you to reduce your . Select a gear range suitable to road gear. number of stops. conditions. . Avoid quick starts. . Maintaining a steady speed can . minimize red light stops and im- 5. Use cruise control. Avoid hard braking as much as possi- . ble. prove fuel efficiency. Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady 3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher speed. vehicle speeds. . Cruise control is particularly effec- . Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more tive in providing fuel savings when efficient to open windows to cool driving on flat terrains. the vehicle due to reduced engine load. 6. Plan for the shortest route. . Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more . Utilize a map or navigation system efficient to use A/C to cool the to determine the best route to save vehicle due to increased aerody- time. namic drag.

5-122 Starting and driving INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if so equipped)

7. Avoid idling. . Keep your engine tuned up. If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent . Shutting off your engine when safe . Follow the recommended scheduled 4x4 system while the engine is running, for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds maintenance. warning messages appear in the vehicle saves fuel and reduces emissions. . Keep the tires inflated to the correct information display. 8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads. pressure. Low tire pressure increases . Automated passes permit drivers to tire wear and lowers fuel economy. use special lanes to maintain cruis- . Keep the wheels in correct alignment. ing speed through the toll and Improper alignment increases tire avoid stopping and starting. wear and lowers fuel economy. . 9. Winter warm up. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter . Limit idling time to minimize impact recommendation” (P.10-5).) to fuel economy. . Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at startup to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving. . Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling. 10. Keeping your vehicle cool. . Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible. . When entering a hot vehicle, opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster, resulting in reduced demand on your A/C system.

Starting and driving 5-123 to increased oil temperature. The driving mode may change to Two-Wheel Drive WARNING (2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon . For AWD equipped vehicles, do as it is safe to do so. Then if the warning not attempt to raise two wheels turns off, you can continue driving. off the ground and shift the The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning may transmission to any drive or re- appear if there is a large difference verse position with the engine between the diameters of front and rear running. Doing so may result in wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area, drivetrain damage or unexpected with the engine idling. Check that all tire vehicle movement which could sizes are the same, that the tire pressure result in serious vehicle damage is correct and that the tires are not or personal injury. excessively worn. Turn off the Intelligent . Do not attempt to test an AWD 4x4 LOCK switch and do not drive fast. equipped vehicle on a 2–wheel If any warning message continues to be dynamometer (such as the dy- displayed, have your vehicle checked by a namometers used by some NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. states for emissions testing) or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with JVS1120X AWD before it is placed on a If the “AWD Error” warning appears, dynamometer. Using the wrong there may be a malfunction in the In- test equipment may result in telligent 4x4 system. Reduce vehicle drive train damage or unex- speed and have your vehicle checked by pected vehicle movement which a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury. The “AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle” (high temperature) warning may appear while trying to free a stuck vehicle due 5-124 Starting and driving LOCK mode: CAUTION The AWD LOCK indicator light will illuminate. . Do not operate the engine on a AUTO mode: free roller when any of the wheels The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off. raised. Each time you push the switch, the AWD . The power train may be damaged mode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO. if you continue driving with the “AWD Error” warning on. . If the warning message remains on after the above operation, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN JVS1024X dealer for this service. . If the “AWD Error” warning ap- INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH pears while driving, there may be OPERATIONS a malfunction in the AWD system. The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located Reduce the vehicle speed and on the lower side of the instrument panel. have your vehicle checked as This switch is used to select the AUTO or soon as possible. It is recom- LOCK mode depending on the driving mended that you visit a NISSAN conditions. dealer for this service. . Never drive on dry, hard surface roads in the LOCK mode, as this will overload the powertrain and may cause a serious malfunction.

Starting and driving 5-125 AWD mode Wheels driven AWD LOCK indicator light Use conditions Distribution of torque to WARNING the front and rear wheels changes automatically, . When driving straight, shift the depending on road condi- For driving on paved AUTO - Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch to tions encountered [ratio; or slippery roads 100 : 0 /? 50 : 50]. This AUTO. Do not operate the Intelli- results in improved driving gent 4x4 LOCK switch when mak- stability.*1 ing a turn or backing up. For driving on rough . Do not operate the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK All-Wheel Drive (AWD) *2*3* roads LOCK switch with the front wheel spinning. *1: When the rotation difference between the . The oil temperature of the powertrain front and rear wheels is large, the AWD . Engine idling speed is high while mode may change from AUTO to LOCK parts will increase if the vehicle is warming up the engine. Be espe- for a while, however, this is not a mal- continuously operated under condi- cially careful when starting or function. tions where the difference in rotation driving on slippery surfaces. between the front and rear wheels is *2: The LOCK mode will change to the AUTO . mode automatically when the vehicle has large (wheel slip), such as when driving When turning the vehicle in LOCK been driven at a high speed. The AWD the vehicle on rough roads, through mode on paved roads, you may LOCK indicator light turns off. sand or mud, or freeing a stuck feel a braking effect. This is a *3: The LOCK mode will automatically be vehicle. In these cases, the master normal condition of the AWD cancelled when the ignition switch is warning light illuminates and the model. placed in the OFF position. AWD mode changes to 2WD to protect . The AWD torque distribution between the powertrain parts. Stop driving the front and rear wheels can be with the engine idling and wait until displayed in the vehicle information the warning light turns off and the display. See “Vehicle information dis- AWD returns to the AUTO mode. If the play” (P.2-19). warning light remains on, have your . If the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is vehicle checked as soon as possible. It operated while accelerating or decel- is recommended that you visit a erating, or if the ignition switch is NISSAN dealer for this service. turned off, you may feel a jolt. This is normal.

5-126 Starting and driving PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

placed into P (Park) for Continu- ously Variable Transmission (CVT) model or in an appropriate gear for Manual Transmission (MT) model. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident. . Make sure the CVT shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal.

SSD0488 1. Firmly apply the parking brake. 2. Continuously Variable Transmission . To help avoid risk of injury or (CVT) models: WARNING death through unintended opera- Move the shift lever to the P (Park) tion of the vehicle and/or its position. . Do not stop or park the vehicle systems, do not leave children, over flammable materials such as people who require the assis- Manual Transmission (MT) models: dry grass, waste paper or rags. tance of others or pets unat- Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) They may ignite and cause a fire. tended in your vehicle. gear. When parking on an uphill grade, . Never leave the engine running Additionally, the temperature in- place the shift lever in the 1st gear. while the vehicle is unattended. side a closed vehicle on a warm 3. To help prevent the vehicle from roll- day can quickly become high . ing into the street when parked on a Do not leave children unattended enough to cause a significant risk inside the vehicle. They could sloping drive way, it is a good practice of injury or death to people and to turn the wheels as illustrated. unknowingly activate switches pets. or controls. Unattended children . HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: . could become involved in serious Safe parking procedures require Turn the wheels into the curb and accidents. that both the parking brake be move the vehicle forward until the applied and the transmission curb side wheel gently touches the Starting and driving 5-127 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING

curb. steering wheel operations that could . HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: WARNING cause the electric power steering to over- Turn the wheels away from the heat. curb and move the vehicle back . If the engine is not running or is You may hear a noise when the steering until the curb side wheel gently turned off while driving, the wheel is operated quickly. However, this is touches the curb. power assist for the steering will not a malfunction. . HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO not work. Steering will be harder If the electric power steering warning CURB: to operate. light illuminates while the engine is Turn the wheels toward the side of . When the electric power steering running, it may indicate the electric the road so the vehicle will move warning light illuminates with the power steering is not functioning prop- away from the center of the road if engine running, the power assist erly and may need servicing. Have the it moves. for the steering will cease opera- electric power steering checked. It is 4. Models with Intelligent Key system: tion. You will still have control of recommended that you visit a NISSAN Place the ignition switch in the OFF the vehicle but the steering will dealer for this service. (See “Electric power position. be harder to operate. steering warning light” (P.2-14).) Models without Intelligent Key sys- When the electric power steering warning tem: The electric power steering is designed to light illuminates with the engine running, provide power assist while driving to the power assist for the steering will Place the ignition switch in the LOCK operate the steering wheel with light cease operation. You will still have control position and remove the key. force. of the vehicle. However, greater steering When the steering wheel is operated effort is needed, especially in sharp turns repeatedly or continuously while parking and at low speeds. or driving at a very low speed, the power The mode of the Power Steering can be assist for the steering wheel will be changed to: reduced. This is to prevent overheating . NORMAL of the electric power steering and protect . SPORT it from getting damaged. While the power For more information, see “Vehicle infor- assist is reduced, steering wheel opera- mation display” (P.2-19). tion will become heavy. When the temperature of the electric power steering goes down, the power assist level will return to normal. Avoid repeating such 5-128 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS Parking brake break-in The brake system has two separate WARNING Break in the parking brake shoes when- hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc- ever the stopping effect of the parking tions, you will still have braking at two . While driving on a slippery sur- brake is weakened or whenever the wheels. face, be careful when braking, parking brake shoes and/or drums/ro- accelerating or downshifting. tors are replaced, in order to assure the Vacuum assisted brakes Abrupt braking or accelerating best braking performance. The brake booster aids braking by using could cause the wheels to skid This procedure is described in the vehicle engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you and result in an accident. service manual. It is recommended you can stop the vehicle by depressing the . If the engine is not running or is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. brake pedal. However, greater foot pres- turned off while driving, the sure on the brake pedal will be required to power assist for the brakes will stop the vehicle and the stopping dis- not work. Braking will be harder. tance will be longer. Using the brakes Wet brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake When the vehicle is washed or driven pedal while driving. This will cause over- through water, the brakes may get wet. heating of the brakes, wearing out the As a result, your braking distance will be brake pads faster and reduce gas mile- longer and the vehicle may pull to one age. side during braking. To help reduce brake wear and to prevent To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe the brakes from overheating, reduce speed while lightly tapping the brake speed and downshift to a lower gear pedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this until before going down a slope or long grade. the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving Overheated brakes may reduce braking the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes performance and could result in loss of function correctly. vehicle control.

Starting and driving 5-129 BRAKE ASSIST

BRAKE ASSIST faces even with ABS. Stopping wheel from locking and sliding. By pre- When the force applied to the brake pedal distances may also be longer on venting each wheel from locking, the exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is rough, gravel or snow covered system helps the driver maintain steering activated generating greater braking roads, or if you are using tire control and helps to minimize swerving force than a conventional brake booster chains. Always maintain a safe and spinning on slippery surfaces. even with light pedal force. distance from the vehicle in front Using the system of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety. Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady WARNING . Tire type and condition may also pressure, but do not pump the brakes. affect braking effectiveness. The Brake Assist is only an aid to The ABS will operate to prevent the assist braking operation and is not a — When replacing tires, install wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle collision warning or avoidance de- the specified size of tires on to avoid obstacles. vice. It is the driver’s responsibility to all four wheels. stay alert, drive safely and be in — When installing a spare tire (if WARNING control of the vehicle at all times. so equipped), make sure that it is the proper size and type Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing as specified on the Tire and ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) so may result in increased stopping Loading Information label. distances. See “Tire and Loading Infor- WARNING mation label” (P.10-10) of this manual. Self-test feature . The Anti-lock Braking System — For detailed information, see The ABS includes electronic sensors, elec- (ABS) is a sophisticated device, “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) of tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a but it cannot prevent accidents this manual. computer. The computer has a built-in resulting from careless or dan- diagnostic feature that tests the system gerous driving techniques. It can each time you start the engine and move help maintain vehicle control dur- The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock the vehicle at a low speed in forward or ing braking on slippery surfaces. reverse. When the self-test occurs, you Remember that stopping dis- during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a tances on slippery surfaces will pulsation in the brake pedal. This is be longer than on normal sur- rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each normal and does not indicate a malfunc- 5-130 Starting and driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM tion. If the computer senses a malfunc- The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- . The road may be slippery or the tion, it switches the ABS off and illumi- tem uses various sensors to monitor system may determine some action nates the ABS warning light on the driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under is required to help keep the vehicle on instrument panel. The brake system then certain driving conditions, the VDC sys- the steered path. operates normally, but without anti-lock tem helps to perform the following func- . You may feel a pulsation in the brake assistance. tions. pedal and hear a noise or vibration If the ABS warning light illuminates during . Controls brake pressure to reduce from under the hood. This is normal the self-test or while driving, have the wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel and indicates that the VDC system is vehicle checked. It is recommended you so power is transferred to a non working properly. visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. slipping drive wheel on the same axle. . Adjust your speed and driving to the . Controls brake pressure and engine road conditions. Normal operation output to reduce drive wheel slip If a malfunction occurs in the system, the The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 based on vehicle speed (traction con- VDC warning light illuminates in the MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies trol function). instrument panel. The VDC system auto- according to road conditions. . Controls brake pressure at individual matically turns off. When the ABS senses that one or more wheels and engine output to help the The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the wheels are close to locking up, the driver maintain control of the vehicle VDC system. The VDC off indicator actuator rapidly applies and releases in the following conditions: illuminates to indicate the VDC system is hydraulic pressure. This action is similar — understeer (vehicle tends to not off. When the VDC switch is used to turn to pumping the brakes very quickly. You follow the steered path despite off the system, the VDC system still may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal increased steering input) operates to prevent one drive wheel from and hear a noise from under the hood or — oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due slipping by transferring power to a non feel a vibration from the actuator when it to certain road or driving condi- slipping drive wheel. The VDC warning is operating. This is normal and indicates tions). light flashes if this occurs. All other that the ABS is operating properly. How- The VDC system can help the driver to VDC functions are off, and the VDC ever, the pulsation may indicate that road maintain control of the vehicle, but it warning light will not flash. The VDC conditions are hazardous and extra care cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in system is automatically reset to on when is required while driving. all driving situations. the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position. When the VDC system operates, the VDC warning light in the instrument panel See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn- flashes so note the following: ing light” (P.2-17) and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-17). Starting and driving 5-131 The computer has a built-in diagnostic may illuminate. . The VDC system is not a substi- feature that tests the system each time . If brake related parts such as tute for winter tires or tire chains you start the engine and move the vehicle on a snow covered road. forward or in reverse at a slow speed. brake pads, rotors and calipers When the self-test occurs, you may hear a are not NISSAN recommended or “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the are extremely deteriorated, the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an VDC system may not operate indication of a malfunction. properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate. . If engine control related parts are WARNING not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC . The VDC system is designed to warning light may illuminate. help improve driving stability but . When driving on extremely in- does not prevent accidents due clined surfaces such as higher to abrupt steering operation at banked corners, the VDC system high speeds or by careless or may not operate properly and the dangerous driving techniques. VDC warning light may illumi- Reduce vehicle speed and be nate. Do not drive on these types especially careful when driving of roads. and cornering on slippery sur- . faces and always drive carefully. When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, . Do not modify the vehicle’s sus- elevator or ramp, the VDC warn- pension. If suspension parts such ing light may illuminate. This as shock absorbers, struts, is not a malfunction. Restart the springs, stabilizer bars, bushings engine after driving onto a stable and wheels are not NISSAN re- surface. commended for your vehicle or . are extremely deteriorated, the If wheels or tires other than the VDC system may not operate NISSAN recommended ones are properly. This could adversely used, the VDC system may not affect vehicle handling perfor- operate properly and the VDC mance, and the VDC warning light warning light may illuminate. 5-132 Starting and driving CHASSIS CONTROL

The chassis control is an electric control module that includes the following functions: . Intelligent Trace Control . Intelligent Engine Brake . Active Ride Control INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL This system senses driving based on the driver’s steering and acceleration/braking patterns, and controls brake pressure at individual wheels to aid tracing at corners and help smooth vehicle response. Intelligent Trace Control can be set to ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) through the JVS0403X Vehicle Information Display “Settings” When the Intelligent Trace Control is page. See “Vehicle information display” operated and the “Chassis Control” mode WARNING (P.2-19) for more information. is selected in the trip computer, the When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Intelligent Trace Control graphics are OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC shown in the vehicle information display. The Intelligent Trace Control may not system, the Intelligent Trace Control is (See “Trip computer” (P.2-40).) be effective depending on the driv- also turned off. ing condition. Always drive carefully If the chassis control warning message and attentively. appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Intelligent Trace Control is not functioning properly. When the Intelligent Trace Control is Have the system checked as soon as operating, you may feel a pulsation in possible. It is recommended that you visit the brake pedal and hear a noise. This is a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See normal and indicates that the Intelligent “Vehicle information display warnings Trace Control is operating properly. and indicators” (P.2-31).) Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is set to OFF, some functions will remain on to assist the driver (for example, avoidance Starting and driving 5-133 scenes). INTELLIGENT ENGINE BRAKE (Con- tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) The Intelligent Engine Brake function adds subtle deceleration by controlling CVT gear ratio, depending on the cornering condition calculated from driver’s steering input and plural sensors. This benefit to easier traceability and less workload of adjusting speed with braking at corners. The Intelligent Engine Brake also adds subtle deceleration with gear ratio con- JVS0403X trol according to driver’s brake pedal operation. When the Intelligent Engine Brake is operated at corners and the “Chassis WARNING The Intelligent Engine Brake can be set to Control” mode is selected in the trip ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) through computer, the Intelligent Engine Brake the Vehicle Information Display “Settings” graphics are shown in the vehicle infor- The Intelligent Engine Brake may not page. See “Vehicle information display” mation display. See “Trip computer” (P.2- be effective depending on the driv- (P.2-19) for more information. 40) for more information. ing condition. Always drive carefully and attentively. If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Intelligent When the Intelligent Engine Brake is Engine Brake is not functioning properly. operating, the needle of the tachometer Have the system checked as soon as will rise up and you may hear an engine possible. It is recommended that you visit noise. This is normal and indicates that a NISSAN dealer for this service. the Intelligent Engine Brake is operating properly.

5-134 Starting and driving ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL deceleration. This is normal and indicates This system senses upper body motion that the Active Ride Control is operating based on wheel speed information and properly. controls engine torque and four wheel brake pressure to enhance ride comfort in effort to restrain uncomfortable upper body movement. This system come into effect above 25 MPH (40 km/h). When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system, the Active Ride Control is also turned off.

JVS0398X When the brake control of the Active Ride Control is operated and the “Chassis Control” mode is selected in the trip computer, the Active Ride Control graphics are shown in the vehicle information display. See “Trip computer” (P.2-40) for more information. If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Active Ride Control is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. When the Active Ride Control is operating, you may hear noise and sense slight

Starting and driving 5-135 HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS)

so may result in a collision or WARNING serious personal injury.

. Never rely solely on the hill start The hill start assist system automatically assist system to prevent the ve- keeps the brakes applied to help prevent hicle from moving backward on a the vehicle from rolling backwards in the hill. Always drive carefully and time it takes the driver to release the attentively. Depress the brake brake pedal and apply the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is stopped when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. on a steep hill. Be especially care- The hill start assist system will operate ful when stopped on a hill on automatically under the following condi- frozen or muddy roads. Failure tions: to prevent the vehicle from rolling . backwards may result in a loss of The transmission is shifted to a for- control of the vehicle and possi- ward or reverse gear. WAF0072X ble serious injury or death. . The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake. The RSS sounds a tone to inform the . The hill start assist system is not driver of obstacles near the rear bumper. designed to hold the vehicle at a The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to When the “Display” key is on, the sonar standstill on a hill. Depress the view will automatically appear in the brake pedal when the vehicle is roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely. touchscreen display. An additional view stopped on a steep hill. Failure to of the sonar status will appear in the The hill start assist system will not do so may cause the vehicle to vehicle information display for reference. roll backwards and may result in operate when the transmission is shifted a collision or serious personal to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position (CVT injury. models) or on a flat and level road. WARNING . The hill start assist system may When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) not prevent the vehicle from roll- warning light illuminates in the meter, the . The RSS is a convenience but it is ing backwards on a hill under all hill start assist system will not operate. not a substitute for proper park- load or road conditions. Always (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) ing. be prepared to depress the brake warning light” (P.2-17).) . The driver is always responsible pedal to prevent the vehicle from for safety during parking and rolling backwards. Failure to do 5-136 Starting and driving other maneuvers. Always look wool, etc.; thin objects such as SYSTEM OPERATION around and check that it is safe rope, wire and chain, etc.; or The system informs with a visual and to do so before parking. wedge-shaped objects. audible alert of rear obstacles when the . Read and understand the limita- shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. If your vehicle sustains damage to the tions of the RSS as contained in Range Rear sonar this section. The colors of the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or sonar indicator and the distance bent, the sensing zone may be altered Sound Display guide lines in the rear view in- causing inaccurate measurement of ob- P (Park) B C dicate different distances to the stacles or false alarms. R (Reverse) O O object. N (Neutral) B C . Inclement weather or ultrasonic CAUTION D (Drive) B C sources such as an automatic car O = Display / Beep when detect wash, a truck’s compressed-air . C = Display on camera view brakes or a pneumatic drill may Excessive noise (such as audio affect the function of the system; system volume or an open vehi- B = No display and beep this may include reduced perfor- cle window) will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard. The system is deactivated at speeds mance or a false activation. above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated . Keep the sonar sensors (located . The RSS is designed as an aid to at lower speeds. the driver in detecting large sta- on the rear bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large accu- The intermittent tone will stop after 3 tionary objects to help avoid da- seconds when an obstacle is detected by maging the vehicle. mulations of dirt. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. If the only the corner sensor and the distance . The RSS is not designed to pre- sensors are covered, the accuracy does not change. The tone will stop when vent contact with small or mov- of the sonar function will be the obstacle gets away from the vehicle. ing objects. Always move slowly. diminished. When the object is detected, the indicator The system will not detect small (green) appears and blinks and the tone objects below the bumper, and sounds intermittently. When the vehicle may not detect objects close to moves closer to the object, the color of the bumper or on the ground. the indicator turns yellow and the rate of . The RSS may not detect the the blinking increases. When the vehicle is following objects: fluffy objects very close to the object, the indicator such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass, stops blinking and turns red, and the tone Starting and driving 5-137 sounds continuously.

WAF0074X WAF0075X Example Example When the corner of the vehicle moves The system indicators will appear when closer to an object, the corner sonar the vehicle moves closer to an object (if indicator appears. When the center of so equipped). the vehicle moves close to an object, the center sonar indicator appears.

5-138 Starting and driving HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RSS The system is automatically activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RSS: 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the OK button. 2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK button 3. Select “Rear Sensor” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off. . Select “Display” to display the rear sensor in the vehicle information display when the RSS activates. . Select “Range” to change the RSS distance to “Far,” “Mid,” or “Near.”

WAF0076X

Starting and driving 5-139 RSS LIMITATIONS . The RSS may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, WARNING glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or Listed below are the RSS limitations wedge-shaped objects. for the sonar system. Failure to . operate the vehicle in accordance The RSS may not detect objects with these system limitations could at speed above 3 MPH (5 km/h) result in serious injury or death. and may not detect certain angu- lar or moving objects. . Read and understand the limitations of the RSS as contained in SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- this section. Inclement weather may affect the function of the ABLE RSS; this may include reduced When sonar blockage is detected, the performance or a false activation. system will be deactivated automatically. WAF0077X . The system is not available until the The system is deactivated at SYSTEM MAINTENANCE speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). conditions no longer exist. It is reactivated at lower speeds. The sonar sensors may be blocked by The sonar sensors are located on the rear bumper. Always keep the area near . Inclement weather or ultrasonic temporary ambient conditions such as the sonar sensors clean. sources such as an automatic car splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked wash, a truck’s compressed-air condition may also be caused by objects The sonar sensors may be blocked by brakes or a pneumatic drill may such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the temporary ambient conditions such as affect the function of the RSS; sonar sensors. splashing water, mist or fog. this may include reduced perfor- The blocked condition may also be mance or a false activation. Action to take: caused by objects such as ice, frost or . The RSS is not designed to pre- When the above conditions no longer dirt obstructing the sonar sensors. exist, the system will resume automati- vent contact with small or mov- Check for and remove objects obstruct- cally. ing objects. Always move slowly. ing the area around the sonar sensors. The system will not detect small Do not attach stickers (including trans- objects below the bumper or on parent material), install accessories or the ground. 5-140 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING apply additional paint near the sonar FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK TIRE EQUIPMENT sensors. To prevent a door lock from freezing, SUMMER tires have a tread designed to Do not strike or damage the area around apply deicer through the key hole. If the provide superior performance on dry the sonar sensors. It is recommended lock becomes frozen, heat the key before pavement. However, the performance of that you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area inserting it into the key hole, or use the these tires will be substantially reduced in around the sonar sensors is damaged Intelligent Key system or the remote snowy and icy conditions. If you operate due to a collision. keyless entry key fob. your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, ANTI-FREEZE NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four In the winter when it is anticipated that wheels. It is recommended you consult a the outside temperature will drop below NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speed 32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze to assure rating and availability information. proper winter protection. For additional information, see “Engine cooling system” For additional traction on icy roads, (P.8-4). studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces BATTERY prohibit their use. Check local, state and If the battery is not fully charged during provincial laws before installing studded extremely cold weather conditions, the tires. battery fluid may freeze and damage the Skid and traction capabilities of battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, studded snow tires, on wet or dry the battery should be checked regularly. surfaces, may be poorer than that of For additional information, see “Battery” non-studded snow tires. (P.8-11). Tire chains may be used. For details, see DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER “Tire chains” (P.8-36) of this manual. If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4).

Starting and driving 5-141 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model . Whatever the condition, drive If you install snow tires, they must also be with caution. Accelerate and slow the same size, brand, construction and down with care. If accelerating or tread pattern on all four wheels. downshifting too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more trac- SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT tion. It is recommended that the following . Allow more stopping distance items be carried in the vehicle during under these conditions. Braking winter: should be started sooner than on . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to dry pavement. remove ice and snow from the win- . Allow greater following distances dows and wiper blades. on slippery roads. . A sturdy, flat board to be placed under . the jack to give it firm support. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on an . A shovel to dig the vehicle out of otherwise clear road in shaded snow-drifts. areas. If a patch of ice is seen . Extra window washer fluid to refill the ahead, brake before reaching it. reservoir tank. Try not to brake while on the ice, DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers. WARNING . Do not use cruise control on slippery roads. . Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing . Snow can trap dangerous ex- rain), very cold snow or ice can be haust gases under your vehicle. slick and very hard to drive on. Keep snow clear of the exhaust The vehicle will have much less pipe and from around your vehi- traction or “grip” under these cle. conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

5-142 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Repairing a flat tire (models with emergency Roadside assistance program ...... 6-2 tire puncture repair kit) ...... 6-9 Emergency engine shut off (models with Jump starting ...... 6-14 push-button ignition switch) ...... 6-3 Push starting ...... 6-16 Flat tire ...... 6-3 If your vehicle overheats ...... 6-16 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-3 Towing your vehicle ...... 6-18 Changing a flat tire (models with Towing recommended by NISSAN ...... 6-19 spare tire) ...... 6-4 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...... 6-21 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

In the event of a roadside emergency, . Turn signals do not work when Roadside Assistance Service is available the hazard warning flasher lights to you. Please refer to your Warranty are on. Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet The flasher can be actuated with the (Canada) for details. ignition switch in any position. Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.

SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road. . Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic. 6-2 In case of emergency EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF (models FLAT TIRE with push-button ignition switch)

To shut off the engine in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- and increase the likelihood of tire situation while driving, perform the fol- TEM (TPMS) failure. Serious vehicle damage lowing procedure: This vehicle is equipped with the Tire could occur and may lead to an . Rapidly push the push-button ignition Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It accident and could result in ser- switch 3 consecutive times in less monitors tire pressure of all tires except ious personal injury. Check the than 1.5 seconds, or the spare (if so equipped). When the low tire pressure for all four tires. . Push and hold the push-button igni- tire pressure warning light is lit, and the Adjust the tire pressure to the tion switch for more than 2 seconds. “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning recommended COLD tire pressure message is displayed in the vehicle in- shown on the Tire and Loading formation display, one or more of your Information label to turn the low tires is significantly under-inflated. If the tire pressure warning light OFF. If vehicle is being driven with low tire the light still illuminates while pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn driving after adjusting the tire you of it by the low tire pressure warning pressure, a tire may be flat. If light. This system will activate only when you have a flat tire, replace it with the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 a spare tire (if so equipped) or MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see repair it using the emergency tire “Warning lights, indicator lights and audi- puncture repair kit (if so ble reminders” (P.2-10) and “Tire Pressure equipped) as soon as possible. Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5). . Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is WARNING mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and . If the low tire pressure warning the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, light will flash for approximately avoid sudden steering maneu- 1 minute. The light will remain on vers or abrupt braking, reduce after 1 minute. Have your tires vehicle speed, pull off the road replaced and/or TPMS system to a safe location and stop the reset as soon as possible. It is vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- recommended you visit a NISSAN ing with under-inflated tires may dealer for these services. permanently damage the tires In case of emergency 6-3 . Replacing tires with those not CHANGING A FLAT TIRE (models originally specified by NISSAN with spare tire) WARNING could affect the proper operation If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc- of the TPMS. tions below. . Make sure the parking brake is . Do not inject any tire liquid or securely applied and the Manual aerosol tire sealant into the tires, Stopping the vehicle Transmission is shifted into R as this may cause a malfunction 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road (Reverse), or the CVT into P (Park). of the tire pressure sensors and away from traffic. . Never change tires when the ve- (models without emergency tire 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. hicle is on a slope, ice or slippery puncture repair kit). areas. This is hazardous. 3. Park on a level surface and apply the . NISSAN recommends using only parking brake. . Never change tires if oncoming Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire traffic is close to your vehicle. Continuously Variable Transmission Sealant provided with your vehi- 4. Wait for professional road assis- cle. Other tire sealants may da- (CVT) models: tance. mage the valve stem seal which Move the shift lever to the P (Park) can cause the tire to lose air position. pressure. Visit a NISSAN dealer Manual Transmission (MT) models: as soon as possible after using Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) tire repair sealant (models with position. emergency tire puncture repair kit). 5. Turn off the engine. 6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance. 7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

6-4 In case of emergency MCE0001A JVE0270X

Blocking wheels Getting the spare tire and tools Place suitable blocks at both the front Remove the jack, necessary tools and the and back of the wheel diagonally oppo- spare tire from the storage area. site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle The spare tire, jack and tools are located from moving when it is jacked up. under the flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) and cover. WARNING JVE0402X Pull up the flexible luggage boards (if so Be sure to block the wheel as the equipped) and cover. vehicle may move and result in personal injury. Remove the jack and tools from the storage area.

In case of emergency 6-5 Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands. . Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jack provided with SCE0913 SCE0630 your vehicle on other vehicles. Remove the clamp holding the spare tire. The jack is designed for lifting Removing wheel cover (if so only your vehicle during a tire equipped) change. . Use the correct jack-up points. WARNING Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support. . Never use your hands to remove the Never jack up the vehicle more wheel cover. This may cause perso- than necessary. nal injury. . Never use blocks on or under the jack. To remove the wheel cover, use the jack . Do not start or run the engine rod as illustrated. while vehicle is on the jack, as it Apply cloth between the wheel and jack may cause the vehicle to move. rod to prevent damaging the wheel and . Do not allow passengers to stay wheel cover. in the vehicle while it is on the

6-6 In case of emergency jack.

Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions.

JVE0165X Jack-up point 1. Place the jack directly under the jack- up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown. Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown. The jack should be used on level firm ground.

In case of emergency 6-7 SCE0504 SCE0933

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two Installing the spare tire turns by turning it counterclockwise The spare tire is designed for emer- with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire gency use. (See specific instructions is off the ground. under the heading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).) 3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the sur- shown above. Carefully raise the ve- face between the wheel and hub. hicle until the tire clears the ground. 2. Carefully put the spare tire on and Remove the wheel nuts, and then tighten the wheel nuts finger tight. remove the tire. Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally. 3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated ( , , , , ), more than 2 times, until they are tight.

6-8 In case of emergency 4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire each lubrication interval. . The spare tire is designed for . touches the ground. Then, with the Adjust tire pressure to the COLD emergency use. See specific in- wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel pressure. structions under the heading nuts securely in the sequence illu- COLD pressure: “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29). strated. Lower the vehicle completely. After the vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 REPAIRING A FLAT TIRE (models WARNING mile (1.6 km). with emergency tire puncture re- COLD tire pressures are shown on pair kit) . Incorrect wheel nuts or impro- the Tire and Loading Information The emergency tire puncture repair kit is perly tightened wheel nuts can label affixed to the driver side center supplied with the vehicle instead of a cause the wheel to become loose pillar. spare tire. This repair kit must be used for or come off. This could cause an Stowing the damaged tire and the temporarily fixing a minor tire puncture. accident. After using the repair kit, it is recom- . Do not use oil or grease on the tools mended that visit a NISSAN dealer as wheel studs or nuts. This could 1. Securely store the jack, tools and the soon as possible for tire inspection and cause the nuts to become loose. damaged tire in the storage area. repair/replacement. . Retighten the wheel nuts when 2. Replace the flexible luggage boards (if the vehicle has been driven for so equipped) and cover. CAUTION 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in 3. Close the liftgate. cases of a flat tire, etc.). . NISSAN recommends using only . WARNING Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire As soon as possible, tighten the Sealant provided with your vehi- wheel nuts to the specified torque cle. Other tire sealants may da- . Always make sure that the spare with a torque wrench. mage the valve stem seal which tire and jacking equipment are Wheel nut tightening torque: can cause the tire to lose air properly secured after use. Such 80 ft-lb (108 N·m) pressure. items can become dangerous The wheel nuts must be kept tigh- projectiles in an accident or sud- . Do not use the emergency tire tened to specifications at all times. It den stop. puncture repair kit provided with is recommended that the wheel nuts your vehicle on other vehicles. be tightened to specifications at

In case of emergency 6-9 . Do not use the emergency tire — when the vehicle has been puncture repair kit for a purpose driven with a considerable other than to inflate and check loss of air from the tire the tire pressure for the vehicle. — when the tire is completely . Use the emergency tire puncture displaced inside or outside repair kit only on DC12V. the rim . Keep water and dust off the — when the tire rim is damaged emergency tire puncture repair kit. — when two or more tires are flat . Do not disassemble or modify the emergency tire puncture repair kit. . Do not drop the kit or allow hard impacts to the kit. WAG0040X . Do not use the emergency tire Getting emergency tire puncture puncture repair kit under the following conditions. It is recom- repair kit mended that contact a NISSAN Take out the emergency tire puncture dealer or professional road assis- repair kit located under the cargo room. tance. The repair kit consists of the following — when the sealant has passed items: its expiration date (shown on Air compressor* and Speed restriction the label attached to the bot- sticker tle) Tire sealant bottle — when the cut or the puncture *: The compressor shape may differ is approximately 0.2 in (5 mm) depending on the models. or longer NOTE: — when the side of the tire is A spare tire, jack and rod are not damaged equipped as standard. These parts are dealer options. It is recommended that 6-10 In case of emergency contact a NISSAN dealer about obtain- . Keep the repair compound out of ing these parts. See “Changing a flat tire the reach of children. (models with spare tire)” (P.6-4) for usage of jacking tools and tire replacement. Before using emergency tire puncture repair kit . If any foreign object (for example, a screw or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not remove it. . Check the expiration date of the sealant (shown on the label attached to the bottle). Never use a sealant whose expiration date has passed. JVE0014X Repairing tire 1. Take out the speed restriction sticker from the air compressor*, then put it in a location where the driver can see WARNING it while driving. *: The compressor shape may differ Observe the following precautions depending on the models. when using the emergency tire puncture repair kit. . Swallowing the compound is CAUTION dangerous. Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek Do not put the speed restriction label prompt medical assistance. on the steering wheel pad, the . Rinse well with lots of water if the speedometer or the warning light compound comes into contact locations. with skin or eyes. If irritation persists, seek prompt medical attention. In case of emergency 6-11 SCE0869 SCE0870 3. Remove the cap of the tire sealant 5. Remove the protective cap of the bottle, and screw the bottle clockwise hose and screw the hose securely onto the bottle holder. (Leave the onto the tire valve. Make sure that bottle seal intact. Screwing the bottle the pressure release valve is se- onto the bottle holder will pierce the curely tightened. Make sure that the seal of the bottle.) air compressor switch is in the OFF * 4. Remove the cap of the tire valve on ( ) position, and then insert its power SCE0868 the flat tire. plug into the power outlet in the vehicle. 2. Take the hose and the power plug out of the air compressor. Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air compressor.

6-12 In case of emergency 7. When the tire pressure is reaching the CAUTION specified pressure or is at the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa), turn the air . An incomplete connection be- compressor off. Remove the power tween the hose and tire valve plug from the power outlet and causes air leakage or sealant quickly remove the hose from the tire scatter. valve. Attach the protective cap and valve cap. . Do not stand directly beside the damaged tire while it is being inflated because of the risk of CAUTION the rupture. If there are any cracks or bumps, turn the com- Leave the tire sealant bottle on the pressor off immediately. bottle holder in order to prevent SCE0871 . There is a possibility that the sealant from spilling out. pressure reaches 87 psi (600 6. Place the ignition switch in the ON kPa) while the tire is being in- 8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 position. Then turn the compressor flated, but it is normal condition. minutes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed of switch to the ON (−) position and Usually the pressure will drop in 50 MPH (80 km/h) or less. inflate the tire up to the pressure that about 30 seconds. is specified on the tire placard affixed 9. After driving, make sure that the air * to the driver’s side center pillar if . Do not operate the compressor compressor switch is in the OFF ( ) possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi for more than 10 minutes. position, then screw the hose securely (180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off onto the tire valve. Check the tire briefly in order to check the tire If the tire pressure does not increase pressure with the pressure gauge. pressure with the pressure gauge. to 26 psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, If the tire pressure drops under 19 psi If the tire is inflated to higher than the the tire may be seriously damaged (130 kPa ): and the tire cannot be repaired with specified pressure, adjust the tire The tire cannot be repaired with this tire this tire puncture repair kit. It is pressure by releasing air with the puncture repair kit. It is recommended recommended that contact a NISSAN pressure release valve. The cold tire that contact a NISSAN dealer. pressures are shown on the tire pla- dealer. card affixed to the driver’s side center pillar. In case of emergency 6-13 JUMP STARTING

To start your engine with a booster If the tire pressure is 19 psi (130 kPa) or . Whenever working on or near a battery, the instructions and precautions more but less than the specified pres- battery, always wear suitable eye below must be followed. sure: protectors (for example, goggles Turn the compressor switch to the ON (−) or industrial safety spectacles) position and inflate the tire up to the WARNING and remove rings, metal bands, specified pressure. Then repeat the steps or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the battery when jump start- from 8. . If done incorrectly, jump starting ing. If the pressure drops again, the tire can lead to a battery explosion, cannot be repaired with this tire punc- resulting in severe injury or . Do not attempt to jump start a ture repair kit. It is recommended that death. It could also damage your frozen battery. It could explode contact a NISSAN dealer. vehicle. and cause serious injury. . When the tire pressure is the specified . Explosive hydrogen gas is always Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan. It could come pressure: present in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks and on at any time. Keep hands and The temporary repair is completed. flames away from the battery. other objects away from it. It is recommended that visit a NISSAN . Do not allow battery fluid to come dealer for tire repair/replacement as soon into contact with eyes, skin, as possible. clothing or painted surfaces. Bat- tery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric CAUTION acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with anything, Do not reuse the tire sealant bottle immediately flush the contacted or the hose. area with water. For a new tire sealant bottle and . Keep the battery out of the reach hose, it is recommended that con- of children. tact a NISSAN dealer. . The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.

6-14 In case of emergency 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models: Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. Manual Transmission (MT) models: Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position. 4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.). 5. Remove the vent caps on the battery (if so equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard. 6. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( ? ? ? ).

CAUTION JVE0279X . Always connect positive (+) to 1. If the booster battery is in another positive (+) and negative (−) to WARNING vehicle , position the two vehicles ( body ground (for example, as and ) to bring their batteries into illustrated), not to the battery. close proximity to each other. . Always follow the instructions below. Make sure the jumper cables do Failure to do so could result in Do not allow the two vehicles to not touch moving parts in the damage to the charging system and touch. engine compartment and that cause personal injury. the cable clamps do not contact

In case of emergency 6-15 PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Do not attempt to start the engine by any other metal. pushing. WARNING 7. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes. CAUTION . Never continue driving if your 8. Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle overheats. Doing so could vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and . Continuously Variable Transmis- cause a vehicle fire. start the engine of the vehicle being sion (CVT) models cannot be . Never open the hood if steam is jump started. push-started or tow-started. At- coming out. tempting to do so may cause . Never remove the radiator or transmission damage. coolant reservoir cap while the CAUTION . Three-way catalyst equipped engine is hot. If the radiator or models should not be started by coolant reservoir cap is removed Do not keep the starter motor en- pushing since the three way cat- when the engine is hot, pressur- gaged for more than 10 seconds. If alyst may be damaged. ized hot water will spurt out and the engine does not start right away, . Never try to start the vehicle by possibly cause burning, scalding place the ignition switch in the OFF towing it; when the engine starts, or serious injury. position and wait 10 seconds before the forward surge could cause . If steam or coolant is coming trying again. the vehicle to collide with the from the engine, stand clear of tow vehicle. the vehicle to prevent getting 9. After starting your engine, carefully burned. disconnect the negative cable and . The engine cooling fan will start then the positive cable ( ? ? at anytime when the coolant ? ). temperature exceeds preset de- 10. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). grees. Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to . Be careful not to allow your cover the vent holes as it may be hands, hair, jewelry or clothing contaminated with corrosive acid. to come into contact with, or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by 6-16 In case of emergency an extremely high temperature gauge 5. Open the engine hood. 7. After the engine cools down, check reading), or if you feel a lack of engine the coolant level in the reservoir with power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take the engine running. Add coolant to the following steps: WARNING the reservoir if necessary. Have your 1. Move the vehicle safely off the road vehicle repaired. It is recommended and apply the parking brake. If steam or water is coming from the you visit a NISSAN dealer for this engine, stand clear to prevent get- service. 2. Continuously Variable Transmission ting burned. (CVT) models: Move the shift lever to the P (Park) 6. Visually check the drive belt for da- position. mage or looseness. Also check if the Manual Transmission (MT) models: cooling fan is running. The radiator Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) hoses and radiator should not leak position. water. If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run, stop the Do not stop the engine. engine. 3. Turn off the air conditioner (if so equipped). Open all the windows, move the heater or air conditioner WARNING temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed. Be careful not to allow your hands, 4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen hair, jewelry or clothing to come into for steam or coolant escaping from contact with, or get caught in, engine the radiator before opening the hood. belts or the engine cooling fan. The (If steam or coolant is escaping, turn engine cooling fan can start at any off the engine.) Do not open the hood time. further until no steam or coolant can be seen.

In case of emergency 6-17 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdic- . Always attach safety chains be- tional and local regulations for towing fore towing. must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing For information about towing your vehi- instructions are available from a NISSAN cle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see dealer. Local service operators are gen- “Flat towing” (P.10-16) of this manual. erally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed. . Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that the transmission, axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If any of these conditions apply, dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used. 6-18 In case of emergency SCE0952 All-wheel drive models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.

In case of emergency 6-19 . When towing MT models with the front wheels on the ground: Place the ignition switch in the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similar device. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position. . When towing MT models with the rear wheels on the ground (if you do not use towing dollies): Always release the parking brake.

SCE0950 Front wheels on the ground: Two-wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models be used under the front wheels when the rear wheels raised, always towing your vehicle or the vehicle be NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be use towing dollies under the front placed on a flatbed tow truck as illu- towed with the driving (front) wheels off wheels. strated. the ground or place the vehicle on a flat . When towing CVT models with bed truck as illustrated. the front wheels on towing dollies: Place the ignition switch in CAUTION CAUTION the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight- Never tow Continuously Variable ahead position with a rope or Transmission (CVT) model with the . Never tow CVT models with the similar device. Move the shift front wheels on the ground. Doing so front wheels on the ground or lever to the N (Neutral) position. will cause serious and expensive four wheels on the ground (for- damage to the drivetrain. ward or backward), as this may . When towing a CVT model with cause serious and expensive da- the rear wheels on the ground (if mage to the transmission. If it is you do not use towing dollies): necessary to tow the vehicle with Always release the parking brake. 6-20 In case of emergency Manual Transmission (MT) model: . Do not use the vehicle tie-downs 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF CAUTION to tow or free a stuck vehicle. position. . Only use devices specifically de- 2. Secure the steering wheel in a Never tow CVT model with all four signed for vehicle recovery and straight-ahead position with rope or wheels on the ground. Doing so will follow the manufacturer’s in- a similar device. cause serious and expensive da- structions. mage to the drivetrain. 3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) . Always pull the recovery device position. straight out from the front of the Manual Transmission (MT) model: 4. Release the parking brake. vehicle. Never pull at an angle. 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF 5. Attach the safety chains whenever . Route recovery devices so they position. towing. do not touch any part of the 2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) vehicle except the attachment Rear wheels on the ground: position. point. 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF 3. Release the parking brake. position. If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck 2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) etc., use a tow strap or other device position. vehicle) designed specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc- 3. Release the parking brake. tions for the recovery device. 4. Attach safety chains whenever tow- WARNING ing. Rocking a stuck vehicle To avoid vehicle damage, serious All four wheels on the ground: personal injury or death when reco- NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be vering a stuck vehicle: WARNING placed on a flatbed tow truck as illu- . strated. Contact a professional towing . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regard- . Do not spin your tires at high ing the recovery procedure. speed. This could cause them to . explode and result in serious in- Tow chains or cables must be jury. Parts of your vehicle could attached only to main structural also overheat and be damaged. members of the vehicle. In case of emergency 6-21 If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure: WARNING 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system. . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. 2. Make sure the area in front and . Do not spin your tires at high behind the vehicle is clear of obstruc- speed. This could cause them to tions. explode and result in serious in- 3. Turn the steering wheel right and left jury. Parts of your vehicle could to clear an area around the front tires. also overheat and be damaged. 4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. . Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive) (Continu- ously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) or 1st and R (Reverse) (Manual Transmission (MT) models). . Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion. . Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D (CVT models) or 1st and R (MT models). . Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 km/h). 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle.

6-22 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior...... 7-2 Cleaning interior ...... 7-4 Washing ...... 7-2 Air fresheners ...... 7-5 Waxing ...... 7-2 Floor mats ...... 7-5 Removing spots ...... 7-3 Seat belts ...... 7-6 Underbody ...... 7-3 Cleaning the seat tracks ...... 7-6 Glass ...... 7-3 Corrosion protection ...... 7-7 Wheels ...... 7-3 Most common factors contributing to Aluminum alloy wheels ...... 7-3 vehicle corrosion...... 7-7 Chrome parts ...... 7-4 Environmental factors influence the rate Tire dressing ...... 7-4 of corrosion...... 7-7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion...... 7-7 CLEANING EXTERIOR

In order to maintain the appearance of Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty your vehicle, it is important to take proper CAUTION of clean water. care of it. Inside flanges, seams and folds on the To protect the paint surfaces, wash your . Do not use car washes that use doors, hatches and hood are particularly vehicle as soon as you can: acid in the detergent. Some car vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be regularly . after a rainfall to prevent possible washes, especially brushless cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in damage from acid rain ones, use some acid for cleaning. the lower edge of the door are open. . The acid may react with some after driving on coastal roads Spray water under the body and in the . plastic vehicle components, caus- when contaminants such as soot, bird ing them to crack. This could wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash droppings, tree sap, metal particles or affect their appearance, and also away road salt. bugs get on the paint surface could cause them not to function . Avoid leaving water spots on the paint when dust or mud builds up on the properly. Always check with your surface by using a damp chamois to dry surface car wash to confirm that acid is the vehicle. Whenever possible, store or park your not used. WAXING vehicle inside a garage or in a covered . Do not wash the vehicle with area. strong household soap, strong Regular waxing protects the paint surface When it is necessary to park outside, park chemical detergents, gasoline or and helps retain new vehicle appearance. in a shady area or protect the vehicle with solvents. Polishing is recommended to remove a body cover. built-up wax residue and to avoid a . Do not wash the vehicle in direct weathered appearance before reapplying Be careful not to scratch the paint sunlight or while the vehicle body wax. surface when putting on or removing is hot, as the surface may become the body cover. water-spotted. A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product. . WASHING Avoid using tight-napped or . rough cloths, such as washing Wax your vehicle only after a thorough Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet washing. Follow the instructions sup- sponge and plenty of water. Clean the mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other plied with the wax. vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a . foreign substances so the paint Do not use a wax containing any special vehicle soap or general purpose abrasives, cutting compounds or clea- dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lu- surface is not scratched or damaged. ners that may damage the vehicle kewarm (never hot) water. finish. Machine compound or aggressive polish- 7-2 Appearance and care ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. CAUTION Wash regularly with a sponge dampened REMOVING SPOTS in a mild soap solution, especially during Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, When cleaning the inside of the winter months in areas where road salt is insects, and tree sap as quickly as possi- windows, do not use sharp-edged used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not ble from the paint surface to avoid lasting tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine- removed. damage or staining. Special cleaning based disinfectant cleaners. They products are available at a NISSAN dealer could damage the electrical conduc- or any automotive accessory stores. It is tors, radio antenna elements or rear CAUTION recommended that you visit a NISSAN window defroster elements. dealer for these products. Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels: UNDERBODY WHEELS . Do not use a cleaner that uses In areas where road salt is used in winter, Wash the wheels when washing the strong acid or alkali contents to the underbody must be cleaned regularly. vehicle to maintain their appearance. clean the wheels. This will prevent dirt and salt from build- . Clean the inner side of the wheels ing up and causing the acceleration of when the wheel is changed or the . Do not apply wheel cleaners to corrosion on the underbody and suspen- underside of the vehicle is washed. the wheels when they are hot. sion. Before the winter period and again . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents The wheel temperature should be in the spring, the underseal must be or corrosion. Such damage may cause the same as ambient tempera- checked and, if necessary, re-treated. loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire ture. GLASS bead. . Rinse the wheel to completely . remove the cleaner within 15 Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against minutes after the cleaner is ap- dust film from the glass surfaces. It is plied. normal for glass to become coated with a road salt in areas where it is used film after the vehicle is parked in the hot during winter. sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film. CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels.

Appearance and care 7-3 CLEANING INTERIOR

CHROME PARTS Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using CAUTION Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. abrasive chrome polish to maintain the Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a . finish. clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap Never use benzine, thinner, or any TIRE DRESSING solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft similar material. . NISSAN does not recommend the use of cloth. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a Regular care and cleaning is required in dampened with water. Never use coating to the tires to help reduce dis- order to maintain the appearance of the a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing leather. thinner or any kind of solvent or is applied to the tires, it may react with paper towel with a chemical Before using any fabric protector, read cleaning agent. They will scratch the coating and form a compound. This the manufacturer’s recommendations. compound may come off the tire while or cause discoloration to the lens. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals . driving and stain the vehicle paint. that may stain or bleach the seat materi- Do not spray any liquid such as If you choose to use a tire dressing, take al. water on the meter lens. Spraying the following precautions: liquid may cause the system to Use a cloth dampened only with water, to malfunction. . Use a water-based tire dressing. The clean the meter and gauge lens. . coating on the tire dissolves more Small dirt particles can be abra- easily with an oil-based tire dressing. sive and damaging to the leather . WARNING surfaces and should be removed Apply a light coat of tire dressing to promptly. Do not use saddle soap, help prevent it from entering the tire car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning tread/grooves (where it would be Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This fluids, solvents, detergents or difficult to remove). ammonia-based cleaners as they . can damage the seat or occupant Wipe off excess tire dressing using a may damage the leather’s natural dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing classification sensors. This can also affect the operation of the air bag finish. is completely removed from the tire . tread/grooves. system and result in serious perso- Never use fabric protectors un- . nal injury. less recommended by the manu- Allow the tire dressing to dry as facturer. recommended by tire dressing manufacturer. . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It

7-4 Appearance and care may damage the lens cover. . NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver AIR FRESHENERS front position or install them up- side down or backwards. Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use . It is recommended that you use an air freshener, take the following pre- only genuine NISSAN floor mats cautions: specifically designed for use in . your vehicle model and model Hanging-type air fresheners can year. cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. . Properly position the mats in the Place the air freshener in a location floorwell using the floor mat po- that allows it to hang free and not sitioning hooks. See “Floor mat contact an interior surface. installation” (P.7-5). . Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip . Make sure the floor mat does not JVA0018X on the vents. These products can interfere with pedal operation. cause immediate damage and disco- . Periodically check the floor mats Floor mat installation loration when spilled on interior sur- to make sure they are properly Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat faces. installed. positioning hook(s). The number and Carefully read and follow the manufac- . After cleaning the vehicle interior, shape of the floor mat positioning hook turer’s instructions before using air fresh- check the floor mats to make (s) for each seating position varies de- eners. sure they are properly installed. pending on the vehicle. FLOOR MATS When installing genuine NISSAN floor The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can mats, follow the installation instructions extend the life of your vehicle carpet and provided with the floor mat and the WARNING make it easier to clean the interior. Mats following: should be maintained with regular clean- 1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell To avoid potential pedal interference ing and replaced if they become exces- so that the floor mat grommet holes that may result in a collision, injury sively worn. are aligned with the hook(s). or death: 2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat

Appearance and care 7-5 is properly positioned. dye, or chemical solvents to clean 3. Make sure the floor mat does not the seat belts, since these materials interfere with pedal operation. With may severely weaken the seat belt the ignition in the OFF position and webbing. the shift lever in the P (Park) position (Continuously Variable Transmission CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS (CVT) models) or the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position (Manual Transmis- sion (MT) models), fully apply and CAUTION release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal operation or Periodically clean the seat tracks to prevent the pedal from returning to its prevent reduction of ability to move normal position. It is recommended the seats. you see a NISSAN dealer for details about installing the floor mats in your JVA0031X vehicle. Positioning hook(s) Clean periodically with a high-powered vacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may The illustration shows the location of the reduce the ability to adjust the seat. A floor mat positioning hook(s). wet cleansing agent may be used if SEAT BELTS necessary. The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them. See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach,

7-6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION

MOST COMMON FACTORS CON- Temperature cleaner. TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO- A temperature increase will accelerate . Never allow water or other liquids SION the rate of corrosion to those parts which to come in contact with electronic . The accumulation of moisture-retain- are not well ventilated. components inside the vehicle as ing dirt and debris in body panel this may damage them. sections, cavities, and other areas. Air pollution . Damage to paint and other protective Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in Chemicals used for road surface deicing coatings caused by gravel and stone the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt are extremely corrosive. They accelerate chips or minor traffic accidents. use will accelerate the corrosion process. corrosion and deterioration of underbody Road salt will also accelerate the disin- components such as the exhaust system, ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU- tegration of paint surfaces. ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM pan and fenders. Moisture CORROSION In winter, the underbody must be Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on . Wash and wax your vehicle often to cleaned periodically. the vehicle body underside can acceler- keep the vehicle clean. For additional protection against rust and ate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not . Always check for minor damage to the corrosion, which may be required in some dry completely inside the vehicle, and paint and repair it as soon as possible. areas, it is recommended you consult a should be removed for drying to avoid . Keep drain holes at the bottom of the NISSAN dealer. floor panel corrosion. doors open to avoid water accumula- Relative humidity tion. . Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of Check the underbody for accumula- high relative humidity, especially those tion of sand, dirt or salt. If present, areas where the temperatures stay above wash with water as soon as possible. freezing where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used. CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum

Appearance and care 7-7 MEMO

7-8 Appearance and care 8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ...... 8-2 Windshield wiper blades ...... 8-16 Engine compartment check locations ...... 8-3 Cleaning ...... 8-16 MR20DD engine model ...... 8-4 Replacing ...... 8-16 Engine cooling system ...... 8-4 Rear window wiper blade ...... 8-17 Checking engine coolant level ...... 8-5 Brakes ...... 8-17 Changing engine coolant...... 8-6 Self-adjusting brakes ...... 8-17 Engine oil ...... 8-6 Brake pad wear warning...... 8-17 Checking engine oil level ...... 8-6 Fuses ...... 8-18 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 Engine compartment ...... 8-18 Continuously Variable Transmission Passenger compartment ...... 8-20 (CVT) fluid ...... 8-9 Key fob battery replacement ...... 8-21 Brake and clutch (if so equipped) fluid ...... 8-9 Intelligent Key battery replacement ...... 8-23 Window washer fluid ...... 8-10 Lights ...... 8-25 Battery ...... 8-11 Headlights ...... 8-25 Jump starting...... 8-12 Exterior and interior lights ...... 8-27 Variable voltage control system ...... 8-13 Wheels and tires ...... 8-29 Drive belt ...... 8-13 Tire pressure ...... 8-29 Spark plugs...... 8-14 Tire labeling ...... 8-33 Replacing spark plugs...... 8-14 Types of tires ...... 8-35 Air cleaner ...... 8-15 Tire chains...... 8-36 Air duct removal ...... 8-15 Changing wheels and tires ...... 8-37 Air cleaner filter replacement ...... 8-15 MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

When performing any inspection or main- . Always wear eye protection . On gasoline engine models with tenance work on your vehicle, always whenever you work on your ve- the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) take care to prevent serious accidental hicle. system, the fuel filter and fuel injury to yourself or damage to the . If you must run the engine in an lines should be serviced because vehicle. The following are general precau- enclosed space such as a garage, the fuel lines are under high tions which should be closely observed. be sure there is proper ventilation pressure even when the engine for exhaust gases to escape. is turned off. It is recommended . that you visit a NISSAN dealer for WARNING Never get under the vehicle while this service. it is supported only by a jack. If it . Your vehicle is equipped with an . Park the vehicle on a level sur- is necessary to work under the automatic engine cooling fan. It face, apply the parking brake vehicle, support it with safety may come on at any time without securely and block the wheels to stands. warning, even if the ignition prevent the vehicle from moving. . Because the fuel lines are under switch is in the OFF position and Move the shift lever to the P high pressure even when the the engine is not running. To (Park) position (CVT model) or engine is off, it is recommended avoid injury, always disconnect the shift lever to the N (Neutral) you visit a NISSAN dealer for the negative battery cable before position (MT model). service of the fuel filter or fuel working near the fan. . Be sure the ignition switch is in lines. . Avoid direct contact with used the OFF or LOCK position when . Do not work under the hood while engine oil and coolant. Impro- performing any parts replace- the engine is hot. Always turn off perly disposed engine oil, engine ment or repairs. the engine and wait until it cools coolant, and/or other vehicle . If you must work with the engine down. fluids can hurt the environment. running, keep your hands, cloth- . If you must work with the engine Always conform to local regula- ing, hair and tools away from running, keep your hands, cloth- tions for disposal of vehicle fluids. moving fans, belts and any other ing, hair and tools away from moving parts. moving fans, belts and any other . It is advisable to secure or removing parts. CAUTION move any loose clothing and . Keep smoking materials, flame remove any jewelry, such as and sparks away from fuel and . rings, watches, etc. before work- the battery. Do not work under the hood while ing on your vehicle. the engine is hot. Turn the engine 8-2 Do-it-yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

off and wait until it cools down. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available. (See “Owner’s manual/service . Avoid direct contact with used manual order information” (P.10-21).) engine oil and coolant. Impro- perly disposed engine oil, and You should be aware that incomplete or engine coolant and/or other ve- improper servicing may result in operat- hicle fluids can damage the en- ing difficulties or excessive emissions, and vironment. Always conform to could affect your warranty coverage. If in local regulations for disposal of doubt about any servicing, it is recom- vehicle fluid. mended you have it done by a NISSAN dealer. . Never leave the engine or the CVT related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position. . Never connect or disconnect the WAA0212X battery or any transistorized component while the ignition Remove the air duct if necessary. switch is in the ON position. To remove the air duct : . Your vehicle is equipped with an 1. Remove the clips with a suitable automatic engine cooling fan. It tool. may come on at any time without 2. Loosen the bolt with a suitable tool. warning, even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the en- 3. Pull the air duct upward and then gine is not running. To avoid sideways. injury, always disconnect the ne- To install the air duct, perform the in- gative battery cable before work- stallation procedure in reverse order. ing near the fan.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

Do-it-yourself 8-3 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Wait until the engine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. See precautions in “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-16) of this manual. . The radiator is equipped with a WAA0211X pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only 7. Engine oil dipstick MR20DD ENGINE MODEL a genuine NISSAN radiator cap. 8. Battery 1. Engine coolant reservoir . 9. Fuse/fusible link box If the engine was stopped soon 2. Engine oil filler cap when the engine is hot, the cool- *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model 3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir ing fan may operate for approxi- 4. Air cleaner mately 10 minutes after the 5. Window washer fluid reservoir engine was stopped to cool the 6. Drive belt components in the engine com- 8-4 Do-it-yourself partment. When the cooling fan is low the coolant manufacture’s operating, be sure that hands or instructions to maintain mini- other items do not get caught in mum antifreeze protection to it. -34°F (-37°C). The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or CAUTION equivalent may damage the engine cooling system. . Never use any cooling system . The life expectancy of the fac- additives such as radiator sealer. tory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles Additives may clog the cooling (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing system and cause damage to any other type of coolant other the engine, transmission and/or than Genuine NISSAN Long Life cooling system. Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) (or JVM0438X . When adding or replacing cool- equivalent coolant), including CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL ant, be sure to use only Genuine Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ freeze/Coolant (green), or the use Check the coolant level in the reservoir Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen- of non-distilled water will reduce when the engine is cold. If the coolant uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ the life expectancy of the factory- level is below the MIN level , open the Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to fill coolant. Refer to the “9. Main- reservoir cap and add coolant up to the provide antifreeze protection to tenance and schedules” section MAX level . If the reservoir is empty, -34°F(-37°C). If additional freeze of this manual for more details. check the coolant level in the radiator protection is needed due to when the engine is cold. If there is weather where you operate your insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long radiator with coolant up to the filler Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) opening and also add it to the reservoir concentrate following the direc- up to the MAX level . tions on the container. If an Tighten the cap securely after adding equivalent coolant other than engine coolant. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- If the cooling system frequently re- freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol- quires coolant, have it checked. It is Do-it-yourself 8-5 ENGINE OIL recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer ing. Do not overfill . for this service. 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick. CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT It is normal to add some oil between oil A NISSAN dealer can change the engine maintenance intervals or during the coolant. The service procedure can be break-in period, depending on the se- found in the NISSAN Service Manual. verity of operating conditions. Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine CAUTION overheating. Oil level should be checked regularly. WARNING Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not . To avoid being scalded, never SDI1993 change the coolant when the covered by the warranty. engine is hot. CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL . Never remove the radiator or 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER coolant reservoir cap when the apply the parking brake. engine is hot. Serious burns could 2. Run the engine until it reaches oper- WARNING be caused by high pressure fluid ating temperature. escaping from the radiator. 3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than . . Used oil must be disposed of Avoid direct skin contact with 10 minutes for the oil to drain back properly. Never pour or dump oil used coolant. If skin contact is into the oil pan. into the ground, canals, rivers, made, wash thoroughly with soap etc. It should be disposed of at or hand cleaner as soon as pos- 4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Reinsert it all the way. proper waste facilities. NISSAN sible. recommends having your oil . Keep coolant out of the reach of 5. Remove the dipstick again and check changed by a NISSAN dealer. children and pets. the oil level. It should be within the range . If the oil level is below , . Be careful not to burn yourself, as remove the oil filler cap and pour the engine oil may be hot. Engine coolant must be disposed of recommended oil through the open- properly. Check your local regulations. 8-6 Do-it-yourself . Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause CAUTION skin cancer. . Avoid direct skin contact with Make sure the correct lifting and used oil. If contacted, wash thor- support points are used to avoid oughly with soap or hand cleaner vehicle damage. and plenty of water as soon as possible. . Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of children.

Vehicle set-up 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Run the engine until it reaches the operating temperature. 3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes. 4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack JVM0414X stands. . Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points. . A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle.

Do-it-yourself 8-7 . Waste oil must be disposed of Drain plug tightening torque: properly. 22 to 29 ft-lb . Check your local regulations. (29 to 39 N·m) (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the Do not use excessive force. engine oil filter change is needed.) 9. Refill the engine with the recom- 4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter mended oil through the oil filler open- wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning, and install the oil filler cap ing it by hand. securely. 5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting See “Capacities and recommended surface with a clean rag. fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drain and refill capacity. The drain and refill CAUTION capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these speci- JVM0421X fications for reference only. Always Be sure to remove any old gasket use the dipstick to determine the 1. Oil filler cap material remaining on the mounting proper amount of oil in the engine. 2. Oil drain plug surface of the engine. Failure to do 3. Oil filter so could lead to engine damage. 10. Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter. Correct as required. Engine oil and filter 6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with 1. Place a large drain pan under the clean engine oil. 11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes. Check the oil level drain plug. 7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a with the dipstick. Add engine oil if 2. Remove the oil filler cap. slight resistance is felt, then tighten necessary. 3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench additionally more than 2/3 turn. and completely drain the oil. Oil filter tightening torque: After the operation 11 to 15 ft-lb 1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the (14.7 to 20.5 N·m) CAUTION ground. 8. Clean and re-install the drain plug 2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly. Be careful not to burn yourself, as with a new washer. Securely tighten the engine oil is hot. the drain plug with a wrench.

8-8 Do-it-yourself CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE BRAKE AND CLUTCH (if so equipped) FLUID TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

When checking or replacement is re- For additional brake and clutch fluid WARNING quired, we recommend a NISSAN dealer information, see “Capacities and recom- for servicing. mended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual. . Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause CAUTION skin cancer. WARNING . Try to avoid direct skin contact . NISSAN recommends using Gen- with used oil. If skin contact is uine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or . Use only new fluid from a sealed made, wash thoroughly with soap equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. container. Old, inferior or con- or hand cleaner as soon as pos- Do not mix with other fluids. taminated fluid may damage the sible. . Do not use Automatic transmis- brake and clutch systems. The . Keep used engine oil out of reach sion fluid (ATF) or Manual Trans- use of improper fluids can da- of children. mission fluid in a NISSAN CVT, as mage the brake and clutch sys- it may damage the CVT. Damage tems, and affect the vehicle’s caused by the use of fluids other stopping ability. than as recommended is not . Clean the filler cap before remov- covered by the NISSAN’s New ing. Vehicle Limited Warranty. . Brake and clutch fluid is poiso- . Using fluids that are not equiva- nous and should be stored care- lent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid fully in marked containers out of NS-3 may also damage the CVT. the reach of children. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered by the NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited CAUTION Warranty. Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water.

Do-it-yourself 8-9 WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Type A: Check the fluid level in the window washer reservoir. If the fluid level is low, add window washer fluid. Type B: To check the fluid level, use your finger to plug the center hole of the cap/tube assembly, then remove it from the reservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube, add fluid. Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

JVM0789X JVM0788X Fill the window washer fluid reservoir Type A periodically. Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the Add fluid when the low washer fluid fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning appears (if so equipped). warning light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or Refill the reservoir more frequently when equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line driving conditions require an increased . If fluid must be added frequently, the amount of window washer fluid. system should be checked. It is recom- Recommended fluid: mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Con- service. centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti- JVM0380X freeze coolant for window Type B washer solution. This may result 8-10 Do-it-yourself BATTERY

. Keep the battery surface clean and in damage to the paint. eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. dry. Clean the battery with a solution After touching a battery or bat- . Do not fill the window washer of baking soda and water. tery cap, do not touch or rub your reservoir tank with washer fluid . Make certain the terminal connec- eyes. Thoroughly wash your concentrates at full strength. tions are clean and securely tightened. Some methyl alcohol based hands. If the acid contacts your . If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 washer fluid concentrates may eyes, skin or clothing, immedi- days or longer, disconnect the nega- permanently stain the grille if ately flush with water for at least tive 7 battery terminal cable to pre- spilled while filling the window 15 minutes and seek medical vent discharging it. washer reservoir tank. attention. NOTE: . . Pre-mix washer fluid concen- Do not operate the vehicle if the trates with water to the manu- Care should be taken to avoid situations fluid in the battery is low. Low facturer’s recommended levels that can lead to potential battery dis- battery fluid can cause a higher before pouring the fluid into the charge and potential no-start condi- load on the battery which can window washer reservoir tank. Do tions such as: generate heat, reduce battery life, not use the window washer re- 1. Installation or extended use of elec- and in some cases lead to an servoir tank to mix the washer tronic accessories that consume explosion. fluid concentrate and water. battery power when the engine is . When working on or near a bat- not running (Phone chargers, GPS, tery, always wear suitable eye DVD players, etc.) protection and remove all jew- 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ elry. or only driven short distances. . Battery posts, terminals and re- In these cases, the battery may need to lated accessories contain lead be charged to maintain battery health. and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. . Keep the battery out of the reach WARNING of children. . Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hy- drogen gas generated by the battery is explosive. Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, Do-it-yourself 8-11 JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” (P.6-14). If the engine does not start by jump starting, the battery may have to be replaced. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

DI0137MA SDI1480C Check the fluid level in each cell. It should 1. Remove the cell plugs . be between the UPPER LEVEL and 2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LOWER LEVEL lines. LEVEL line. If it is necessary to add fluid, add only If the side of the battery is not clear, distilled water to bring the level to the check the distilled water level by indicator in each filler opening. Do not looking directly above the cell; the overfill. condition indicates OK and the condition needs more to be added. 3. Tighten cell plugs . Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.

8-12 Do-it-yourself VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELT

loose, have it replaced or adjusted. It is CAUTION recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . Do not ground accessories di- 2. Have the belt condition checked reg- rectly to the battery terminal. ularly. Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely. . Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea- SDI1881 sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage 1. Alternator generated by the generator. 2. Drive belt auto-tensioner 3. Crankshaft pulley 4. Air conditioner compressor 5. Water pump

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is in poor condition or Do-it-yourself 8-13 SPARK PLUGS

Always replace spark plugs with recom- WARNING mended or equivalent ones.

Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is applied.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs. SDI2670 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer. Follow the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. Do not reuse the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

8-14 Do-it-yourself AIR CLEANER

AIR CLEANER FILTER REPLACEMENT

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air, it also stops flame if the engine backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not installed and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Never drive with the WAI0158X air cleaner filter off. Be cautious working on the engine when the AIR DUCT REMOVAL air cleaner filter is off. 1. Remove the clip with a suitable tool. . Never pour fuel into the throttle 2. While pulling off the lock , pull out the body or attempt to start the clip and pull up the air duct . engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in serious injury.

WAI0159X 1. Remove the clips and open the air cleaner filter cover . 2. Pull up the air cleaner filter .

Do-it-yourself 8-15 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield. Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water. Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear SDI2359 after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades. REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. CAUTION CAUTION 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield. . After wiper blade replacement, Worn windshield wiper blades can 2. Push and hold the release tab , and return the wiper arm to its origi- damage the windshield and impair move the wiper blade down the wiper nal position; otherwise it may be driver vision. arm . damaged when the hood is opened. 3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the . wiper arm until a click sounds. Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arm 4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the may be damaged from wind dimple is in the groove. pressure.

8-16 Do-it-yourself REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES

It is recommended you contact a NISSAN If the brakes do not operate properly, it is dealer if checking or replacement is recommended you have the brakes required. checked by a NISSAN dealer. SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes. The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched SDI2693 scraping sound when the vehicle is in Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle motion. This scraping sound will first . This may cause improper windshield occur only when the brake pedal is washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged, depressed. After more wear of the brake remove any objects with a needle or small pad, the sound will always be heard even pin . Be careful not to damage the if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have nozzle. the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard. Under some driving or climate conditions,

Do-it-yourself 8-17 FUSES occasional brake squeak, squeal or other OFF position (if so equipped) or the noise may be heard. Occasional brake AUTO position and the headlights are noise during light to moderate stops is OFF. normal and does not affect the function 2. Open the engine hood. or performance of the brake system. 3. Remove the fuse/fusible link box cov- Proper brake inspection intervals er by using a suitable tool and pushing should be followed. For additional infor- the tab. mation, see the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Maintenance and sche- 4. Locate the fuse that needs to be dules” section. replaced. 5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box.

JVM0386X ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned off, and the headlight switch is in the

8-18 Do-it-yourself 6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . 7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SDI1753 JVM0444X Type A The holder also contains the fuses. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for checking and/or replacing. Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine NISSAN parts. For checking and replacing the fusible links, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.

SDI1754 Type B

Do-it-yourself 8-19 JVM0387X SDI1754 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT OFF position (if so equipped) or the 4. If the fuse is open , replace it with a AUTO position and the headlights are new fuse . OFF. 5. If a new fuse also opens, have the WARNING 2. Remove the fuse box cover. electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a 3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Never use a fuse of a higher or lower NISSAN dealer for this service. amperage rating than that specified . on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned off, and the headlight switch is in the

8-20 Do-it-yourself KEY FOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT

NOTE: If the extended storage fuse switch CAUTION malfunctions or if the fuse is open, it is not necessary to replace the switch. In . this case, remove the extended storage Be careful not to allow children to fuse switch and replace it with a new swallow the battery and removed fuse of the same rating. parts. . How to remove the extended storage An improperly disposed battery fuse switch: can harm the environment. Al- ways confirm local regulations 1. To remove the extended storage fuse for battery disposal. switch, be sure the ignition switch is in . the OFF or LOCK position. When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the compo- 2. Be sure the headlights are off. (See nents. “Headlight switch” (P.2-52) or “Intelli- JVM0415X . gent Auto Headlight system” (P.2-52).) There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly re- Extended storage fuse switch (if so 3. Remove the fuse box cover. placed. Replace only with the equipped) 4. Pinch the locking tabs found on same or equivalent type. To reduce battery drain, the extended each side of the extended storage storage fuse switch comes from the fuse switch. factory switched off. Prior to delivery of 5. Pull the extended storage fuse switch your vehicle, the switch is pushed in straight out from the fuse box . (switched on) and should always remain on. If the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on), the meter may display a warning message. See “21. Ship- ping Mode On Push Storage Fuse warning” (P.2-33). If any electrical equipment does not operate, remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse. Do-it-yourself 8-21 . Do not touch the internal circuit For Canada: and electric terminals as doing so This device complies with Industry Ca- could cause a malfunction. . nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Hold the battery by the edges. Operation is subject to the following Holding the battery across the two conditions: (1) this device may not contact points will seriously deplete cause interference, and (2) this device the storage capacity. must accept any interference, including . + Make sure that the side faces the interference that may cause undesired bottom of the case . operation of the device. 3. Close the lid securely. 4. Operate the buttons to check its operation. See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement. FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any JVM0381X interference received, including interference that may cause undesired op- To replace the battery: eration. 1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit Note: Changes or modifications not to open the lid. Use a cloth to expressly approved by the party re- protect the casing. sponsible for compliance could void 2. Replace the battery with a new one. the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Recommended battery: CR2032 or equivalent 8-22 Do-it-yourself INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Use a cloth to protect the casing. CAUTION 3. Replace the battery with a new one. Recommended battery: . Be careful not to allow children to CR2032 or equivalent swallow the battery and removed . Do not touch the internal circuit parts. and electric terminals as doing so . An improperly disposed battery could cause a malfunction. can harm the environment. Al- . Hold the battery by the edges. ways confirm local regulations Holding the battery across the for battery disposal. contact points will seriously deplete . When changing batteries, do not the storage capacity. let dust or oil get on the compo- . Make sure that the + side faces the nents. bottom of the case. . There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

SDI2451 Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows: 1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key. 2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part.

Do-it-yourself 8-23 ference that may cause undesired operation. Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device SDI2452 must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired 4. Align the tips of the upper and lower operation of the device. parts , and then push them together until it is securely closed. 5. Operate the buttons to check its operation. If you need any assistance for replacement, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including inter- 8-24 Do-it-yourself LIGHTS

1. Front parking light/Daytime running light/Front turn signal light (LED type) 2. Front turn signal light (bulb type) 3. Headlight (high-beam) 4. Headlight (low-beam) 5. Front side marker light 6. Map light and front room light 7. Room light 8. Side turn signal light (if so equipped) 9. Front fog light (if so equipped) 10. Cargo light 11. High-mounted stop light 12. Rear combination light (tail light, stop light, rear turn signal light) 13. Rear side marker light 14. License plate light 15. Reverse light/Tail light HEADLIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing. WAI0093X

Do-it-yourself 8-25 Replacing . Aiming is not necessary after LED headlight model: replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, it is If LED headlight replacement is required, recommended you visit a NISSAN it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. dealer for this service. Halogen headlight model: Use the same number and wattage as The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type originally installed as shown in the chart. which uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

. Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance. . High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glass WAI0094X envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped. Low-beam/High-beam: . Only touch the base when hand- 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable. ling the bulb. Never touch the 2. Disconnect the electrical connector glass envelope. Touching the from the rear end of the bulb. glass envelope could significantly 3. Remove the headlight bulb by turning it affect bulb life and/or headlight counterclockwise. Do not shake or rotate performance. the bulb when removing it.

8-26 Do-it-yourself 4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS removal. Item Wattage (W) Bulb No. Headlight high beam (bulb type) 65 H9 Headlight low beam (bulb type) 55 H11 Headlight high/low beams (LED type)* LED - Front turn signal light* 21 or LED WY21W or - Front parking light* LED - Front side marker light* LED - Front fog light (if so equipped)* 35 H8 Side turn signal light (if so equipped)* LED - Daytime running light* LED - Rear combination light* Turn signal light 21 W21W Stop/tail light LED — Back-up 16 W16W Rear side marker light* LED - License plate light* 5 W5W Map light* LED - Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)* 1.8 - High-mounted stop light* LED - Room light 8 - Cargo light 5 - Glove box light* 1.4 -

*: It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement. NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.

Do-it-yourself 8-27 SDI1499A Room light

SDI2306 SDI2653 Cargo light Replacement procedures : REMOVE : INSTALL All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.

8-28 Do-it-yourself WHEELS AND TIRES

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6- Tire inflation pressure outside the vehicle for inflating the 3). Check the pressure of the tires tires to the recommended COLD TIRE PRESSURE (including the spare (if so tire pressure. (See “TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert” (P.5-8).) Tire Pressure Monitoring System equipped)) often and always prior (TPMS) to long distance trips. The recom- Incorrect tire pressure, including mended tire pressure specifica- This vehicle is equipped with the Tire under inflation, may adversely Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It tions are shown on the Tire and affect tire life and vehicle hand- monitors tire pressure of all tires except Loading Information label under ling. the spare (if so equipped). When the low the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. tire pressure warning light is lit, and the The Tire and Loading Information WARNING “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning label is affixed to the driver side message is displayed in the vehicle information display, one or more of your center pillar. Tire pressures should . Improperly inflated tires can tires is significantly under-inflated. be checked regularly because: fail suddenly and cause an The TPMS will activate only when the . Most tires naturally lose air over accident. vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH time. . The Gross Vehicle Weight (25 km/h). Also, this system may not . Tires can lose air suddenly when rating (GVWR) is located on detect a sudden drop in tire pressure driven over potholes or other (for example a flat tire while driving). the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. cer- objects or if the vehicle strikes tification label. The vehicle For more details, see “Low tire pressure a curb while parking. warning light” (P.2-14), “Tire Pressure Mon- weight capacity is indicated itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “Tire The tire pressures should be on the Tire and Loading In- Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- checked when the tires are cold. formation label. Do not load 3). The tires are considered COLD after your vehicle beyond this ca- the vehicle has been parked for 3 or pacity. Overloading your ve- more hours, or driven less than 1 hicle may result in reduced mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. tire life, unsafe operating TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro- conditions due to premature vides visual and audible signals tire failure, or unfavorable

Do-it-yourself 8-29 handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components. . Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level. . For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Im- portant Tire Safety Informa- tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Book- let.

8-30 Do-it-yourself Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR. Tire size — see “Tire labeling” (P.8-33). Spare tire size or compact spare tire size (if so

SDI2503 equipped) Tire and Loading Information label hicle loading information” Seating capacity: The max- (P.10-12). imum number of occu- Original size: The size of pants that can be seated the tires originally installed in the vehicle. on the vehicle at the fac- Vehicle load limit: See “Ve- tory.

Do-it-yourself 8-31 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. 5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed. SDI1949 6. Install the valve stem cap. 7. Check the pressure of all other Checking the tire pressure tires, including the spare (if so 1. Remove the valve stem cap from equipped). the tire. 2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage. 3. Remove the gauge.

8-32 Do-it-yourself COLD TIRE INFLATION SIZE PRESSURE 215/65 R16 98H 230 kPa, 33 PSI FRONT ORIGINAL 215/60 R17 96H 230 kPa, 33 PSI TIRE 225/45 R19 92W 240 kPa, 35 PSI 215/65 R16 98H 230 kPa, 33 PSI REAR ORIGINAL TIRE 215/60 R17 96H 230 kPa, 33 PSI 225/45 R19 92W 240 kPa, 35 PSI SPARE TIRE (if so T145/90 D16 106M 420 kPa, 60 PSI equipped) T135/90 D16 102M SDI1575 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and de- scribes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

Do-it-yourself 8-33 height to width. 4. R: The “R” stands for radial. 5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches. 6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tire’s load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because SDI1606 it is not required by law. JVM0694X Example 7. H: Tire speed rating. You should Example Tire size (example: P215/60R16 not drive the vehicle faster than TIN (Tire Identification Number) 94H) the tire speed rating. for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX 1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is XXX XXXX) designed for passenger vehicles. 1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De- (Not all tires have this informa- partment of Transportation”. tion.) The symbol can be placed 2. Three-digit number (215): This above, below or to the left or number gives the width in milli- right of the Tire Identification meters of the tire from sidewall Number. edge to sidewall edge. 2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s 3. Two-digit number (60): This identification mark number, known as the aspect 3. Two-digit code: Tire size ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of

8-34 Do-it-yourself 4. Three-digit code: Tire type code mum load in kilograms and pounds (2) the outward facing sidewall of (Optional) that can be carried by the tire. an asymmetrical tire that has a 5. Four numbers represent the When replacing the tires on the particular side that must always week and year the tire was built. vehicle, always use a tire that has face outward when mounted on a For example, the numbers 3103 the same load rating as the factory vehicle. means the 31st week of 2003. If installed tire. TYPES OF TIRES these numbers are missing, then Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” look on the other sidewall of the Indicates whether the tire requires WARNING tire. an inner tube (“tube type”) or not Tire ply composition and materi- (“tubeless”). . When changing or replacing tires, al be sure all four tires are of the The word “radial” same type (Example: Summer, All The number of layers or plies of The word “radial” is shown, if the Season or Snow) and construc- rubber-coated fabric in the tire. tire has radial structure. tion. A NISSAN dealer may be able Tire manufacturers also must in- to help you with information Manufacturer or brand name about tire type, size, speed rating dicate the materials in the tire, Manufacturer or brand name is and availability. which include steel, nylon, polye- shown. . Replacement tires may have a ster, and others. Other tire-related terminology: lower speed rating than the fac- Maximum permissible inflation tory equipped tires, and may not pressure In addition to the many terms that match the potential maximum are defined throughout this sec- vehicle speed. Never exceed the This number is the greatest tion, Intended Outboard Sidewall is maximum speed rating of the amount of air pressure that should (1) the sidewall that contains a tire. be put in the tire. Do not exceed the . whitewall, bears white lettering or Replacing tires with those not maximum permissible inflation originally specified by NISSAN bears manufacturer, brand and/or pressure. could affect the proper operation model name molding that is higher of the TPMS. Maximum load rating or deeper than the same molding This number indicates the maxi- on the other sidewall of the tire, or Do-it-yourself 8-35 . For additional information re- Summer tires tires. Skid and traction capabilities of garding tires, refer to “Important NISSAN specifies summer tires on some studded snow tires, on wet or dry sur- Tire Safety Information” (US) or models to provide superior performance faces, may be poorer than that of non- “Tire Safety Information” (Cana- on dry roads. Summer tire performance is studded snow tires. da) in the Warranty Information substantially reduced in snow and ice. TIRE CHAINS Booklet. Summer tires do not have the tire trac- Use of tire chains may be prohibited . Always use tires of the same type, tion rating M&S on the tire sidewall. according to location. Check the local size, brand, construction and If you plan to operate your vehicle in laws before installing tire chains. When tread pattern on all four wheels. snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recom- installing tire chains, make sure they are Failure to do so may result in a mends the use of SNOW tires or ALL the proper size for the tires on your circumference difference be- SEASON tires on all four wheels. vehicle and are installed according to tween tires on the front and rear the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. axles which can cause the Vehicle Snow tires Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S” Dynamic Control (VDC) system to If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to chains are used on vehicles with re- malfunction resulting in personal select tires equivalent in size and load stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles injury or death, excessive tire rating to the original equipment tires. If that can use Class “S” chains are designed wear and may damage the trans- you do not, it can adversely affect the to meet the SAE standard minimum mission, transfer case and differ- safety and handling of your vehicle. clearances between the tire and the ential gears. Generally, snow tires will have lower closest vehicle suspension or body com- speed ratings than factory equipped tires ponent required to accommodate the All season tires and may not match the potential max- use of a winter traction device (tire chains imum vehicle speed. Never exceed the or cables). The minimum clearances are NISSAN specifies all season tires on some maximum speed rating of the tire. determined using the factory equipped models to provide good performance all tire size. Other types may damage your year, including snowy and icy road con- If you install snow tires, they must be the vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re- ditions. All Season tires are identified by same size, brand, construction and tread commended by the tire chain manufac- ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) pattern on all four wheels. turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have For additional traction on icy roads, of the tire chain must be secured or better snow traction than All Season tires studded tires may be used. However, removed to prevent the possibility of and may be more appropriate in some some U.S. states and Canadian provinces whipping action damage to the fenders areas. prohibit their use. Check local, state and or underbody. If possible, avoid fully load- provincial laws before installing studded ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In

8-36 Do-it-yourself addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other- The wheel nuts must be kept wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/ tightened to the specification at or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected. all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear specification at each tire rotation wheels. interval. Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire (if so equipped). WARNING Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with tire chains in such conditions . After rotating the tires, can cause damage to the various me- check and adjust the tire chanisms of the vehicle due to some pressure. overstress. SDI1662 . Retighten the wheel nuts CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 Tire rotation km) (also in cases of a flat NISSAN recommends rotating the tire, etc.). tires at the specified interval shown . Do not include the spare tire in the maintenance schedule. (See (if so equipped) in the tire the "9. Maintenance and sche- rotation. dules" section. For tire replacing . For additional information procedure, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).) regarding tires, refer to “Im- As soon as possible, tighten the portant Tire Safety Informa- wheel nuts to the specified torque tion” (US) or “Tire Safety with a torque wrench. Information” (Canada) in the Wheel nut tightening torque: Warranty Information Book- 80 ft-lb (108 N·m) let.

Do-it-yourself 8-37 . The original tires have built- Information” (Canada) in the in tread wear indicators. Warranty Information Book- When wear indicators are let. visible, the tire(s) should be replaced. Replacing wheels and tires . Tires degrade with age and When replacing a tire, use the same size, use. Have tires, including the tread design, speed rating and load spare (if so equipped), over 6 carrying capacity as originally equipped. years old checked by a qua- (See “Specifications” (P.10-7) for recom- lified technician, because mended types and sizes of tires and some tire damage may not wheels.) be obvious. Replace the tires SDI1663 as necessary to prevent tire WARNING 1. Wear indicator failure and possible perso- 2. Wear indicator location mark nal injury. . The use of tires other than those . recommended or the mixed use Tire wear and damage Improper service of the of tires of different brands, con- spare tire (if so equipped) struction (bias, bias-belted or ra- may result in serious perso- dial), or tread patterns can WARNING nal injury. If it is necessary to adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, VDC system, ground . Tires should be periodically repair the spare tire, it is recommended you visit a clearance, body-to-tire clearance, inspected for wear, cracking, tire chain clearance, speed- bulging or objects caught in NISSAN dealer for this ser- ometer calibration, headlight the tread. If excessive wear, vice. aim and bumper height. Some of cracks, bulging or deep cuts . For additional information these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious are found, the tire(s) should regarding tires, refer to “Im- portant Tire Safety Informa- personal injury. be replaced. . tion” (US) or “Tire Safety For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models, if your vehicle was originally 8-38 Do-it-yourself equipped with 4 tires that were replaced and/or TPMS system warning. the same size and you are only reset as soon as possible. It is . The use of retread tire is not replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install recommended you visit a NISSAN recommended. the new tires on the rear axle. dealer for these services. . For additional information re- Placing new tires on the front . Replacing tires with those not garding tires, refer to “Important axle may cause loss of vehicle originally specified by NISSAN control in some driving condi- Tire Safety Information” (US) or could affect the proper operation “Tire Safety Information” (Cana- tions and cause an accident and of the TPMS. personal injury. da) in the Warranty Information . The TPMS sensor may be da- Booklet. . If the wheels are changed for any maged if it is not handled cor- reason, always replace with rectly. Be careful when handling wheels which have the same off- the TPMS sensor. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models set dimension. Wheels of a differ- . ent off-set could cause prema- When replacing the TPMS sensor, ture tire wear, degrade vehicle the ID registration may be re- CAUTION handling characteristics and/or quired. It is recommended you interference with the brake visit a NISSAN dealer for ID regis- . Always use tires of the same size, discs/drums. Such interference tration. brand, construction (bias, bias- can lead to decreased braking . Do not use a valve stem cap that belted or radial), and tread pat- efficiency and/or early brake is not specified by NISSAN. The tern on all four wheels. Failure to pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and valve stem cap may become do so may result in a circumfer- tires” (P.10-7) of this manual for stuck. ence difference between tires on wheel off-set dimensions. . Be sure that the valve stem caps the front and rear axles which will . Since the spare tire (if so are correctly fitted. Otherwise the cause excessive tire wear and equipped) is not equipped with valve may be clogged up with dirt may damage the transmission, the TPMS, when a spare tire is and cause a malfunction or loss transfer case and rear differential mounted or a wheel is replaced, of pressure. gears. . the TPMS will not function and . Do not install a damaged or Only use spare tires (if so the low tire pressure warning deformed wheel or tire even if it equipped) specified for each light will flash for approximately has been repaired. Such wheels AWD model. 1 minute. The light will remain on or tires could have structural after 1 minute. Have your tires damage and could fail without Do-it-yourself 8-39 If excessive tire wear is found, it is Spare tire (if so equipped) 50 MPH (80 km/h). recommended that all four tires be re- Since the spare tire is not equipped with . When driving on roads covered placed with tires of the same size, brand, the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted construction and tread pattern. The tire with snow or ice, the TEMPORARY (TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the TPMS will USE ONLY spare tire should be pressure and wheel alignment should not function. also be checked and corrected as neces- used on the rear wheels and sary. It is recommended you visit a Observe the following precautions if the original tire used on the front NISSAN dealer for this service. TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be wheels (drive wheels). Use tire used, otherwise your vehicle could be chains only on the front (original) Wheel balance damaged or involved in an accident. tires. Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle . Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE handling and tire life. Even with regular ONLY spare tire will wear at a use, wheels can get out of balance. WARNING faster rate than the standard tire. Therefore, they should be balanced as Replace the spare tire as soon as . required. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare the tread wear indicators appear. tire should be used for emer- . Wheel balance service should be per- gency use. It should be replaced Do not use the spare tire on other formed with the wheels off the vehicle. with the standard tire at the first vehicles. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehi- opportunity to avoid possible tire . Do not use more than one spare cle could lead to mechanical damage. or differential damage. tire at the same time. For additional information regarding tires, . Drive carefully while the TEMPOR- refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in- tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” stalled. Avoid sharp turns and CAUTION (Canada) in the Warranty Information abrupt braking while driving. Booklet. . Periodically check spare tire in- . Do not use tire chains on a Care of wheels flation pressure. Always keep the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for details pressure of the TEMPORARY USE Tire chains will not fit properly about care of the wheels. ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 and may cause damage to the kPa, 4.2 bar). vehicle. . With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY . Because the TEMPORARY USE spare tire installed, do not drive ONLY spare tire is smaller than your vehicle at speeds faster than the original tire, ground clearance

8-40 Do-it-yourself is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not drive over obstacles. Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.

Emergency tire puncture repair kit (if so equipped) The emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied to the vehicle instead of a spare tire. The kit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tire puncture. After using the repair kit, it is recommended that visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire inspection and repair/replacement. See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for more details.

Do-it-yourself 8-41 MEMO

8-42 Do-it-yourself 9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement ...... 9-2 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 9-5 General maintenance ...... 9-2 Emission control system maintenance ...... 9-5 Scheduled maintenance ...... 9-2 Chassis and body maintenance ...... 9-6 Where to go for service ...... 9-2 Maintenance schedules ...... 9-7 General maintenance ...... 9-2 Additional maintenance items for severe Explanation of general maintenance items...... 9-2 operating conditions ...... 9-7 Standard maintenance ...... 9-8 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Some day-to-day and regular mainte- SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE During the normal day-to-day operation nance is essential to maintain your vehi- of the vehicle, general maintenance The maintenance items listed in this should be performed regularly as pre- cle good mechanical condition, as well as section are required to be serviced at its emission and engine performance. scribed in this section. If you detect any regular intervals. However, under severe unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be It is the owner’s responsibility to make driving conditions, additional or more sure to check for the cause or have it sure that the scheduled maintenance, as frequent maintenance will be required. checked promptly. In addition, it is re- well as general maintenance, is per- WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE commended that you visit a NISSAN deal- formed. If maintenance service is required or your er if you think that repairs are required. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one vehicle appears to malfunction, have the When performing any checks or mainte- who can ensure that your vehicle receives systems checked and serviced. It is re- nance work, see “Maintenance precau- the proper maintenance care. You are a commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for tions” (P.8-2). vital link in the maintenance chain. this service. EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAIN- GENERAL MAINTENANCE NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe- TENANCE ITEMS General maintenance includes those cialists and are kept up-to-date with the items which should be checked during latest service information through tech- Additional information on the following normal day-to-day operation. They are nical bulletins, service tips, and training items with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it- essential for proper vehicle operation. It is programs. They are completely qualified yourself” section of this manual. your responsibility to perform these pro- to work on NISSAN vehicles before work Outside the vehicle cedures regularly as prescribed. begins. The maintenance items listed here should Performing general maintenance checks If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is be performed from time to time, unless requires minimal mechanical skill and recommended that you ask your NISSAN otherwise specified. only a few general automotive tools. dealer where the nearest NISSAN Certified Doors and engine hood: Check that all These checks or inspections can be done Collision Center is located, or go to http:// collision.nissanusa.com. doors and the engine hood operate by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you properly. Also ensure that all latches lock prefer, a NISSAN dealer. You can be confident that a NISSAN securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch dealer’s service department performs pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make the best job to meet the maintenance sure that the secondary latch keeps the requirements on your vehicle. hood from opening when the primary latch is released. When driving in areas using road salt or

9-2 Maintenance and schedules other corrosive materials, check lubrica- there may be a need for wheel alignment. pedal does not catch or require uneven tion frequently. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at effort. Keep the floor mat away from the Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular normal highway speeds, wheel balancing pedal. basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop may be needed. Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and For additional information regarding tires, operation. If the brake pedal suddenly other lights are all operating properly and refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- goes down further than normal, the pedal installed securely. Also check headlight tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take aim. (Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Infor- longer to stop, have your vehicle checked Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When mation Booklet. immediately. It is recommended you visit checking the tires, make sure no wheel a NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep the Windshield: Clean the windshield on a floor mat away from the pedal. nuts are missing, and check for any loose regular basis. Check the windshield at wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary. least every six months for cracks or other Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the speci- damage. Have a damaged windshield the vehicle to one side when applied. fied interval shown in the maintenance repaired by a qualified repair facility. Continuously Variable Transmission schedule. It is recommended that you have a (CVT) P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge damaged windshield repaired by a steep hill, check that the vehicle is held often and always prior to long distance NISSAN dealer, or a NISSAN Certified securely with the shift lever in the P (Park) trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in Collision Center. To locate a collision position without applying any brakes. all tires, including the spare (if so center in your area, refer to http://colli- Parking brake: Check the parking brake equipped), to the pressure specified. sion.nissanusa.com. operation regularly. The vehicle should be Check carefully for damage, cuts or Windshield wiper blades*: Check for securely held on a fairly steep hill with excessive wear. cracks or wear if they do not wipe only the parking brake applied. If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) properly. parking brake needs adjusted, it is re- transmitter components: Replace the commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve Inside the vehicle this service. core and cap when the tires are replaced The maintenance items listed here should Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat due to wear or age. be checked on a regular basis, such as belt system (for example, buckles, an- Wheel alignment and balance: If the when performing scheduled mainte- chors, adjusters and retractors) operate vehicle should pull to either side while nance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. properly and smoothly, and are installed driving on a straight and level road, or if Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, smooth operation and make sure the fraying, wear or damage.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3 Seats: Check seat position controls such tures or under severe condition require Exhaust system: Make sure there are no as seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. frequent checks of the battery fluid level. loose supports, cracks or holes. If the to ensure they operate smoothly and that NOTE: sound of the exhaust seems unusual or all latches lock securely in every position. there is a smell of exhaust fumes, im- Check that the head restraints move up Care should be taken to avoid situations mediately have the exhaust system in- and down smoothly and that the locks (if that can lead to potential battery dis- spected. It is recommended you visit a so equipped) hold securely in all latched charge and potential no-start condi- NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Pre- positions. tions such as: cautions when starting and driving” (P.5- 1. Installation or extended use of elec- 4) for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).) Steering wheel: Check for changes in the tronic accessories that consume steering conditions, such as excessive battery power when the engine is Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for free play, hard steering or strange noises. not running (Phone chargers, GPS, fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the Warning lights and chimes: Make sure DVD players, etc.) vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use that all warning lights and chimes are 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ operating properly. is normal. If you should notice any leaks or only driven short distances. or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for Windshield defroster: Check that the air In these cases, the battery may need to the cause and have it corrected immedi- comes out of the defroster outlets prop- ately. erly and in sufficient quantity when oper- be charged to maintain battery health. ating the heater or air conditioner. Brake and clutch fluid level*: Make sure Radiator and hoses: Check the front of that the brake and clutch fluid level is the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, Windshield wiper and washer*: Check leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. that the wipers and washers operate between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir. Make sure the hoses have no cracks, properly and that the wipers do not deformation, rot or loose connections. streak. Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level when the engine is cold. Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as Under the hood and vehicle Engine drive belt*: Make sure that the those used on icy roads or to control The maintenance items listed here should drive belt is not frayed, worn, cracked or dust. It is very important to remove these be checked periodically (for example, oily. each time you check the engine oil or substances, otherwise rust will form on Engine oil level*: Check the level after refuel). the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around parking the vehicle on a level surface and the exhaust system. At the end of winter, Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. turning off the engine. Wait more than 10 the underbody should be thoroughly It should be between the MAX and MIN minutes for the oil to drain back into the flushed with plain water, being careful to lines. Vehicles operated in high tempera- oil pan. clean those areas where mud and dirt 9-4 Maintenance and schedules EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS may accumulate. For additional informa- The following descriptions are provided For recommended fuel, lubricants, tion, see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2). to give you a better understanding of the fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to Windshield washer fluid*: Check that scheduled maintenance items that “Capacities and recommended fluids/ there is adequate fluid in the reservoir. should be regularly checked or replaced. lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual. The maintenance schedule indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN- requires service. TENANCE In addition to scheduled maintenance, Drive belt*: your vehicle requires that some items be Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying checked during normal day-to-day op- or cracking and for proper tension. Re- eration. Refer to “General maintenance” place any damaged drive belt. (P.9-2). Engine air filter: Items marked with “*” are recommended Replace at specified intervals. When driv- by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi- You are not required to perform main- tions, check/replace the filter more tenance on these items in order to frequently. maintain the warranties which come with your vehicle. Other maintenance items Engine coolant*: and intervals are required. Replace coolant at the specified interval. When applicable, additional information When adding or replacing coolant, be can be found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long section of this manual. Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Refer to NOTE: “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4) to deter- NISSAN does not advocate the use of mine the proper mixture for your area.) non-OEM approved aftermarket flush- NOTE: ing systems and strongly advises against performing these services on a Mixing any other type of coolant or the NISSAN product. Many of the aftermar- use of non-distilled water may reduce ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap- the recommended service interval of proved chemicals or solvents, the use of the coolant. which has not been validated by NISSAN. Maintenance and schedules 9-5 Engine oil and oil filter: CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE rotating tires, check for damage and Replace engine oil and oil filter at the Brake lines and cables: uneven wear. Replace if necessary. specified intervals. For recommended oil Visually inspect for proper installation. Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil grade and viscosity refer to “Capacities Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, and transfer case oil: and recommended fluids/lubricants” and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio- Visually inspect for signs of leakage at (P.10-2). rated or damaged parts immediately. specified intervals. Engine valve clearance*: Brake pads and rotors: If using a car-top carrier, or driving on Inspect only if valve noise increases. Check for wear, deterioration and fluid rough or muddy roads: Adjust valve clearance if necessary. leaks. Replace any deteriorated or da- . Replace the Manual Transmission Evaporative emissions control vapor maged parts immediately. gear oil every 20,000 miles (32,000 lines*: Exhaust system: km) or 24 months. . Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler miles (96,000 km) or request the deal- Tighten connections or replace parts as and hangers for leaks, cracks, deteriora- necessary. er to inspect the fluid deterioration tion, and damage. Tighten connections or data using a CONSULT. If the dete- Fuel filter replace parts as necessary. rioration data is more than 210,000, Periodic maintenance is not required (in- In-cabin microfilter: replace the CVT fluid. tank type filter). Replace at specified intervals. When driv- Fuel lines*: ing for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, replace the filter more frequently. Check the fuel hoses, piping and connections for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Propeller shaft(s): Tighten connections or replace parts as Check for damage, looseness, and grease necessary. leakage. (AWD) Spark plugs: Steering gear and linkage, axle and Replace at specified intervals. Install new suspension parts, drive shaft boots: plugs of the type as originally equipped. Check for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil or grease. Under severe driving conditions, inspect more frequently. Tire rotation: Rotate tires at the specified interval. When 9-6 Maintenance and schedules MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

To help ensure smooth, safe and eco- . Operating in hot weather in stop-and- nomical driving, NISSAN provides two go “rush hour” traffic. maintenance schedules that may be . Extensive idling and/or low speed used, depending upon the conditions in driving for long distances, such as which you usually drive. These schedules police, taxi or door-to-door delivery contain both distance and time intervals, use. up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 . Driving in dusty conditions. months. For most people, the odometer . reading will indicate when service is Driving on rough, muddy or salt needed. However, if you drive very little, spread roads. . your vehicle should be serviced at the Using a car-top carrier. regular time intervals shown in the sche- If your vehicle is mainly operated under dule. the severe conditions, follow the severe After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 maintenance intervals shown in the months, continue maintenance at the maintenance schedule. same mileage/time intervals. ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI- TIONS Additional maintenance items for severe operating conditions; should be performed on vehicles that are driven under especially demanding conditions. Additional maintenance items should be performed if you primarily operate your vehicle under the following conditions: . Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km). . Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.

Maintenance and schedules 9-7 STANDARD MAINTENANCE

The following shows the maintenance schedule. Choose the maintenance schedule needed based on your vehicle driving conditions. After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time interval. 5,000 Miles/6 Months/8,000 Km 7,500 Miles/6 Months/12,000 Km 10,000 Miles/12 Months/16,000 Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace engine oil and filter Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid

9-8 Maintenance and schedules 15,000 Miles/12 Months/24,000 Km 15,000 Miles/18 Months/24,000 20,000 Miles/24 Months/32,000 Standard maintenance: Km Km . Inspect brake lines and cables . Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Inspect brake pads and rotors Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect differential gear oil Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance: . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . . . Inspect brake pads and rotors Inspect brake pads and rotors Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . . . Inspect axle and suspension parts Inspect axle and suspension parts Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . . . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . Replace in-cabin microfilter . . . Replace engine oil and filter Replace engine oil and filter Perform tire rotation . Replace brake fluid Severe maintenance: . Replace differential gear oil Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Maintenance and schedules 9-9 22,500 Miles/18 Months/36,000 25,000 Miles/30 Months/40,000 30,000 Miles/24 Months/48,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect Intelligent Key battery Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables . Replace engine oil and filter Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses Severe maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel lines/connections Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect differential gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation

9-10 Maintenance and schedules Severe maintenance: 30,000 Miles/36 Months/48,000 35,000 Miles/42 Months/56,000 Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more Km Km frequent maintenance may be required. Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid

Maintenance and schedules 9-11 37,500 Miles/30 Months/60,000 40,000 Miles/48 Months/64,000 45,000 Miles/36 Months/72,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Replace differential gear oil . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.

9-12 Maintenance and schedules 45,000 Miles/54 Months/72,000 50,000 Miles/60 Months/80,000 52,500 Miles/42 Months/84,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace engine oil and filter Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance: . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid

Maintenance and schedules 9-13 55,000 Miles/66 Months/88,000 60,000 Miles/48 Months/96,000 Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Km Km (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: frequent maintenance may be required. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation

9-14 Maintenance and schedules 60,000 Miles/72 Months/96,000 65,000 Miles/78 Months/104,000 67,500 Miles/54 Months/108,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace engine oil and filter Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance: . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Perform tire rotation . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage Severe maintenance: . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace differential gear oil . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Maintenance and schedules 9-15 70,000 Miles/84 Months/112,000 75,000 Miles/60 Months/120,000 75,000 Miles/90 Months/120,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.

9-16 Maintenance and schedules 80,000 Miles/96 Months/128,000 82,500 Miles/66 Months/132,000 85,000 Miles/102 Months/136,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace engine oil and filter Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace differential gear oil . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Maintenance and schedules 9-17 90,000 Miles/72 Months/144,000 Severe maintenance: 90,000 Miles/108 Months/144,000 Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Km (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more Km Standard maintenance: frequent maintenance may be required. Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect differential gear oil . Replace brake fluid . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

9-18 Maintenance and schedules 95,000 Miles/114 Months/152,000 97,500 Miles/78 Months/156,000 100,000 Miles/120 Months/160,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace engine oil and filter Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace differential gear oil . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Maintenance and schedules 9-19 105,000 Miles/84 Months/168,000 105,000 Miles/126 Months/168,000 110,000 Miles/132 Months/176,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine coolant (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Replace spark plugs (2) . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. (1) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months. (2) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within specified replacement mileage.

9-20 Maintenance and schedules 112,500 Miles/90 Months/180,000 115,000 Miles/138 Months/184,000 120,000 Miles/96 Months/192,000 Km Km Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables . Replace Intelligent Key battery Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts Severe maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-21 Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.

9-22 Maintenance and schedules 10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and Vehicle load capacity ...... 10-13 recommended fluids/lubricants ...... 10-2 Securing the load ...... 10-14 Fuel information ...... 10-3 Loading tips ...... 10-14 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation...... 10-5 Measurement of weights ...... 10-15 Air conditioning system refrigerant and Towing a trailer ...... 10-15 oil recommendations...... 10-6 Flat towing ...... 10-16 Specifications ...... 10-7 Flat towing for All–Wheel Drive vehicle Engine ...... 10-7 (if so equipped)...... 10-16 Wheels and tires ...... 10-7 Flat towing for Front-Wheel Drive vehicle Dimensions and weights ...... 10-8 (if so equipped)...... 10-16 When traveling or registering in Uniform tire quality grading ...... 10-17 another country ...... 10-8 Treadwear ...... 10-17 Vehicle identification ...... 10-8 Traction AA, A, B and C ...... 10-17 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ...... 10-8 Temperature A, B and C ...... 10-17 Vehicle identification number Emission control system warranty...... 10-18 (chassis number) ...... 10-9 Reporting safety defects ...... 10-18 Engine serial number...... 10-9 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label...... 10-9 (I/M) test ...... 10-19 Emission control information label ...... 10-10 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ...... 10-20 Tire and Loading Information label ...... 10-10 Additional data recording (on vehicles Air conditioner specification label ...... 10-10 equipped with optional Installing front license plate ...... 10-12 ProPILOT assist) ...... 10-20 Vehicle loading information ...... 10-12 Owner’s manual/service manual Terms...... 10-12 order information ...... 10-21 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (approximate) Fluid type Metric US Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants Measure Measure Measure Fuel 55 L 14-1/2 gal 12-1/8 gal ā See “Fuel information” (P.10-3). Engine oil*1 With oil filter change 3.8 L 4 qt 3-3/8 qt ā Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” (or equivalent) is recommended. Drain and refill Without oil filter change 3.6 L 3-7/8 qt 3-1/8 qt ā If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic 0W-20 GF-5 SN *1: For additional motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused by the use of motor oil (or information, see engine oil) other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter “Changing engine recommendation” (P.10-5). oil and filter” (P.8- 6). Engine coolant With reservoir CVT model 8.7 L 9-1/4 qt 7-5/8 qt ā Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent MT model 8.5 L 8-3/8 qt 7 qt Reservoir 0.6 L 5/8 qt 1/2 qt Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ——— ā Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 ā NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Manual Transmission (MT) gear oil ——— ā Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ 75W-80 or equivalent ā If Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ is not available, API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-80 may be used as a temporary replacement. However, use Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ as soon as it is available. Differential gear oil ——— ā Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalent Transfer fluid ——— conventional (non-synthetic) oil Brake and clutch fluid Refill to the proper oil level ac- ā Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3 cording to the instructions in the *2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer. “8. Do-it-yourself” section. Multi-purpose grease — — — ā NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base) Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — ā See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-8) for air conditioner specification label. ā HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) Air conditioning system oil — — — ā See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-8) for air conditioner specification label. ā A/C System Oil ND-OIL12 (PAG) or equivalent Window washer fluid 4.5 L 1-1/4 gal 1 gal ā Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

10-2 Technical and consumer information FUEL INFORMATION (MMT). Using fuel containing Reformulated gasoline Use unleaded regular gasoline with an MMT may adversely affect vehicle Some fuel suppliers are now producing octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- performance and vehicle emis- reformulated gasolines. These gasolines Knock Index) number (Research octane sions. Not all fuel dispensers are are specially designed to reduce vehicle number 91). labeled to indicate MMT content, emissions. NISSAN supports efforts to- so you may have to consult your wards cleaner air and suggests that you gasoline retailer for more details. use reformulated gasoline when avail- CAUTION Note that Federal and California able. laws prohibit the use of MMT in . Using a fuel other than that spe- reformulated gasoline. Gasoline containing oxygenates cified could adversely affect the . U.S. government regulations re- Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain- emission control system, and quire ethanol dispensing pumps ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE may also affect warranty cover- to be identified by a small, and methanol with or without advertising age. square, orange and black label their presence. NISSAN does not recom- . Under no circumstances should a with the common abbreviation or mend the use of fuels of which the leaded gasoline be used, because the appropriate percentage for oxygenate content and the fuel compat- this will damage the three-way that region. ibility for your vehicle cannot be readily catalyst. determined. If in doubt, ask your service station manager. . Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in Gasoline specifications If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, your vehicle. Your vehicle is not NISSAN recommends using gasoline that designed to run on E-15 or E-85 please take the following precautions as meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle (WWFC) specifications where it is avail- vehicle not specifically designed performance problems and/or fuel sys- able. Many of the automobile manufac- tem damage. for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely turers developed this specification to affect the emission control de- . The fuel should be unleaded and improve emission control system and have an octane rating no lower than vices and systems of the vehicle. vehicle performance. Ask your service that recommended for unleaded Damage caused by such fuel is station manager if the gasoline meets not covered by the NISSAN new gasoline. the WWFC specifications. vehicle limited warranty. . If an oxygenate-blend, other than . Do not use fuel that contains the methanol blend is used, it should octane booster methylcyclopen- contain no more than 10% oxyge- tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl nate. (MTBE may, however, be added Technical and consumer information 10-3 up to 15%.) E-15 fuel label MMT content, not all do, so you may . E-15 fuel contains more than 10% E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately have to consult your gasoline retailer for oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adversely 15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gaso- more details. affect the emission control devices line. E-15 can only be used in vehicles Aftermarket fuel additives and systems of the vehicle and designed to run on E- 15 fuel. Do not use should not be used. Damage caused E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. government NISSAN does not recommend the use of by such fuel is not covered by the regulations require fuel ethanol dispen- any aftermarket fuel additives (for exam- NISSAN new vehicle limited war- sing pumps to be identified with small, ple, fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, ranty. square, orange and black label with the intake valve deposit removers, etc.) which . If a methanol blend is used, it should common abbreviation or the appropriate are sold commercially. Many of these contain no more than 5% methanol percentage for that region. additives intended for gum, varnish or (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It deposit removal may contain active sol- should also contain a suitable E-85 fuel vent or similar ingredients that can be amount of appropriate cosolvents E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately harmful to the fuel system and engine. and corrosion inhibitors. If not prop- 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso- Octane rating tips erly formulated with appropriate line. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in Using unleaded gasoline with an octane such methanol blends may cause your vehicle. U.S. government regulations rating lower than recommended can fuel system damage and/or vehicle require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to cause persistent, heavy “spark knock”. performance problems. At this time, be identified by a small, square, orange (Spark knock is a metallic rapping sufficient data is not available to and black label with the common abbre- noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine ensure that all methanol blends are viation or the appropriate percentage for damage. If you detect a persistent suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles. that region. heavy spark knock even when using If any driveability problems such as en- gasoline of the stated octane rating, or gine stalling and difficult hot-starting are Fuel containing MMT if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads, it experienced after using oxygenate-blend MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga- is recommended you have a NISSAN fuels, immediately change to a non-oxy- nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting dealer correct the condition. Failure to genate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of additive. NISSAN does not recommend correct the condition is misuse of the MTBE. the use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel vehicle, for which NISSAN is not respon- may adversely affect vehicle perfor- Take care not to spill gasoline during sible. refueling. Gasoline containing oxyge- mance, including the emissions control nates can cause paint damage. system. Note that while some fuel pumps Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark knock, after-run and/or overheat- 10-4 Technical and consumer information ing, which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage. If any of the above symptoms are encountered, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing. However, now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a cause for concern, because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load.

JVT0351X

API certification mark dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) API service symbol certification and SAE viscosity standard. ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE- These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container. Oils which COMMENDATION do not have the specified quality label Selecting the correct oil should not be used as they could cause engine damage. It is essential to choose the correct grade, quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure Oil additives satisfactory engine life and performance, NISSAN does not recommend the use of see “Capacities and recommended fluids/ oil additives. The use of an oil additive is lubricants” (P.10-2). NISSAN recommends not necessary when the proper oil type is the use of an energy conserving oil in used and maintenance intervals are fol- order to improve fuel economy. lowed. Select only engine oils that meet the Oil which may contain foreign matter or American Petroleum Institute (API) certifi- has been previously used should not be cation or International Lubricant Standar- used. Technical and consumer information 10-5 Oil viscosity recommended change interval. your air conditioner system refrigerant. The engine oil viscosity or thickness AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE- Only new and SAEJ2842 certified eva- changes with temperature. Because of porator(s) shall be used as replacement FRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMEN- parts. this, it is important to select the engine oil DATIONS viscosity based on the temperatures at A damaged or leaking air conditioning which the vehicle will be operated before The air conditioner system in your evaporator shall never be repaired or the next oil change. Choosing an oil NISSAN vehicle must be charged with replaced with one removed from a used viscosity other than that recommended the refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) or salvaged vehicle. To replace a da- could cause serious engine damage. and A/C System Oil ND-OIL12 (PAG) or maged or leaking evaporator, use only the exact equivalents. new and SAE J2842 certified evaporator Selecting the correct oil filter (s). It is recommended that you visit a Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with CAUTION NISSAN dealer when servicing your air a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. conditioner system. When replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason The use of any other refrigerant or oil described in “Change intervals”. will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require Change intervals the replacement of all air conditioner The oil and oil filter change intervals for system components. your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters. Using an The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) in engine oil and filter other than the your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the specified quality, or exceeding recom- earth’s ozone layer. Although this refrig- mended oil and filter change intervals erant does not affect the earth’s atmo- could reduce engine life. Damage to the sphere, certain government regulations engine caused by improper maintenance require the recovery and recycling of any or use of incorrect oil and filter quality refrigerant during automotive air condi- and/or viscosity is not covered by the tioner system service. Air conditioner NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty. system should only be serviced by trained Your engine was filled with a high quality and certified technicians to ensure proper engine oil when it was built. You do not and safe operation (SAE J2845). A NISSAN have to change the oil before the first dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle 10-6 Technical and consumer information SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE WHEELS AND TIRES Model MR20DD Road wheel Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Type Size Offset in Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line (mm) Bore × Stroke in (mm) 3.307 × 3.547 (84.0 × 90.1) Conven- 16 × 6.5JJ 1.57 (40) Displacement cu in (cm3) 121.86 (1,997) tional Firing order 1-3-4-2 17 × 7J 1.38 (35) Idle speed rpm 19 × 7J 1.57 (40) No adjustment is necessary. Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm Spare (if 16 × 4T 1.18 (30) Spark plug DILKAR7D11H so Standard equipped) Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) Camshaft operation Timing chain Tire

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002. Pressure Type Size PSI (kPa) [Cold]

Conven- 215/65R16 33 (230) tional 98H 215/60R17 33 (230) 96H 225/45R19 35 (240) 92W T145/90 Spare (if D16 106M 60 (420) so T135/90 equipped) D16 102M

Depending on the models, the emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied.

Technical and consumer information 10-7 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the Overall length in 172.8 (4,388) fuel available is suitable for your vehicle’s (mm) engine. Overall width in 72.3 (1,838) (mm) Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage. All Overall height in 62.5 (1,587) gasoline vehicles must be operated with (mm) 63.3 (1,607)*1 unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid tak- Front tread in 62.4 (1,585) ing your vehicle to areas where appro- (mm) 62.8 (1,595)*2 priate fuel is not available. Rear tread in 62.3 (1,583) (mm) 62.7 (1,593)*2 When transferring the registration of Wheelbase in 104.2 (2,646) your vehicle to another country, state, (mm) province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws Gross Vehicle JVT0352X Weight Rating lb (kg) and regulations. (GVWR) See the F.M.V.S.S. or The laws and regulations for motor VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Gross Axle C.M.V.S.S. certifica- vehicle emission control and safety stan- Weight Rating tion label on the dards vary according to the country, (VIN) PLATE (GAWR) driver’s side center pillar. state, province or district; therefore, vehi- The vehicle identification number plate is Front lb (kg) cle specifications may differ. attached as shown. This number is the Rear lb (kg) When any vehicle is to be taken into identification for your vehicle and is used another country, state, province or disin the vehicle registration. *1: Roof rack equipped model trict and registered, its modifications, *2: Models with 17 inch wheels transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.

10-8 Technical and consumer information JVT0286X STI0785 STI0448 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION (chassis number) The number is stamped on the engine as LABEL The vehicle identification number is lo- shown. The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle cated as shown. Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) Remove the cover to access the number. certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

Technical and consumer information 10-9 JVT0406X STI0494 STI0739 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL LABEL The emission control information label is The cold tire pressure is shown on the The air conditioner specification label is attached to the underside of the hood as Tire and Loading Information label affixed affixed to the underside of the hood as shown. to the pillar as shown. shown.

10-10 Technical and consumer information Air conditioner specification label symbols: Symbol Name Reference Graphic Caution ISO 7000 0434

Air Conditioning System ISO 2575 D01 (MAC)

MAC System Lubricant Type (PAG–POE)

Requires Registered Techni- cian to Service MAC System

Flammable Refrigerant

Technical and consumer information 10-11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

passengers and cargo. WARNING . GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weight plus the combined . It is extremely dangerous to weight of passengers and cargo. ride in a cargo area inside . GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- the vehicle. In a collision, ing) - maximum total combined people riding in these areas weight of the unloaded vehicle, are more likely to be ser- passengers, luggage, hitch, trai- iously injured or killed. ler tongue load and any other . Do not allow people to ride optional equipment. This infor- in any area of your vehicle mation is located on the F.M.V.S. that is not equipped with S./C.M.V.S.S. label. WAJ0068X seats and seat belts. . GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . Be sure everyone in your - maximum weight (load) limit To mount the front license plate , attach specified for the front or rear the licence plate to the location marks vehicle is in a seat and using (small dimples) of the bumper using the a seat belt properly. axle. This information is located two screws provided. on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. TERMS . GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - The maximum total It is important to familiarize your- weight rating of the vehicle, self with the following terms before passengers, cargo, and trailer. loading your vehicle: . Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load . Curb Weight (actual weight of limit, Total load capacity - max- your vehicle) - vehicle weight imum total weight limit specified including: standard and optional of the load (passengers and equipment, fluids, emergency cargo) for the vehicle. This is tools, and spare tire assembly. the maximum combined weight This weight does not include of occupants and cargo that can 10-12 Technical and consumer information be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Infor- mation label. . Cargo capacity - permissible weight of cargo, the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit. VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as “The combined weight of occupants and cargo” on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as “Seating Ca- pacity” on the Tire and Loading Information label. STI0447 To get “the combined weight of occupants and cargo”, add the Steps for determining correct load 2. Determine the combined weight weight of all occupants, then add limit of the driver and passengers the total luggage weight. Examples 1. Locate the statement “The com- that will be riding in your vehicle. are shown in the following illustra- bined weight of occupants and 3. Subtract the combined weight tion. cargo should never exceed XXX of the driver and passengers kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s from XXX kg or XXX lbs. placard. Technical and consumer information 10-13 4. The resulting figure equals the backs. In a sudden stop or colli- available amount of cargo and sion, unsecured cargo could luggage load capacity. For ex- cause personal injury. ample, if the XXX amount equals . The child restraint top tether 1400 lbs. and there will be five strap may be damaged by con- 150 lb. passengers in your vehi- tact with items in the cargo area. cle, the amount of available Secure any items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously cargo and luggage load capacity injured or killed in a collision if the is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = top tether strap is damaged. 650 lbs) or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) = . Do not load your vehicle any 300 kg.) heavier than the GVWR or the 5. Determine the combined weight maximum front and rear GAWRs. of luggage and cargo being JVI1686X If you do, parts of your vehicle loaded on the vehicle. That can break, tire damage could SECURING THE LOAD occur, or it can change the way weight may not safely exceed your vehicle handles. This could the available cargo and luggage There are luggage hooks located in the cargo area as shown. The hooks can be result in loss of control and cause load capacity calculated in Step used to secure cargo with ropes or other personal injury. 4. types of straps. Before driving a loaded vehicle, Do not apply a total load of more than LOADING TIPS confirm that you do not exceed 22 lbs. (10 kg) to a single metal floor . The GVW must not exceed GVWR the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating hook when securing cargo. or GAWR as specified on the F.M. (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la- Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See WARNING bel. “Measurement of weights” (P.10-15).) . Do not load the front and rear . axle to the GAWR. Doing so will Also check tires for proper inflation Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it exceed the GVWR. pressures. See the Tire and Loading from sliding or shifting. Do not Information label. place cargo higher than the seat-

10-14 Technical and consumer information TOWING A TRAILER

could result in a serious Do not tow a trailer with your WARNING accident and personal in- vehicle. . Properly secure all cargo jury. Failures caused by with ropes or straps to help overloading are not covered prevent it from sliding or by the vehicle’s warranty. shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS In a sudden stop or collision, Secure loose items to prevent unsecured cargo could weight shifts that could affect the cause personal injury. balance of your vehicle. When the . Do not load your vehicle any vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale heavier than the GVWR or and weigh the front and the rear the maximum front and rear wheels separately to determine GAWRs. If you do, parts of axle loads. Individual axle loads your vehicle can break, tire should not exceed either of the damage could occur, or it Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). can change the way your The total of the axle loads should vehicle handles. This could not exceed the Gross Vehicle result in loss of control and Weight Rating (GVWR). These rat- cause personal injury. ings are given on the vehicle certi- . fication label. If weight ratings are Overloading not only can exceeded, move or remove items to shorten the life of your ve- bring all weights below the ratings. hicle and the tire, but can cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances. This may cause a premature tire failure, which Technical and consumer information 10-15 FLAT TOWING

FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEEL FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT-WHEEL . For emergency towing proce- DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) dures refer to “Towing recom- Towing your vehicle with all four wheels Towing your vehicle with all four wheels mended by NISSAN” in the “In on the ground is sometimes called flat on the ground is sometimes called flat case of emergency” section of towing. This method is sometimes used towing. This method is sometimes used this manual. when towing a vehicle behind a recrea- when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home. tional vehicle, such as a motor home. Continuously Variable Transmis- sion (CVT) CAUTION CAUTION To tow a vehicle equipped with a CVT, an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed . Failure to follow these guidelines . Failure to follow these guidelines under the towed vehicle’s drive wheels. can result in severe transmission can result in severe transmission Always follow the dolly manufacturer’s damage. damage. recommendations when using their product. . Never flat tow your All-Wheel . Whenever flat towing your vehi- Drive (AWD) vehicle. cle, always tow forward, never Manual Transmission (MT) . backward. DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive . Always tow with the Manual Trans- (AWD) vehicle with any wheels on . Never tow your front wheel drive mission in Neutral. the ground. Doing so may cause vehicle with the front tires on the . Your vehicle speed should never ex- serious and expensive damage to ground. Doing so may cause ser- ceed 70 MPH (112 km/h) when flat the powertrain. ious and expensive damage to towing your vehicle. . the powertrain. For emergency towing proce- . After towing 500 miles, start and idle dures refer to “Towing recom- . DO NOT tow your front wheel the engine with the transmission in mended by NISSAN” (P.6-19). drive Continuously Variable Neutral for two minutes. Failure to idle Transmission (CVT) vehicle with the engine after every 500 miles of all four wheels on the ground (flat towing may cause damage to the towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE transmission’s internal parts. internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication.

10-16 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

DOT (Department Of Transportation) TRACTION AA, A, B AND C all passenger car tires must meet under Quality Grades: All passenger car tires The traction grades, from highest to low- the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- must conform to federal safety require- dard No. 109. Grades B and A represent ments in addition to these grades. est, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet higher levels of performance on the Quality grades can be found where ap- pavement as measured under controlled laboratory test wheel than the minimum plicable on the tire sidewall between conditions on specified government test required by law. tread shoulder and maximum section surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire width. For example: marked C may have poor traction perfor- WARNING Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera- mance. ture A The temperature grade for this tire is TREADWEAR WARNING established for a tire that is properly The treadwear grade is a comparative inflated and not overloaded. Exces- rating based on the wear rate of the tire The traction grade assigned to this sive speed, under-inflation, or exces- when tested under controlled conditions tire is based on straight-ahead brak- sive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build- on a specified government test course. ing traction tests, and does not For example, a tire graded 150 would include acceleration, cornering, hy- up and possible tire failure. wear one and one-half droplaning, or peak traction charac- (1 1/2) times as well on the government teristics. course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon ac- TEMPERATURE A, B AND C tual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm The temperature grades A (the highest), due to variations in driving habits, service B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance practices and differences in road charac- to the generation of heat and its ability to teristics and climate. dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corre- sponds to a level of performance which Technical and consumer information 10-17 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Your vehicle is covered by the following For USA You may notify NISSAN by contact- emission warranties. If you believe that your vehicle has ing our Consumer Affairs Depart- For USA: a defect which could cause a crash ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1. . Emission Defects Warranty or could cause injury or death, you For Canada . Emissions Performance Warranty should immediately inform the Na- If you believe that your vehicle has Details of these warranties may be found tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad- with other vehicle warranties in your a defect which could cause a crash Warranty Information Booklet which ministration (NHTSA) in addition to or could cause injury or death, you comes with your vehicle. If you did not notifying NISSAN. should immediately inform Trans- receive a Warranty Information Booklet, If NHTSA receives similar com- port Canada in addition to notifying or it has become lost, you may obtain a plaints, it may open an investiga- replacement by writing to: NISSAN. tion, and if it finds that a safety . Nissan North America, Inc. If Transport Canada receives com- defect exists in a group of vehicles, plaints, it may open an investiga- Consumer Affairs Department it may order a recall and remedy P.O. Box 685003 tion, and if it finds that a safety campaign. However, NHTSA cannot defect exists in a group of vehicles, Franklin, TN 37068-5003 become involved in individual pro- For Canada: it may request that NISSAN con- blems between you, your dealer, or duct a recall campaign. However, Emission Control System Warranty NISSAN. Details of this warranty may be found Transport Canada cannot become with other vehicle warranties in your To contact NHTSA, you may call the involved in individual problems be- Warranty Information Booklet which Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1- tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN. comes with your vehicle. If you did not 888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- You may contact Transport Cana- receive a Warranty Information Booklet, 9153); go to http://www.safercar. da’s Defect Investigations and Re- or it has become lost, you may obtain a gov; or write to: Administrator, replacement by writing to: calls Division toll free at 1-800-333- NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., 0510. You may also report safety . Nissan Canada Inc. Washington, D.C. 20590. You can 5290 Orbitor Drive defects online at: https:// also obtain other information wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ Mississauga, Ontario, about motor vehicle safety from L4W 4Z5 PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng http://www.safercar.gov. (English speakers) or https:// 10-18 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION/ MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ condition”. Before taking the I/M test, PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra WARNING check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place the (French speakers). ignition switch in the ON position without A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Additional information concerning starting the engine. If the Malfunction Drive (AWD) should never be tested Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for motor vehicle safety may be ob- using a two wheel dynamometer 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec- tained from Transport Canada’s (such as the dynamometers used by onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”. some states for emissions testing), Road Safety Information Centre at If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds, or similar equipment. Make sure you 1-800-333-0371 or online at www. the I/M test condition is “ready”. tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak- inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD It is recommended you visit a NISSAN ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiterou- before it is placed on a dynam- dealer to set “ready condition” or to tiere (French speakers). ometer. Using the wrong test equip- prepare the vehicle for testing. To notify NISSAN of any safety ment may result in transmission concerns please contact our Con- damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in sumer Information Centre toll free serious vehicle damage or personal at 1-800-387-0122. injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/ areas or provinces, your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the “ready condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system. The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when it is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle. If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready Technical and consumer information 10-19 EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

This vehicle is equipped with an Event could combine the EDR data with the type . Vehicle information including distance Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of of personally identifying data routinely to vehicle ahead and lateral position an EDR is to record, in certain crash or acquired during a crash investigation. . Information on the operation of the near crash-like situations, such as an air To read data recorded by an EDR, special ProPILOT assist and other crash bag deployment or hitting a road obsta- equipment is required and access to the avoidance features cle, data that will assist in understanding vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition . ProPILOT assist malfunction diagnosis how a vehicle’s systems performed. The to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN information EDR is designed to record data related to dealer, other parties, such as law enforce- . External images from the multi-sen- vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a ment, that have the special equipment, short period of time, typically 30 seconds sing front camera (Available only can read the information if they have when the SRS air bag or AEB with or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data to record such data as: pedestrian detection system is acti- will only be accessed with the consent of vated) . How various systems in your vehicle the vehicle owner or lessee or as other- The ProPILOT assist does not record were operating; wise required or permitted by law. conversations, sounds or images of the . Whether or not the driver and passen- ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on inside of the vehicle. ger safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicles equipped with optional To read this supplemental data, special equipment is required and access to the . How far (if at all) the driver was ProPILOT assist) If your vehicle is equipped with the vehicle or the recording unit is needed. depressing the accelerator and/or This supplemental data will only be ac- brake pedal; and, optional ProPILOT assist, it will also be equipped with supplemental data record- cessed with the consent of the vehicle . How fast the vehicle was traveling. owner or lessee or as otherwise required . Sounds are not recorded. ing function intended to assist in understanding how ProPILOT assist performs in or permitted by law. If downloaded, These data can help provide a better certain nontrivial crash or near-crash NISSAN and third parties entrusted by understanding of the circumstances in scenarios. Specifically, supplemental re- NISSAN may use the data recorded for the which crashes and injuries occur. cording is designed to capture the follow- purpose of improving NISSAN’s vehicle NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your ing: safety performance. vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation . Driver operational status of the accel- NISSAN and third parties entrusted by occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR erator, brakes, steering, etc. NISSAN will not disclose/provide the re- under normal driving conditions and no corded data to a third party except: . Detection status of a vehicle ahead personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and . and lane markers With the consent of the vehicle owner crash location) are recorded. However, or with the consent of the lessee other parties, such as law enforcement, 10-20 Technical and consumer information OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

. In response to an official request from Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this law enforcement, court order, govern- model year and prior can be purchased. A mental agency, or other legally en- genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the forceable request best source of service and repair informa- . For research purposes after the data tion for your vehicle. This manual is the is modified such that it is no longer same one used by the factory trained tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle technicians working at a NISSAN dealer. owner (anonymized) Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also be purchased. In the USA: For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact: www.nissan-techinfo.com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals contact: 1-800-247-5321 In Canada: To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this model year and prior please contact a NISSAN dealer. For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.

Technical and consumer information 10-21 MEMO

10-22 Technical and consumer information MEMO

Technical and consumer information 10-23 MEMO

10-24 Technical and consumer information 11 Index

A Apple CarPlay®...... 4-2 Brightness control Armrest...... 1-8 Instrument panel...... 2-9 ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ...... 5-130 Audible reminders...... 2-18 Bulb check/instrument panel...... 2-11 Active Ride Control ...... 5-135 Audio...... 4-2 Bulb replacement...... 8-25 Advanced air bag system...... 1-48 Automatic Air bag system Door locks...... 3-7 C Advanced air bag system...... 1-48 Automatic air conditioner ...... 4-31 Front and rear seat —mounted s Automatic brake hold...... 5-29 Capacities and ide-impact supplemental air Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-2 bag system...... 1-59 system warning light...... 2-14 Car phone or CB radio...... 4-35 Front passenger air bag and Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Card holder...... 2-72 status light...... 1-50 pedestrian detection system...... 5-97 Cargo area...... 2-70 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact Average speed...... 2-40 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ...... 5-4 supplemental air bag system...... 1-59 Avoiding collision and rollover...... 5-8 Chassis control...... 2-42, 5-133 Air bag warning labels ...... 1-61 Child restraints...... 1-21 Air bag warning light...... 1-62, 2-13 Booster seats...... 1-38 Air cleaner filter replacement...... 8-15 B LATCH system...... 1-24 Air cleaner housing filter...... 8-15 Battery...... 8-11 Precautions on child restraints...... 1-22 Air conditioner Battery replacement, Intelligent Key..... 8-23 Child safety...... 1-19 Air conditioner operation...... 4-26 Battery replacement, Key fob...... 8-21 Child safety rear door lock...... 3-7 Air conditioner service...... 4-33 Battery saver system...... 2-57 Chimes Air conditioner specification label...... 10-10 Variable voltage control system...... 8-13 Seat belt warning light Air conditioning system refrigerant Before starting the engine...... 5-17 and chime...... 1-14, 2-12 and oil recommendations...... 4-33, 10-6 Blind Spot Warning (BSW)...... 5-46 Chimes, Audible reminders...... 2-18 Air duct removal...... 8-15 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ...... 4-2 Circuit breaker, Fusible link...... 8-19 Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle Booster seats...... 1-38 Cleaning exterior and interior...... 7-2, 7-4 security system)...... 2-47 Brake Clock...... 2-42 Alcohol, drugs and driving...... 5-10 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)...... 5-130 Clutch fluid...... 8-9 Android Auto...... 4-2 Brake and clutch fluid ...... 8-9 Cockpit...... 2-3 Antenna...... 4-34 Brake system...... 5-129 Cold weather driving...... 5-141 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)...... 5-130 Electronic parking brake Console box...... 2-71 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light...... 2-14 Console light ...... 2-81 warning light...... 2-13 Parking brake ...... 5-27 Continuously Variable Transmission Appearance care Warning light...... 2-11 (CVT) fluid...... 8-9 Exterior appearance care ...... 7-2 Break-in schedule ...... 5-122 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Interior appearance care...... 7-4 position indicator ...... 2-9 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise E Engine start operation indicator control mode...... 5-91 (for Continuously Variable Coolant ECO mode switch...... 2-64 Transmission (CVT) models)...... 2-31 Capacities and ECO mode system...... 5-32 Engine start operation indicator recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-2 Ambient ECO...... 5-34 (for Manual Transmission Changing engine coolant...... 8-6 ECO Drive Report...... 5-34 (MT) models)...... 2-31 Checking engine coolant level...... 8-5 ECO Pedal Guide function...... 5-33 If your vehicle overheats...... 6-16 Corrosion protection...... 7-7 Economy, Fuel...... 5-123 Starting the engine...... 5-18, 5-19 Cruise control...... 5-62 Elapsed time...... 2-40 Event Data Recorders (EDR)...... 10-20 Cup holders...... 2-69 Elapsed time and trip odometer...... 2-40 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ...... 5-4 CVT, Driving with CVT (Continuously Electric power steering...... 5-128 Explanation of scheduled Variable Transmission)...... 5-13, 5-20 Electric power steering warning light ...... 2-14 maintenance items...... 9-5 Emergency Call (SOS) button ...... 2-67 D Emergency tire puncture repair kit (if F so equipped)...... 8-41 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system...... 2-57 Emission control information label...... 10-10 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label...... 10-9 Defroster switch, Rear window and Emission control system warranty ...... 10-18 Filter outside mirror defroster switch...... 2-51 Engine Air cleaner housing filter...... 8-15 Dimensions and weights...... 10-8 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 Display Break-in schedule ...... 5-122 Flashers (See hazard warning Vehicle information display...... 2-19 Capacities and flasher switch)...... 6-2 Drive belt...... 8-13 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-2 Flat tire...... 6-3 Driver and front passenger supplemental Changing engine coolant...... 8-6 Flat towing...... 10-16 knee air bag...... 1-57 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 Floor mat cleaning...... 7-5 Driving Checking engine coolant level...... 8-5 Fluid Cold weather driving...... 5-141 Checking engine oil level...... 8-6 Brake and clutch fluid ...... 8-9 Driving with CVT (Continuously Coolant temperature gauge ...... 2-7 Capacities and Variable Transmission)...... 5-20 Emergency engine shut off...... 5-16, 6-3 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-2 Driving with manual transmission...... 5-25 Engine compartment Continuously Variable Transmission Intelligent 4x4...... 5-123 check locations...... 8-3 (CVT) fluid...... 8-9 On-pavement and off-road driving...... 5-9 Engine cooling system...... 8-4 Engine coolant...... 8-4 Precautions when starting Engine oil...... 8-6 Engine oil...... 8-6 and driving...... 5-4 Engine oil and oil Window washer fluid ...... 8-10 Safety precautions ...... 5-10 filter recommendation ...... 10-5 Fog light switch...... 2-59 Dynamic driver assistance switch Engine oil viscosity...... 10-6 Front manual seat adjustment...... 1-4 (models without ProPILOT assist)...... 2-61 Engine serial number...... 10-9 Front passenger air bag and Engine specifications...... 10-7 status light...... 1-50 11-2 Front seat, Front seat adjustment...... 1-4 Heater Intelligent Forward Collision Fuel Heater and air Warning (I-FCW)...... 5-107 Capacities and conditioner operation...... 4-26 Intelligent Key system ...... 3-11 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-2 High beam assist...... 2-55 Key operating range...... 3-13 Fuel economy...... 5-123 Hill start assist system ...... 5-136 Key operation...... 3-14 Fuel information...... 10-3 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver...... 2-83 Remote keyless operation ...... 3-19 Fuel octane rating ...... 10-3 Hood release...... 3-25 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)...... 5-40 Fuel-filler cap...... 3-28 Hook Intelligent Trace Control...... 5-133 Fuel-filler door...... 3-28 Luggage hook...... 2-73 Interior light replacement...... 8-27 Gauge...... 2-8 Horn...... 2-59 Interior light switch...... 2-81 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips...... 5-122 How to enable/disable the Interior lights...... 2-80 Fuses...... 8-18 steering assist...... 5-73 ISOFIX child restraint...... 1-24 Fusible links...... 8-19 I J G Ignition switch ...... 5-14 Jump starting...... 6-14 Garage door opener Ignition switch (model without Intelligent HomeLink® Universal Transceiver...... 2-83 Key system)...... 5-12 K Gas cap...... 3-28 Ignition switch positions ...... 5-15 Gauge...... 2-5 Immobilizer system...... 2-47 Key Engine coolant temperature gauge...... 2-7 Indicator Ignition switch (model without Fuel gauge...... 2-8 Vehicle information display...... 2-19 Intelligent Key system)...... 5-12 Odometer...... 2-6 indicator light Ignition switch positions ...... 5-15 Speedometer ...... 2-6 Electronic parking brake Key positions...... 5-14 Tachometer...... 2-7 indicator light ...... 2-12 Keyless entry General maintenance...... 9-2 Inside mirror ...... 3-32 (See remote keyless entry system)...... 3-7 Glove box ...... 2-71 Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ...... 10-19 With Intelligent Key system Instrument brightness control ...... 2-9 (See Intelligent Key system)...... 3-19 H Instrument panel...... 2-4 Keys...... 3-2 Intelligent 4x4...... 5-123 For Intelligent Key system...... 3-11 Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Intelligent Around View® Monitor...... 4-10 Head restraints/headrests...... 1-8 Intelligent Auto Headlight system ...... 2-52 L Headlights Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)...... 5-75 Bulb replacement...... 8-25 Intelligent Cruise Control Labels Headlight switch ...... 2-52 (ICC) indicator...... 2-34 Air bag warning labels ...... 1-61 Heated seats...... 2-60 Intelligent Driver Alertness...... 5-94 Air conditioner specification label...... 10-10 Heated steering wheel...... 2-59 Intelligent Engine Brake...... 5-134 Emission control information label .... 10-10 11-3 Engine serial number...... 10-9 Low tire pressure warning (Low Moonroof...... 2-78 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. tire pressure)...... 2-32 Moving Object Detection (MOD)...... 4-21 certification label...... 10-9 Low tire pressure warning light...... 2-14 MR20DD engine model...... 8-4 Tire and Loading Low tire pressure warning system information label...... 8-31, 10-10 (See Tire Pressure Monitoring N Vehicle identification number (VIN)...... 10-8 System (TPMS))...... 5-5 Lane Departure Warning (LDW)...... 5-35 Luggage hooks ...... 2-73 New vehicle break-in...... 5-122 LATCH system...... 1-24 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ...... 2-47 License plate, Installing front M NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key ...... 3-2 license plate...... 10-12 Liftgate Maintenance O Liftgate release lever...... 3-27 Battery...... 8-11 Operating manual liftgate...... 3-26 General maintenance...... 9-2 Odometer...... 2-6 Light Inside the vehicle...... 9-3 Off-road recovery...... 5-9 Air bag warning light...... 1-62 Maintenance precautions...... 8-2 Oil Bulb replacement...... 8-25 Maintenance requirements...... 9-2 Capacities and Fog light switch...... 2-59 Maintenance schedules...... 9-7 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-2 Headlight switch ...... 2-52 Outside the vehicle...... 9-2 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 Headlights bulb replacement...... 8-25 Seat belt maintenance...... 1-18 Checking engine oil level...... 8-6 Interior lights...... 2-80 Standard maintenance...... 9-8 Engine oil...... 8-6 Map lights...... 2-81 Maintenance schedules...... 9-7 Engine oil viscosity...... 10-6 Replacement...... 8-25 Malfunction indicator light (MIL)...... 2-16 Operating ProPILOT assist...... 5-69 Room light...... 2-82 Manual air conditioner and heater...... 4-27 Outside air temperature...... 2-43 Vanity mirror lights...... 2-82 Manual front seat adjustment...... 1-4 Outside mirrors...... 3-33 Warning/indicator lights and Manual Transmission (MT)...... 5-13 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats...... 6-16 audible reminders...... 2-10 Map lights...... 2-81 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual Lights, Exterior and interior Master warning light...... 2-12, 2-16 order information...... 10-21 light replacement...... 8-27 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system)...... 3-4 Loading information (See vehicle Mechanical key (NISSAN Vehicle P loading information) ...... 10-12 Immobilizer System)...... 3-3 Lock Memory Seat...... 3-34 Panic alarm...... 3-9, 3-21 Automatic door locks...... 3-7 Meters and gauges...... 2-5 Parcel shelf ...... 2-73 Door locks...... 3-5 Instrument brightness control ...... 2-9 Parking Power door lock...... 3-5 Mirror Brake break-in ...... 5-129 Loose fuel cap warning...... 3-30 Inside mirror ...... 3-32 Parking brake ...... 5-27 Low tire pressure warning...... 2-32 Outside mirrors...... 3-33 Parking on hills...... 5-127 Vanity mirror...... 3-34 11-4 Parking brake Readiness for inspection/maintenance Seat adjustment Electronic parking brake (I/M) test...... 10-19 Front manual seat adjustment...... 1-4 indicator light ...... 2-12 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)...... 5-116 Front seats...... 1-4 Phone Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system Seat belt(s) Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone...... 4-2 warning light...... 2-17 Child safety...... 1-19 Car phone or CB radio...... 4-35 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)...... 5-54 Infants...... 1-19 Power Rear door alert ...... 2-63 Injured persons ...... 1-15 Electric power steering...... 5-128 Rear door lock, Child safety rear Larger children ...... 1-20 Power door lock...... 3-5 door lock ...... 3-7 Precautions on seat belt usage...... 1-12 Power outlet...... 2-65 Rear seats...... 1-7 Pregnant women...... 1-15 Power windows ...... 2-76 Rear sonar system (RSS)...... 5-136 Seat belt cleaning...... 7-6 Power moonroof...... 2-78 Rear window and outside mirror Seat belt extenders...... 1-18 Precautions defroster switch ...... 2-51 Seat belt maintenance...... 1-18 Braking precautions...... 5-129 Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 2-50 Seat belt warning light Child restraints...... 1-22 RearView Monitor...... 4-2 and chime...... 1-14, 2-12 Cruise control...... 5-63 Recorders, Event data ...... 10-20 Seat belts...... 1-12 Driving safety...... 5-10 Registering in another country...... 10-8 Seat belts with pretensioners...... 1-60 Maintenance...... 8-2 Remote engine start...... 3-23 Shoulder belt height adjustment ...... 1-17 On-pavement and off-road driving...... 5-9 Remote keyless entry function, For Small children...... 1-20 Seat belt usage...... 1-12 Intelligent Key system ...... 3-19 Three-point type with retractor...... 1-15 SRS ...... 1-42 Remote keyless entry system...... 3-7 Seat(s) When starting and driving...... 5-4 Repairing a flat tire (models with Heated seats...... 2-60 ProPILOT assist ...... 5-64 emergency tire puncture repair kit)...... 6-9 Seats...... 1-3 ProPILOT assist switches...... 5-67 Reporting safety defects...... 10-18 Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ProPILOT assist system display Roadside assistance program ...... 6-2 Immobilizer System), Engine start...... 2-47 and indicators...... 5-68 Rollover...... 5-8 Security system, Vehicle ProPILOT assist system operation ...... 5-66 Roof security system...... 2-45 Push starting...... 6-16 Moonroof...... 2-79 Servicing air conditioner...... 4-33 Push-button ignition switch...... 5-14 Roof rack...... 2-75 Shift lever Room light...... 2-82 Shift lock release...... 5-24 R Shift lock release S Transmission...... 5-24 RAB system limitations...... 5-119 Shifting RAB system operation...... 5-117 Safety CVT (Continuously Radio Child seat belts...... 1-19 Variable Transmission)...... 5-20 Car phone or CB radio...... 4-35 Reporting safety defects...... 10-18 Manual transmission ...... 5-25 Rapid air pressure loss...... 5-9 11-5 Shoulder belt height adjustment, For Ignition switch ...... 5-12 Wheels and tires...... 8-29 front seats...... 1-17 Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch...... 2-63 Towing Soft bottle holders...... 2-70 Intelligent Auto Headlight switch...... 2-52 Tow truck towing...... 6-18 Spare tire...... 8-40, 10-7 Power door lock switch ...... 3-6 Towing a trailer...... 10-15 Spark plugs...... 8-14 Rear window and outside mirror TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system...... 5-5 Speedometer ...... 2-6 defroster switch ...... 2-51 TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert...... 5-8 SPORT mode switch...... 5-32 Turn signal switch ...... 2-58 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system...... 6-3 SRS Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) Traffic Sign Recognition...... 2-43 Precautions on SRS ...... 1-42 off switch ...... 2-62 Trailer towing ...... 10-15 Standard maintenance...... 9-8 System maintenance...... 5-121 Transceiver Starting System malfunction...... 5-121 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver...... 2-83 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 Transmission Jump starting...... 6-14 T Continuously Variable Transmission..... 5-13 Precautions when starting Continuously Variable Transmission and driving...... 5-4 Tachometer...... 2-7 (CVT) fluid...... 8-9 Push starting...... 6-16 Temperature gauge, Engine coolant Driving with CVT (Continuously Starting the engine...... 5-18, 5-19 temperature gauge ...... 2-7 Variable Transmission)...... 5-20 Status light, Front passenger air bag...... 1-50 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Driving with manual transmission...... 5-25 Steering System), Engine start ...... 2-47 Transmission shift lever lock release..... 5-24 Electric power steering...... 5-128 Three-way catalyst...... 5-4 Transmitter (See remote keyless Heated steering wheel...... 2-59 Tilt/telescopic steering...... 3-30 entry system)...... 3-7 Tilt/telescopic steering...... 3-30 Tire pressure, Low tire pressure Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system Steering assist...... 5-84 warning light...... 2-14 (See Intelligent Key system)...... 3-19 Steering assist switch (models with Tires Traveling or registering in ProPILOT assist)...... 2-62 Flat tire...... 6-3 another country ...... 10-8 Storage...... 2-69 Low tire pressure warning system ...... 5-5 Trip computer...... 2-40 Sun visors...... 3-31 Tire and Loading Trip odometer...... 2-40 Sunglasses holder...... 2-72 information label...... 8-31, 10-10 Turn signal switch ...... 2-58 Supplemental air bag warning labels...... 1-61 Tire chains...... 8-36 Turning the conventional (fixed speed) Supplemental air bag Tire dressing...... 7-4 cruise control mode ON...... 5-69 warning light...... 1-62, 2-13 Tire pressure ...... 8-29 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF...... 5-117 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)...... 1-42 Tire pressure monitoring Switch system (TPMS)...... 5-5, 6-3 U Fog light switch...... 2-59 Tire rotation...... 8-37 Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Types of tires...... 8-35 Underbody cleaning...... 7-3 Headlight switch ...... 2-52 Uniform tire quality grading...... 10-17 Uniform tire quality grading...... 10-17 Wheel/tire size ...... 10-7 11-6 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Warning lights, indicator lights and Wiper blades...... 8-16 charging connector...... 2-66 audible reminders...... 2-10 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-48 Warning labels, Air bag warning labels...... 1-61 V Warning light Air bag warning light...... 1-62, 2-13 Vanity mirror...... 3-34 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) Vanity mirror lights...... 2-82 warning light...... 2-13 Variable voltage control system...... 8-13 Brake warning light...... 2-11 Vehicle Electric power steering Dimensions and weights...... 10-8 warning light...... 2-14 Identification number (VIN)...... 10-8 Electronic parking brake Loading information...... 10-12 warning light...... 2-14 Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)...... 6-21 Low tire pressure warning light...... 2-14 Security system...... 2-45 Seat belt warning light Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) and chime...... 1-14, 2-12 off switch ...... 2-62 Warranty, Emission control Vehicle dynamic control system warranty...... 10-18 (VDC) system...... 5-131 Washer switch Vehicle information display...... 2-19 Rear window wiper and How to use the vehicle washer switch...... 2-50 information display...... 2-20 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-48 Settings...... 2-21 Washing...... 7-2 Startup display ...... 2-20 Waxing...... 7-2 Vehicle information display warnings Weights (See dimensions and weights)..... 10-8 and indicators...... 2-31 Wheel/tire size ...... 10-7 Ventilators...... 4-25 Wheels and tires...... 8-29 Care of wheels...... 7-3 W Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels...... 7-3 Window washer fluid ...... 8-10 Warning Window(s) Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Cleaning...... 7-3 Intelligent Forward Collision Power windows ...... 2-76 Warning (I-FCW)...... 5-107 Wiper Low tire pressure warning...... 2-32 Rear window wiper and Tire pressure monitoring washer switch...... 2-50 system (TPMS)...... 5-5, 6-3 Rear window wiper blade...... 8-17 Vehicle information display...... 2-19 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-48 11-7 MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION

FUEL INFORMATION: . Do not use fuel that contains the ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION: Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane booster methylcyclopen- See “Capacities and recommended fluids/ octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oil Knock Index) number (Research octane (MMT). Using fuel containing filter recommendation. number 91). MMT may adversely affect vehicle COLD TIRE PRESSURES: performance and vehicle emis- The label is typically located on the driver sions. Not all fuel dispensers are side center pillar. For additional informa- CAUTION labeled to indicate MMT content, tion, see “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29). so you may have to consult your . Using a fuel other than that spe- gasoline retailer for more details. NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE- cified could adversely affect the Note that Federal and California DURES RECOMMENDATION: emission control system, and laws prohibit the use of MMT in During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of may also affect warranty cover- reformulated gasoline. vehicle use, follow the recommendations age. . U.S. government regulations re- outlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5- . Under no circumstances should a quire ethanol dispensing pumps 122) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow these leaded gasoline be used, because to be identified by a small, recommendations for the future reliability this will damage the three-way square, orange and black label and economy of your new vehicle. catalyst. with the common abbreviation or . Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in the appropriate percentage for your vehicle. Your vehicle is not that region. designed to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a For additional information, see “Capaci- vehicle not specifically designed ties and recommended fluids/lubricants” for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely (P.10-2). affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.

Printing : December 2020 Publication No.: OM21E0 0J11C0 Printed in the U.S.A. J11-D